Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on September 14, 2021.

Registration No. 333-259155

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   87-1043711
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

777 W. Main Street

Suite 900

Boise, ID 83702

(208) 918-2400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Alphonse Valbrune

Chief Legal Officer

777 W. Main Street

Suite 900

Boise, ID 83702

(208) 918-2400

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Ross M. Leff, P.C.

Aslam A. Rawoof

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

Ryan J. Dzierniejko

Michael J. Zeidel

Richard L. Oliver

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

One Manhattan West

New York, New York 10001

(212) 735-3000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended “the “Exchange Act”).

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  34,500,000   $16.00   $552,000,000   $60,223.20

 

 

(1)

Includes 4,500,000 shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters upon the exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

$10,910 previously paid.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2021 Shares clearwater analytics CLASS A COMMON STOCK This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. We are offering shares of Class A common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be between $ and $. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on under the symbol "CWAN." We will have four classes of common stock outstanding after this offering: Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock. Each share of our Class A common stock and each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Each share of our Class C common stock and each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class B common stock and our Class C common stock will not have any of the economic rights (including the rights to dividends) provided to holders of our Class A common stock and our Class D common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock." Upon the completion of this offering, all of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will be held by the Principal Equity Owners (as defined below) and all of our Class C common stock held by such Principal Equity Owners will be held on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests (as defined herein) they hold. Upon the completion of this offering, all of our Class B common stock will be held by the Continuing Equity Owners (as defined herein), excluding the Principal Equity Owners (such Continuing Equity Owners, excluding the Principal Equity Owners, "Other Continuing Equity Owners"), on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests they hold. Immediately following this offering, (i) the holders of our Class A common stock issued in this offering will collectively hold % of the economic interest in us and % of the combined voting power in us, (ii) the Other Continuing Equity Owners, through their ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, will collectively hold % of the economic interest in us and % of the combined voting power in us and (iii) the Principal Equity Owners, through their ownership of Class C common stock and Class D common stock, will collectively hold % of the economic interest in us and % of the combined voting power in us. We will be a holding company, and upon consummation of this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our principal asset will consist of LLC Interests, which we will acquire in part with the net proceeds from this offering, collectively representing an aggregate % economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC. The remaining % economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC will be owned by the Continuing Equity Owners through their ownership of LLC Interests. We will be the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC. As the sole managing member, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, conduct our business. Upon completion of this offering, we will be a "controlled company" as defined under the corporate governance rules of See "Management-Controlled Company Exemption" and "Principal Stockholders." We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 26 to read about factors you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Per Share Total Initial public offering price Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) Proceeds to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., before expenses $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discounts and commissions within 30 days of the date of this prospectus. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York, on or about, 2021 through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust Company. Joint Bookrunners Prospectus dated , 2021. Joint Bookrunners Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley Wells Fargo Securities RBC Capital Markets Credit Suisse Piper Sandler William Blair Oppenheimer & Co. Co Managers BNP Paribas D.A. Davidson AmeriVet Securities Loop Capital Markets Penserra Securities LLC R. Seelaus & Co., LLC Siebert Williams Shank ^200F5WJqzuxXVsKt:S 200F5WJqzuxXVsKt:


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

About This Prospectus

     ii  

Letter from the CEO

     1  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     17  

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     23  

Risk Factors

     26  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     56  

Use of Proceeds

     58  

Organizational Structure

     59  

Dividend Policy

     64  

Capitalization

     65  

Dilution

     67  

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

     69  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     79  

Business

     102  

Management

     120  

Executive Compensation

     127  

Principal Stockholders

     139  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     143  

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     151  

Description of Capital Stock

     152  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     161  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders Of Class A Common Stock

     163  

Underwriting

     168  

Legal Matters

     176  

Experts

     176  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     176  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: we and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Organizational Structure

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will undertake certain organizational transactions to reorganize our corporate structure. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the organizational transactions described in the section titled “Organizational Structure” and this offering, and the application of the proceeds therefrom, which we refer to, collectively, as the “Transactions.” See “Organizational Structure” for a diagram depicting our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering.

Certain Definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

   

Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Clearwater” and similar references refer, (1) following the consummation of the Transactions, including this offering, to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including CWAN Holdings, LLC, and (2) prior to the completion of the Transactions, including this offering, to CWAN Holdings, LLC and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

   

Blocker Entities” refers to entities affiliated with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners, each of which is a direct or indirect owner of LLC Interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC prior to the Transactions and is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

Blocker Shareholders” refers to entities affiliated with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners, each of which is an owner of one or more of the Blocker Entities prior to the Transactions, which will exchange their interests in the Blocker Entities for shares of our Class A common stock, in the case of Other Continuing Equity Owners, and for shares of our Class D common stock, in the case of the Principal Equity Owners, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions.

 

   

Continuing Equity Owners” refers collectively to direct or indirect holders of LLC Interests and/or our Class B common stock, Class C common stock and/or Class D common stock immediately following consummation of the Transactions, including the Principal Equity Owners and certain of our directors and officers and their respective Permitted Transferees who may, following the consummation of this offering, exchange at each of their respective options, in whole or in part from time to time, their LLC Interests (along with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be (and such shares shall be immediately cancelled)) for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock or our Class D common stock, as the case may be, as described in “Certain

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement,” and additionally holders of shares of our Class D common stock may convert such shares at any time for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock, on a one-for-one basis (in which case their shares of our Class D common stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance).

 

   

LLC Agreement” refers to CWAN Holdings, LLC’s Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, which will become effective substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

   

LLC Interests refers to the common units of CWAN Holdings, LLC, including those that we purchase with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

   

NPS” refers to our net promoter score, which can range from a low of negative 100 to a high of positive 100, that we use to gauge customer satisfaction. NPS benchmarks can vary significantly by industry, but a score greater than zero represents a company having more promoters than detractors. Our methodology of calculating NPS reflects responses from customers who purchase investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics solutions from us and choose to respond to the survey question. In particular, it reflects responses given in the second quarter of 2021 and reflects a sample size of 134 responses over that period. NPS gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question.

 

   

Other Continuing Equity Owners” refers to Continuing Equity Owners who are not also Principal Equity Owners.

 

   

Permira” refers to Permira Advisers LLC, one of our largest owners through holdings by its affiliates.

 

   

Permitted Transferee” refers to, subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement, (a) with respect to any Principal Equity Owner, any of such Principal Equity Owner’s affiliates and (b) with respect to any Other Continuing Equity Owner, any such Other Continuing Equity Owner’s affiliates or, in the case of individuals, members of their immediate family.

 

   

Principal Equity Owners” refers to Welsh Carson, Warburg Pincus, Permira and their respective affiliates and Permitted Transferees.

 

   

Transactions refers to the organizational transactions as described in “Organizational Structure— Transactions” and this offering, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.

 

   

Warburg Pincus” refers to Warburg Pincus LLC, one of our largest owners through holdings by its affiliates.

 

   

Welsh Carson” refers to Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, one of our largest owners through holdings by its affiliates.

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks, trade names and service marks, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property. This prospectus also contains references to trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of any applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

Market and Industry Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry, competitive position and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research

 

iii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

organizations, other third-party sources and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts, subscription-based publications and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any industry forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

 

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

iv


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LETTER FROM THE CEO

Access to data should not be this hard. With the innovative technologies at our disposal today, data should be at our fingertips, available when and how we want it. The power, intellect, and energy of investment professionals should be focused on making confident decisions based on the data — not in collecting, collating, and reconciling it.

And yet, the financial industry has become mired in legacy, expensive, and inflexible infrastructure fueled by the pervasive misconception that the complexity of this industry is unique and unsolvable. Technology has solved many incredibly complex problems at scale, such that a single click can move supply chains across the globe and deliver a table lamp to your door, while intelligently suggesting the right lightbulbs for you. Similarly, technology now helps orchestrate an ever-growing fleet of cars to take you to the office or airport, on demand. Democratizing industry after industry.

But the perceived notion of the financial industry’s uniqueness ensured that industrywide and even companywide initiatives saw limited success. Businesses responded by giving up on those initiatives and focused on solving their narrow, usually country-specific, functional problems related to accounting, risk, regulatory reporting and compliance. That led to tens and even hundreds of purpose-built applications. And then came the data warehouses and armies of people resulting in incredibly slow, inflexible and inconsistent access to data. Many of us have seen the current state persist for so long that we have acquiesced to the present state of play.

A little company in Boise, Idaho decided not to play the incremental game but to completely revolutionize the approach—at Clearwater, we focused on addressing our client’s growing pains with an innovative approach combining next generation technology with deep industry expertise. Instead of client specific on-premises software, we built a single instance, multi-tenant platform in the cloud that all our clients use simultaneously. Instead of having a separate accounting engine for each asset class and each country, we built a platform that is multi-asset class, multi-currency and multi-basis. Instead of having a unique security master for each client, we have a single security master for all clients. Instead of relying on hundreds of clients for data and then manually reconciling it, we connect directly to the data source and let machines validate the data. Instead of delivering reports once a quarter, month, or even week, we deliver powerful and highly configurable reports every day, on demand.

And while we are a technology company first, what makes this Boise-based company truly unique is its approach to clients. Boise is a city where the hotel receptionist was genuinely concerned about my long flight in. A city where a colleague couldn’t get a taxi at the airport and a complete stranger dropped him off at his hotel. A city where our employees do not view our clients as arms-length transactional counterparties, but as deeply valued personal relationships that endure. As we grow globally and domestically, it is this high integrity, client-first culture that we want to protect and grow.

I am in awe of how our employees—80% of whom are millennials—consistently strive to do the right thing and create lasting impact. Not only do they care about clients, solutions and innovation, they care about the climate, the marginalized, the unjustly vilified and the underprivileged. We can all learn from them. Attracting, retaining and continuing to build an engaged workforce will ensure that our clients are successful, which, in turn, will ensure that Clearwater flourishes. This philosophy will continue to be at the core of how we are building our company.

Clearwater has much to do as a company—we want to accelerate growth in international markets, we want greater market awareness of how we help to solve some of our clients’ most painful challenges through innovation and outstanding client service, and we want to build adjacent solutions to replace other legacy technologies that our clients are forced to rely upon. Having clients give us a Net Promoter Score of 60+ and a gross retention rate of approximately 98% are testament to the sense of wonder we hope to drive with our technology.

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

And finally, while we have started by disrupting the investment accounting space, over time we believe that we can truly be a force for good. We believe we can leverage our technology to revolutionize the broader world of investing. As the leading independent repository of fully aggregated, reconciled and validated investment data, we are uniquely situated to provide unprecedented transparency into investment performance and returns. We can therefore enable clients to better evaluate investment alternatives and understand performance at a very granular level.

By providing unprecedented transparency about investment performance, we will help catalyze a rush to meritocracy. Combined with providing digital access to an increasingly larger and more diverse set of users around the globe, we can help democratize the world of investing.

I hope you will join us on this journey.

Sincerely,

Sandeep

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the matters set forth under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and our condensed consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Mission

Clearwater aspires to be the world’s most trusted and comprehensive technology platform for investment accounting and analytics. Starting by radically simplifying investment accounting, we intend to use the power of our platform to eventually revolutionize the world of investing.

Overview

Clearwater brings transparency to the opaque world of investment accounting and analytics with what we believe is the industry’s most trusted and innovative single instance, multi-tenant technology platform. Our cloud-native software allows clients to radically simplify their investment accounting operations, enabling them to focus on higher-value business functions such as asset allocation strategy and investment selection. Our platform provides comprehensive accounting, data and advanced analytics as well as highly-configurable reporting for global investment assets daily or on-demand, instead of weekly or monthly. We give our clients confidence that they are making the most informed decisions about investment performance, regulatory compliance and risk.

We provide investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics solutions for asset managers, insurance companies and large corporations. Every day, Clearwater’s powerful platform aggregates and normalizes data on over $5.6 trillion of global invested assets for over 1,000 clients. We bring modern software to an industry that has long been dominated by difficult-to-use, high cost legacy technologies and processes, which often lack data integrity and traceability, and often require significant manual intervention. The strength of our platform is demonstrated by our approximately 80% win rate for new clients over the prior four years in deals that reached the proposal stage.

The markets we serve are highly complex and changing rapidly. All asset owners and asset managers need timely, accurate and comprehensive information about their investment portfolios in order to effectively make capital allocation decisions, manage risk, measure performance, comply with regulations and communicate to various stakeholders internally and externally. This requires organizations to have a comprehensive, global view of their investment portfolio. A partial view of one asset class or one reporting regime is ineffective: delivering analysis on 95% of the portfolio is inadequate because, more often than not, the opaque final 5% of the portfolio creates disproportionate risk. A single client can invest in over 60 different asset classes, hold assets in over 40 different currencies, be governed by more than 10 accounting regimes and hold positions representing thousands of individual tax lots. These clients often have separate accounting, reporting, performance, compliance and risk management products for each asset class and each country. Furthermore, clients frequently require large teams of people to manually review, compare and enter data, correct errors and build custom reports across multiple disparate systems and spreadsheets. Our platform provides our clients with a single consolidated and transparent view of investment data and analytics.

We believe that client demand for Clearwater’s offering continues to grow not only in the United States, but also in financial centers around the world. Prior to 2008, institutions often invested in a narrower range of asset


 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

classes for which legacy solutions may have been able to provide adequate accounting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics. Over the past decade, however, clients’ needs have grown meaningfully as a result of industry-wide trends such as:

 

   

globalization;

 

   

increased regulatory requirements and complexity;

 

   

higher investment allocations in alternative assets (such as private equity, hedge funds, and derivatives and structured securities);

 

   

greater demand for timely risk management and transparency; and

 

   

pressure to increase speed and accuracy while reducing cost.

Clients no longer find it sufficient to review investment portfolios on a quarterly, monthly or even weekly basis. Their aged patchworks of on-premises software applications with multiple data warehouses and significant manual intervention exposes them to time delays, a lack of data integrity and traceability, and a significant increase in errors, cost and ultimately risk. For many clients, this has become increasingly untenable.

We allow our clients to replace these legacy systems with modern cloud-native software. Our platform helps clients reduce cost, time, errors and risk and allows them to reallocate resources to other value-creating activities. Our software aggregates, reconciles and validates data from more than 2,500 daily data feeds and more than four million securities that have been modeled across multiple currencies, asset classes and countries. This cleansed and validated data runs through our proprietary accounting, performance, compliance and risk solutions to provide clients with powerful analytics and daily or on-demand configurable reporting. We offer multi-asset class, multi-basis, multi-currency accounting and analytics that provide clients with a comprehensive view of their holdings and related performance. This allows our clients to make better, more timely decisions about their investment portfolios.

Clearwater benefits from powerful network effects. With our single instance, multi-tenant architecture, every client, whether new or existing, enriches our global data set by making it more complete and accurate. Our software continually sources, ingests, models, reconciles and validates the terms, conditions and features of every investment security held by all of our clients. This continuous process helps to create a single repository of comprehensive, accurate investment data (often referred to within the industry as a “Golden Copy” of data) that benefits all our clients to the extent they otherwise have rights to the data. Through this continuous process, we are able to identify and adjudicate data discrepancies that otherwise could introduce error and risk into our clients’ investment portfolios. We believe that a meaningful competitive advantage of this network effect is that we are increasingly seen as the best and most accurate source of investment accounting data and analytics in the industry.

Our team members are passionate about client success. Our clients have direct access to a dedicated client service team, a specialized group of experts devoted to ensuring data is as accurate and current as possible and resolving any challenges our clients may encounter utilizing our platform. We take pride in our extremely high client satisfaction rating with a NPS of 60+, in contrast with competitors who typically score much lower. Our gross revenue retention rate has remained approximately 98% over the past ten quarters, which we believe is a testament to the strength of our offering, our ability to deliver operational efficiency for our clients and our focus on providing exceptional client service. We are able to deliver this service to our clients by attracting, retaining and engaging an outstanding team.

We have a 100% recurring revenue model. We charge our clients a fee that is primarily based on the amount of assets they manage on our platform, subject to contracted minimums. A majority of the assets on our platform


 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

are high-grade fixed income assets, leading to very low levels of volatility and highly predictable revenue streams. When applicable, we charge additional transaction fees for certain complex asset classes (e.g., derivatives and other financial instruments).

We have achieved significant organic growth in recent periods. Our revenues increased from $168 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $203 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, representing an increase of 21%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our revenues were $95 million and $118 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 24%. We had net income of $8 million and a net loss of $44 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing net income margin of 5% and net loss margin of (22%), respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had net income of $14 million and $3 million, representing net income margin of 14% and 3%, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $51 million and $57 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 30% and 28%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had adjusted EBITDA of $31 million and $36 million, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 33% and 30%, respectively. For additional information on adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Our Industry

We operate in the investment accounting and analytics market, serving a range of clients that own or manage investment assets. Before the global financial crisis in 2008, the investment community generally invested in a relatively small number of asset classes that could be tracked with legacy software tools and processes. Over the ensuing years, the industry has faced several challenges that have strained and broken this fragmented and often manual approach to investment accounting operations. These new developments have included increasingly globalized holdings, growing regulatory complexities, the increasing prominence of complex alternative assets, and pressure to increase speed and accuracy while reducing cost. In light of these developments, asset owners and asset managers began to require a comprehensive, global view of their investment portfolios. These organizations initially reacted by buying dedicated products for each asset class, country and reporting regime, building proprietary data warehouses for different use cases, and increasing employee headcount in accounting and compliance functions. These practices resulted in investment accounting operations that were slow, expensive, inflexible and inconsistent, very often resulting in inaccurate data and reporting. We believe that our purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform provides clients with a vastly superior solution to their growing needs.

Increasingly Global Investment Portfolios

Investors today increasingly hold positions in globally diversified assets as they search for yield and diversification. As a result, they require a global platform that delivers a multi-asset class, multi-basis, multi-currency solution across different accounting, reporting and regulatory regimes.

High Regulatory Complexity

Increased regulatory requirements within the financial services and investment industries continue to proliferate in jurisdictions around the world. The spread of these new regulations has been accompanied by a nearly six-fold increase in global yearly regulatory alerts and SEC enforcement actions, from approximately 10,000 alerts and enforcement actions in 2008 to nearly 60,000 in 2018, according to SEC press releases and annual reports. Asset owners and asset managers need a robust and dynamic solution to help them achieve and maintain compliance in this complex and ever-evolving environment.


 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Growing Importance of Alternative Assets

Investors are increasingly allocating capital to alternative assets and complex financial instruments as part of a search for higher investment returns in the low interest rate environment that has persisted over the past decade. Alternative assets are typically traded less broadly and frequently than traditional investment assets and often have less data readily available about them. This complicates reporting and risk management. Asset owners and asset managers need comprehensive, accurate and timely data regardless of the complexity of their investment holdings.

Rising Demand for Risk Management and Transparency

Investors are seeking the highest quality investment data and portfolio visibility in order to effectively make capital allocation decisions, manage risk and measure performance. Additionally, the rise of environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiatives in investing has increased the need for transparency in portfolio holdings as investors seek to measure compliance with ESG objectives. Asset owners and asset managers need a solution that provides on-demand transparency in order to optimize risk management and provide their stakeholders with the holdings-based visibility that they require.

Pressure to Increase Efficiency

The asset management industry is highly competitive and asset management firms must constantly improve operating efficiency to maintain profitability. Additionally, the growing prominence of passive investment strategies has compressed fees for active asset managers and led to a greater focus on managing overall organizational costs to maintain profitability and operational efficiency. In order to effectively compete, asset owners and asset managers need modern automated solutions that reduce the need for greater headcount, and ultimately lower costs.

Digital Transformation from Legacy Technologies

Many of the challenges that plague asset owners and asset managers result from their reliance upon legacy software products and outdated manual processes. Asset owners and asset managers are seeking cloud-based solutions that address the costly, manual and error-prone deficiencies of these legacy technologies.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that Clearwater has a significant opportunity to disrupt the global investment accounting and analytics market. Our research suggests that this addressable market is an approximately $10 billion global revenue opportunity when combining Clearwater’s current solutions and client end-markets with new end-markets, geographies and products. From 2015 to 2020, the market growth rates within our current client end-markets were between 5-7% for asset management, 3-7% for insurance and 2-4% for corporations. Our clients tend to be larger entities in these end-markets and generally grow at the higher end of these ranges.


 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Value Proposition

Clearwater’s purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform helps clients around the world radically simplify their investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics. Our solutions provide our clients with a comprehensive view and single source of truth for their investment portfolios and we believe our solutions deliver unmatched levels of speed, flexibility, traceability, repeatability and auditability, all with no manual labor required of our clients. Some key aspects of our value proposition include:

 

   

Single Instance, Multi-Tenant Platform: Our single instance, multi-tenant architecture allows for efficient and continuous upgrades, new features, and updates to adjust for rapidly evolving industry requirements and regulations. Each upgrade and update is made available worldwide.

 

   

Comprehensive View of Global Assets: Clients benefit from having a “single pane of glass” through which to holistically and accurately view their entire investment portfolios, with the flexibility to respond to unique reporting challenges across different regulatory regimes.

 

   

Single Source of Truth for All Accounting, Risk, Compliance and Regulatory Reporting: Our platform automates data aggregation, data reconciliation and data validation of each security in our clients’ investment portfolios. This allows us to deliver our clients data from a “Golden Copy” that is accurate, auditable and traceable.

 

   

Radical Simplification of Investment Accounting Operations: By eliminating the need for our clients to aggregate, reconcile and validate security data, we greatly simplify and expedite their operations, allowing them to quickly close their books, comply with regulatory reporting requirements, reduce costs and free their time to focus on managing their portfolios and performing other higher-value functions.

 

   

Accurate, Timely and Up-to-date Reporting: We offer transparent, on-demand and configurable views of our clients’ portfolios, accessible anytime from anywhere. Additionally, we are committed to frequent and seamless incorporation of new features and functionalities on our platform to meet the evolving business needs of our clients and the latest regulatory demands.

 

   

Powerful Network Effects: Every incremental data source from an additional client improves our global data set by making it more complete and accurate for other clients on our platform that are similarly entitled to access such data.

Our Platform

Our purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform radically simplifies our clients’ investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics infrastructure and workflow. Our software automates data aggregation, data reconciliation and data validation of each security in our clients’ investment portfolios. This creates a fully reconciled “Golden Copy” of investment portfolio data, which can be trusted for accurate reporting and analytics. Our clients benefit from having a comprehensive “single pane of glass” view for daily visibility into all investment data and analytics.

Purpose-Built Technology Stack

In order to deliver these powerful solutions and benefits, we purpose-built our technology stack to efficiently process millions of daily transactions in a highly scalable and efficient manner. Our platform is built on a single code base and eliminates the need for costly and time-consuming patches and upgrades across multiple, disparate software instances. As new features are developed and deployed, they are made available to all clients. Our system leverages the latest machine learning and artificial intelligence tools to ingest both structured and unstructured data that is transformed into a universal security model that enables network benefits for our clients.


 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our clients access the platform through a web-based interface that is highly configurable and provides a set of tools that enable our clients to derive actionable insights on a daily basis. This allows our clients to view their portfolio data from anywhere with an internet connection. Our intuitive, easy-to-use website allows users to view high-level portfolio information and quickly drill into portfolio specifics down to the most granular security level. Our platform also creates automated feeds to other client systems—such as trade order management systems, data warehouses, enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and others—eliminating the need for clients to manually enter data from Clearwater’s solution into other client systems.

Our Solutions

Our solutions are offered through one unified Clearwater platform and are detailed below:

 

   

Investment Accounting and Reporting: Our accounting solution was built with the flexibility to offer operational and regulatory accounting, from the simple to the complex, on the same platform. Our solution is comprehensive in its capabilities:

 

   

Multi-asset class: We have differentiated global asset class coverage including fixed income, equities, bank loans, commercial and residential mortgages, private capital markets, derivatives and various other alternative assets;

 

   

Multi-basis: A single client can access 15 accounting bases, such as GAAP, Statutory, Tax and IFRS. Our platform has the flexibility to add new accounting bases as our clients’ needs require; and

 

   

Multi-currency: We support clients with more than 40 local currencies, 10 functional currencies and numerous reporting currencies.

Our platform offers flexible configurations and outputs, customized general ledger entries for multiple accounting bases, and regulatory completeness. A suite of standardized reports automates relevant investment-related disclosures such as Fair Value Hierarchy and Level 3 Roll-forward and can be easily configured to provide the detailed accounting information investment accountants and internal stakeholders need. Our daily reconciliation, flexible reporting and general ledger capabilities ensure that period-end close processes are efficient and accurate.

 

   

Performance Measurement: Our solution enables investors to compare separate accounts, set custom benchmarks and track the overall performance of their portfolios. Custom performance reports and return calculations are available and designed to meet applicable GIPS calculation standards for investment managers. Users can drill down into the underlying performance return data at the lot level and track performance attribution per portfolio.

 

   

Compliance Monitoring: Our users can set custom rules to monitor compliance according to their investment policies and standard applicable regulations. All investment activity is checked against those rules as often as a client requires and tracked at the security level. Compliance can be tracked across multiple policies, and notifications are automatically sent if there is a violation. Any compliance policy changes or resolutions can also be documented and referenced for internal audits.

 

   

Risk Analytics: We offer insightful risk analytics to ensure investors have access to their portfolios’ exposure every day. Our risk monitoring solution provides access to critical financial and investment portfolio risk information, so users are able to quickly answer pressing risk-related questions, including exposures by issuer, currency, country, duration, credit rating and more. Users can also view benchmark comparisons and analyze other risk factors, including cash flow forecasting, credit events, shock analysis, value at risk (VaR), and historical trends and exposures.


 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Clearwater Prism

Large asset managers and insurance companies often have a constellation of point solutions and proprietary systems that are typically stitched together in a highly manual and inflexible fashion. Despite causing numerous friction points, our clients find that this legacy infrastructure is very difficult to replace at once. Our Clearwater Prism solution solves one of the most acute needs created by this heterogeneous infrastructure: the need for a single comprehensive view across systems with internally consistent data.

Our Clearwater Prism solution offers our clients a single security master and comprehensive reporting portal for all of their investment data. The Clearwater Prism solution feeds this data into our clients’ existing accounting, compliance, performance and risk systems, including those offered by both Clearwater and other third party software vendors. The outputs from each system are consolidated into one data store and reporting is provided through a single integrated portal with the same level of configurability as with Clearwater’s other solutions.

Our Clearwater Prism solution eliminates manual reconciliation of security data without the need to replace existing systems that are core to our clients’ operations and allows our clients to replace their disparate data warehouses with a single Golden Copy of all investment data and associated reports.

Our Clients

Clearwater serves a broad universe of institutional clients across multiple end-markets. Today, our largest client end-markets are asset management, insurance, and corporate treasury. We are also growing our client base in the public sector with numerous state and local governments. While these end-markets and their clients can be quite different from each other, ultimately all of our clients need timely, accurate and comprehensive information on their investments in order to effectively make capital allocation and portfolio decisions, manage risk, measure performance, comply with regulations, and communicate to various stakeholders both internally and externally. Chief Financial Officers, treasurers, controllers and Chief Operating Officers select our platform to deliver a holistic solution consisting of data aggregation, accounting book of record (ABOR), multi-basis reporting, powerful analytical tools and other key features.

As of June 30, 2021, we had over 1,000 clients across 29 countries. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had 50 clients that contributed at least $1,000,000 in annualized recurring revenue.

Our Growth Strategy

 

   

Deepen Our Relationships With Existing Clients. We believe our industry-leading NPS of 60+ evidences the depth of our integration into our clients’ investment operations workflows, and contributes to our ability to add incremental assets onto our platform from our existing clients. We believe our culture of client success, coupled with our leading solutions, will continue to generate differentiated levels of retention for the foreseeable future and allow us to grow as our clients grow.

 

   

Continue Expanding Within Our Core Client End-Markets. Our current core end-markets remain significantly unpenetrated today. We will continue to displace legacy products and add clients in these end-markets through our direct sales and marketing efforts and by helping our strategic asset manager clients to win new clients, which in turn brings more assets onto our platform.

 

   

Accelerate International Expansion. With new offices, leadership and sales teams now established in Europe and APAC, we are poised to reach more new clients globally moving forward. We have invested in these geographic markets, recognizing that the challenges international clients experience are very similar to those experienced by our North American clients.


 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Continue Expanding Within Adjacent Client End-Markets. We believe there is a significant opportunity for growth by continuing to target adjacent end-markets. There is a large opportunity to tailor the regulatory reporting and performance management capabilities of our existing solutions to better serve the needs of a range of additional asset owners, such as state and local governments, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and a variety of alternative asset managers. We believe our existing solutions are suitable to serve the needs of the clients in these end-markets. While we have onboarded our first clients in these end-markets and have built internal teams to service them, we do not currently derive a material amount of revenue from these end-markets.

 

   

Innovate and Develop Adjacent Solutions. We will continue to invest heavily in expanding our functional breadth and depth, improving user experience, increasing automation, and strengthening system performance. Historically, we have sold our solutions as one unified offering. As clients have continued to find innovative uses for our platform in other business functions, we expect to sell and price those newer modules separately.

 

   

Pursue Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions. We may selectively pursue partnerships and acquisitions that complement our solutions, provide us access to new markets or improve our competitive positioning within existing and new markets, or that otherwise accelerate one or more of our growth objectives. For example, we will consider partnerships and acquisitions focused on improving our technology for complex assets data and our performance and risk management offerings, as well as expansion in Europe, the Middle East and Asia.

Recent Developments

As of June 30, 2021, we had $432.7 million outstanding under our existing credit agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Existing Credit Agreement”). We have entered into negotiations to enter into a new credit agreement arranged by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “New Credit Agreement”). It is anticipated that the New Credit Agreement will provide for a $55 million term loan facility (the “New Term Loan”) and a $125 million revolving facility (the “New Revolving Facility” and, together with the New Term Loan, the “New Facilities”). We expect to use the proceeds of the New Term Loan (and if necessary, cash on hand), to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Credit Agreement and to pay certain transaction expenses. The proceeds of the New Revolving Facility are expected to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a description of the New Credit Agreement, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Summary Risk Factors

Our business and our ability to execute our strategy are subject to many risks. Before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock, you should carefully consider all of the risks and uncertainties described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary and all of the other information in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

 

   

We operate in a highly competitive industry, with many companies competing for business from insurance companies, asset managers, corporations and government entities on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality and breadth of solutions and services provided, ability to innovate, reputation and the prices of services, and this competition could hurt our financial performance and cash flows.

 

   

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the past several years, which may be difficult to sustain, and we depend on attracting and retaining top talent to continue growing and operating our business, and if we are unable to hire, integrate, develop, motivate and retain our personnel, we may


 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

not be able to maintain or manage our growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

   

We are dependent on fees based on the value of the assets on our platform for the vast majority of our revenues, and to the extent market volatility, a downturn in economic conditions or other factors cause negative trends or fluctuations in the value of the assets on our platform, our fee-based revenue and earnings may decline.

 

   

Our clients may seek to negotiate a lower fee percentage or may cease using our services, which could limit the growth of, or decrease, our revenues.

 

   

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused, and is causing, significant harm to the global economy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

   

If our investment accounting and reporting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions or risk management or performance analytics solutions fail to perform properly due to undetected errors or similar problems, our business, financial condition, reputation or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

   

We could face liability or incur costs to remediate operational errors or to address possible client dissatisfaction.

 

   

We are substantially dependent on our intellectual property rights, and a failure to protect these rights could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

   

Our business relies heavily on computer equipment, cloud-based services, electronic delivery systems, networks and telecommunications systems and infrastructure, the Internet and the information technology systems of third parties. Any failures or disruptions in any of the foregoing could result in reduced revenues, increased costs and the loss of clients and could harm our business, financial condition, reputation and results of operations.

 

   

If sources from which we obtain information limit our access to such information or institute or increase fees for accessing such information, our business could be materially and adversely harmed.

 

   

We could face liability for certain information we provide, including information based on data we obtain from other parties.

 

   

If we or our third-party service providers suffer a cybersecurity event, our reputation may be harmed, we may lose clients and we may incur significant liabilities, any of which would harm our business and results of operations.

 

   

Changes to the laws or regulations applicable to us or to our asset manager or insurance industry clients could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

   

We invest significantly in growth and research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new solutions and services or material enhancements to our current solutions and services, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

 

   

As a global organization, our business is susceptible to risks associated with our international operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

 

   

We will be a holding company and our principal asset after completion of the Transactions and this offering will be our interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC and, accordingly, we will depend on distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the


 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Tax Receivable Agreement. CWAN Holdings, LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

 

   

Conflicts of interest could arise between our shareholders and the Principal Equity Owners, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our shareholders.

 

   

The Tax Receivable Agreement requires us to make cash payments to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.

 

   

The Principal Equity Owners will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

 

   

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company,” and as a result, we qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Summary of the Transactions

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was formed on May 18, 2021 and is the issuer of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering, all of our business operations have been conducted through Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. In connection with this offering, Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC changed its name to CWAN Holdings, LLC. Prior to the Transactions, we expect there will initially be one holder of common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. The following organizational transactions will be consummated in connection with this offering:

 

   

we will amend and restate the existing limited liability company agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC, which will become effective substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering, to, among other things, (1) recapitalize all existing ownership interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC into one class of LLC Interests, (2) appoint Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, (3) for strategic business and tax reasons, including to provide liquidity for certain holders of LLC Interests, provide that the Other Continuing Equity Owners are entitled to exchange LLC Interests, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for an amount in cash representing the fair market value of shares of Class A common stock net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with a registered offering of such shares as calculated in accordance with the LLC Agreement and (4) for strategic business and tax reasons, including to provide liquidity for certain holders of LLC Interests, provide that Principal Equity Owners are entitled to exchange LLC Interests, together with an equal number of shares of Class C common stock, for shares of Class D common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for an amount in cash representing the fair market value of shares of Class A common stock net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with a registered offering of such shares as calculated in accordance with the LLC Agreement;

 

   

we will amend and restate Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation to, among other things, provide (1) for Class A common stock, with each share of our Class A common stock entitling its holder to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, (2) for Class B common stock, with each share of our Class B common stock entitling its holder to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally but without economic rights, and that shares of our Class B common stock may only be held by the Other Continuing Equity Owners and their respective Permitted Transferees as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock,” (3) for Class C common stock, with each share of our Class C


 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock entitling its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally but without economic rights, and that shares of our Class C common stock may only be held by the Principal Equity Owners and their respective permitted transferees as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class C Common Stock” and (4) for Class D common stock, with each share of our Class D common stock entitling its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, and that shares of our Class D common stock may only be held by the Principal Equity Owners and their respective permitted transferees as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class D Common Stock”; The holders of Class B common stock and Class C common stock will have no economic interests in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any dividends or distributions, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock). Each share of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will automatically convert into a share of our Class B common stock and our Class A common stock, respectively, upon the earlier of (i) the date that affiliates of Welsh Carson own less than 5% of our common stock and (ii) the date that is seven years following the closing of our initial public offering. The attributes of our classes of common stock are summarized in the following table:

 

Class of Common Stock

   Votes per Share      Economic Rights  

Class A common stock

     1        Yes  

Class B common stock

     1        No  

Class C common stock

     10        No  

Class D common stock

     10        Yes  

 

   

we will acquire, by means of one or more mergers, the Blocker Entities (the “Blocker Mergers”), with Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation, and will (1) issue to the Blocker Shareholders 12,866,089 shares of our Class A common stock, in the case of Other Continuing Equity Owners, and 134,121,127 shares of our Class D common stock, in the case of the Principal Equity Owners, in exchange for all of the Blocker Shareholders’ equity interests in the Blocker Entities, which indirectly includes their LLC Interests, and (2) enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), each as consideration for the Blocker Mergers;

 

   

we will issue 11,151,110 shares of our Class B common stock to the Other Continuing Equity Owners, which is equal to the number of LLC Interests held by such Other Continuing Equity Owners;

 

   

we will issue 43,340,216 shares of our Class C common stock to the Principal Equity Owners, which is equal to the number of LLC Interests held by such Principal Equity Owners;

 

   

we will issue 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this offering (or 34,500,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $412.4 million (or approximately $475.7 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), less the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

   

we will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 30,000,000 LLC Interests (or 34,500,000 LLC Interests if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) from CWAN Holdings, LLC at a price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering less the underwriting discounts and commissions; and

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will enter into (1) a second amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners, (2) the Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker


 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Shareholders, (3) tax receivable bonus agreements with certain of our executive officers (the “TRA Bonus Agreements”) and (4) a stockholders’ agreement (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) with the Principal Equity Owners. For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and a description of the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements, see “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

Immediately following the consummation of the Transactions (including this offering):

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company and its principal asset will consist of LLC Interests it acquires as a result of (i) the purchase of such LLC Interests with the net proceeds of this offering and (ii) the Blocker Mergers;

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will directly own 176,987,215 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 76.5% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or 181,487,215 LLC Interests, representing approximately 76.9% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC and will control the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries;

 

   

the Other Continuing Equity Owners will own (1) 11,151,110 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 4.8% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 4.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (2) 12,866,089 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing approximately 0.7% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 7.3% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 0.7% of the combined voting power and approximately 7.0% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), and (3) 11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing in aggregate approximately 0.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock (or approximately 0.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and no economic interest in us;

 

   

the Principal Equity Owners will own (1) 43,340,216 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 18.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 18.4% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (2) 43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing in aggregate approximately 23.7% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock (or approximately 23.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and no economic interest in us, and (3) 134,121,127 shares of Class D common stock, representing approximately 73.3% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 75.8% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 73.2% of the combined voting power and approximately 73.9% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

   

the purchasers in this offering will own (1) 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or 34,500,000 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A


 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock), representing approximately 1.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 17.0% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 1.9% of the combined voting power and approximately 19.0% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), and (2) through Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold approximately 13.0% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 14.6% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Immediately following this offering, we will be a holding company, and our principal asset will consist of LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC. As the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, CWAN Holdings, LLC. Our corporate structure following this offering, as described above, is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they undertake an initial public offering of their business. The Up-C structure will allow the Continuing Equity Owners to retain their equity ownership in CWAN Holdings, LLC and to continue to realize tax benefits associated with owning interests in an entity that is treated as a partnership, or “passthrough” entity, for U.S. federal income tax purposes following the offering. For more information regarding our structure after the completion of the Transactions, including this offering, see “Organizational Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure.”


 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Ownership Structure

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

 

LOGO


 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Principal Equity Owners

Welsh Carson

For over 40 years, Welsh Carson has partnered with outstanding management teams to build leading healthcare and technology companies. Welsh Carson has raised funds with aggregate commitments of approximately $27.0 billion. Welsh Carson targets business-to-business sectors with strong growth and minimal cyclicality and focuses on companies with recurring revenue, sustainable unit economics and quantifiable customer value propositions. Welsh Carson has invested in over 100 technology investments, representing more than $12.0 billion. Selected current and past investments include Avetta, Global Collect, Green Street, Paycom, Quickbase, SRS Indentifix and TransFirst.

Warburg Pincus

Warburg Pincus is a global private equity firm focused on growth investing. The firm’s active portfolio of more than 205 companies is highly diversified by stage, sector and geography, and the firm is an experienced partner to management teams seeking to build durable companies with sustainable value. Founded in 1966, Warburg Pincus has raised 19 private equity funds with capital commitments totaling $99 billion and has invested more than $94 billion in over 940 companies in more than 40 countries. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in Beijing, Berlin, Hong Kong, Houston, London, Mumbai, San Francisco, São Paulo, Shanghai and Singapore.

Permira

Permira is a leading global investment firm founded in 1985 that invests in successful businesses with growth ambitions. The firm advises the Permira funds with total committed capital of approximately $50 billion (€44 billion) and makes long-term majority and minority investments. The Permira funds have made over 250 private equity investments in four key sectors: Technology, Consumer, Services and Healthcare. The Permira funds have an extensive track record in tech investing, having invested $13.4 billion in 52 companies across enterprise cloud, SaaS, fintech and online marketplaces. The Permira funds have previously backed and helped scale some of the largest and fastest-growing internet and technology businesses globally, including Informatica, Genesys, G2, Klarna, LegalZoom, Allegro, TeamViewer and Zwift. Permira employs over 350 people in 15 offices across Europe, North America, and Asia.

Stockholders’ Agreement

Effective upon the completion of the offering, we will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with the Principal Equity Owners (and their respective permitted transferees thereunder party thereto from time to time). Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Welsh Carson, Permira and Warburg Pincus will have the right to designate certain of our directors from time to time. The Principal Equity Owners will each additionally agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the directors nominated pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, and will each be entitled to propose the replacement of any of its board nominees whose board service ceases for any reason for so long as such Principal Equity Owner continues to have the right to nominate an individual to such director position. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be adopted upon the consummation of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”


 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Corporate Information

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the Class A common stock in this offering, was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on May 18, 2021. Our principal executive offices are located at 777 W. Main Street, Suite 900, Boise, ID 83702 and our telephone number is (208) 918-2400. Our principal website address is https://clearwater-analytics.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

presenting only two years of audited financial statements;

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards at the same time as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or those that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with such other public companies more difficult. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC.


 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

 

Class A Common Stock Offered by Us

30,000,000 shares (or 34,500,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Class A Common Stock from Us

4,500,000 shares.

 

Shares of Class A Common Stock to Be Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

42,866,089 shares, representing approximately 2.3% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock, 24.2% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and 18.5% of the indirect economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC.

 

Shares of Class B Common Stock to Be Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately 0.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and no economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

 

Shares of Class C Common Stock to Be Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock, representing approximately 23.7% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and no economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

 

Shares of Class D Common Stock to Be Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

134,121,127 shares of Class D, representing approximately 73.3% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock, 75.8% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and 57.9% of the indirect economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC.

 

LLC Interests to Be Held Directly by Us Immediately After This Offering

176,987,215 LLC Interests, representing approximately 76.5% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or 181,487,215 LLC Interests, representing approximately 76.9% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LLC Interests to Be Held Directly by the Other Continuing Equity Owners Immediately After This Offering

11,151,110 LLC Interests, representing approximately 4.8% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 4.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

LLC Interests to Be Held Directly by the Principal Equity Owners Immediately After This Offering

43,340,216 LLC Interests, representing approximately 18.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 18.4% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

Ratio of Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock to LLC Interests

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the LLC Agreement will require that we and CWAN Holdings, LLC at all times maintain a one-to-one ratio between the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class D common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us, except as otherwise determined by us.

 

Ratio of Shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock to LLC Interests

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the LLC Agreement will require that we and CWAN Holdings, LLC at all times maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock owned by the Other Continuing Equity Owners and the Principal Equity Owners, respectively, and their respective permitted transferees, and the number of LLC Interests owned by such Continuing Equity Owners and Principal Equity Owners, respectively, and their respective permitted transferees, except as otherwise determined by us. Immediately after the Transactions, the Continuing Equity Owners and Principal Equity Owners, respectively, will collectively own 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and our Class C common stock.

 

Permitted Holders of Shares of Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock

Only the Other Continuing Equity Owners and the Permitted Transferees of Class B common stock as described in this prospectus will be permitted to hold shares of our Class B common stock. Only the Principal Equity Owners and the permitted transferees of Class C common stock and Class D common stock as described in this prospectus will be permitted to hold shares of our Class C common stock and shares of our Class D common stock. Shares of Class B common stock are exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. Shares of Class C


 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock are exchangeable for shares of Class D common stock only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

 

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holders to one vote per share, each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holders to one vote per share, each share of our Class C common stock entitles its holders to ten votes per share and each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holders to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Each share of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will automatically convert into a share of our Class B common stock and our Class A common stock, respectively, upon the earlier of (i) the date that affiliates of Welsh Carson own less than 5% of our common stock and (ii) the date that is seven years following the closing of our initial public offering. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Exchange and Redemption Rights of Holders of LLC Interests

The Continuing Equity Owners may, subject to certain exceptions, periodically at their option require CWAN Holdings, LLC to redeem all or a portion of their LLC Interests in exchange for, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), newly issued shares of our Class A common stock (in the case of Other Continuing Equity Owners) and shares of our Class D common stock (in the case of the Principal Equity Owners) on a one-for-one basis or cash, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement; provided that, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), we may effect a direct exchange by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. of such Class A common stock, Class D common stock or such cash, as applicable, for such LLC Interests. The Continuing Equity Owners may, subject to certain exceptions, exercise such redemption right for as long as their LLC Interests remain outstanding. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.” Simultaneously with the payment of cash or shares of Class A common stock or shares of Class D common stock, as applicable, in connection with a redemption or exchange of LLC Interests pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, a number of shares of our Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be, registered in the name of the redeeming or exchanging Continuing Equity Owner will automatically be transferred to the Company and will be cancelled for no consideration on a one-for-one basis with the number of LLC Interests so redeemed or exchanged.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tax Receivable Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders and TRA Bonus Agreements with certain of our executive officers substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering. The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by us to certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, collectively, of 85% (less payments made under TRA Bonus Agreements) of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s allocable share of the Blocker Entities’ share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with the Transactions and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, like net operating losses, to which Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be the successor as a result of the Transactions, (ii) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Interests, (iii) payments made under TRA Bonus Agreements and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to certain payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”). The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon any LLC Interest holder maintaining a continued ownership interest in us or CWAN Holdings, LLC and the rights of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement are assignable. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% (taking into account amounts paid pursuant to the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the tax benefits, if any, that we may actually realize. The actual Tax Attributes, as well as any amounts paid to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending on a number of factors, including the timing of any future exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of any future exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of any payments under TRA Bonus Agreements, the amount and timing of our income and applicable tax rates. The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are obligations of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and not of CWAN Holdings, LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds in this offering of approximately $412.4 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. intends to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the proceeds from the New Term Loan, to (i) purchase 30,000,000 LLC Interests (or 34,500,000 LLC Interests if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) from CWAN Holdings, LLC at a price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering less the underwriting discounts and commissions and (ii) repay approximately $432.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay any associated prepayment penalties and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment. We intend to use remaining proceeds, if any, for general corporate purposes to support the growth of the business. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions under the rules of NYSE, including exemptions from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Dividend Policy

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class D common stock after this offering or for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our available funds and earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to repay indebtedness, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our and our subsidiaries’ current and future debt instruments, future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. Holders of our Class B common stock and our Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors. Furthermore, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock depends on our receipt of cash distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC, cash distributions and dividends from our other direct and indirect subsidiaries. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on NYSE under the symbol “CWAN.”

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers and employees through a reserved share program (the “Reserved Share Program”). The sale of shares will be made by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”

 

Indications of Interest

One or more funds and/or accounts affiliated with Wellington Management, Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and Durable Capital have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of $150 million in shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Wellington Management, Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and Durable Capital may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Wellington Management, Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and Durable Capital. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Wellington Management, Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and Durable Capital.

Unless we specifically state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the share information in this prospectus is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 10, 2021:

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $15.00, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 4,500,000 shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering;

 

   

excludes 23,004,276 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of September 10, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $8.35 per share, under our new 2021 omnibus incentive plan (the “2021 Plan”);

 

   

excludes 375,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in equal installments annually until June 28, 2025, under our 2021 Plan;

 

   

excludes 1,685,625 shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the vesting and settlement of certain performance-based RSUs and service-based RSUs issuable to certain of our employees and executive officers, pursuant to our 2021 Plan, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Compensation—Equity Awards Under the 2021 Plan”;

 

   

does not reflect the issuance of up to 20,304,836 shares of Class A common stock that are reserved for future grants or sale under the 2021 Plan; and

 

   

does not reflect the issuance of up to 3,472,178 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future sale under our new 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).


 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents summary historical consolidated financial data for CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated, as well as certain pro forma financial data of CWAN Holdings, LLC and Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 are derived from the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Historically, our business has been operated through Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC, together with its subsidiaries. In connection with this offering, Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC changed its name to CWAN Holdings, LLC. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. was formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company and all of our business will continue to be conducted through CWAN Holdings, LLC, together with its subsidiaries, and the financial results of CWAN Holdings, LLC will be consolidated in our financial statements. For more information regarding the organizational transactions and holding company structure, see “Organizational Structure.”

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary, in the opinion of management, to summarize the financial positions and results for the period presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period, and the historical results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 presents the consolidated financial position of CWAN Holdings, LLC after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, excluding this offering, and Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as adjusted for this offering and the contemplated use of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Organizational Structure” and “Use of Proceeds” as if such transactions had occurred as of the balance sheet date. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 present the consolidated results of operations of CWAN Holdings, LLC after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, excluding this offering, and Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as adjusted for this offering and the contemplated use of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Organizational Structure” and “Use of Proceeds” as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the Transactions, excluding this offering, and as further adjusted for this offering, on the historical financial information of CWAN Holdings, LLC. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is subject to change based on the actual initial public offering price, the number of shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. had it operated as a standalone public company during the periods presented.

The summary of our consolidated financial data, our condensed consolidated interim financial data and the pro forma financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and our condensed consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes, as well as the sections captioned


 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     CWAN Holdings, LLC     Pro Forma Clearwater
Analytics Holdings, Inc.
 
     Six Months Ended

June 30,
    Years Ended

December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
2021
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     2021     2020     2020     2019  
     (unaudited)              
     ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenue

   $ 117,770     $ 95,109     $ 203,222     $ 168,001     $ 117,770     $ 203,222  

Cost of revenue

     29,898       26,891       53,263       47,145       31,274       56,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     87,872       68,218       149,959       120,856       86,496       147,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     32,576       24,069       55,262       39,275       36,285       62,680  

Sales and marketing

     16,025       8,600       22,243       19,082       17,917       26,029  

General and administrative

     18,727       10,974       43,874       36,802       22,134       50,688  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     —         —         48,998       —         —         48,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,328       43,643       170,377       95,159       76,336       188,395  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     20,544       24,575       (20,418     25,697       10,160       (41,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and other expense, net

     (17,024     (10,730     (22,910     (17,892     (9,424     (8,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,520       13,845       (43,328     7,805       736       (49,235

Income taxes

     320       210       902       73       320       902  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,200     $ 13,635     $ (44,230   $ 7,732     $ 416     $ (50,137
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

             98       (11,768
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc(1).

           $ 318     $ (38,369
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     CWAN Holdings, LLC      CWAN Holdings,
LLC
     Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings, Inc.(2)
 
     As of December 31,      As of June 30, 2021  
     2020      2019      (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,088      $ 20,254      $ 41,031      $ 74,574  

Total assets

   $ 115,559      $ 63,968      $ 120,498      $ 152,441  

Total liabilities

   $ 460,167      $ 264,690      $ 449,736      $ 78,077  

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

   $ 115,559      $ 63,968      $ 120,498      $ 152,441  

 

     CWAN Holdings, LLC  
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021     2020     2020     2019  
     (unaudited)              
     (in thousands)  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (16,352   $ 11,535     $ (6,486   $ (230,029

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (2,231   $ (2,386   $ (3,806   $ (3,372

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ (1,341   $ (525   $ 51,041     $ 237,715  

 

     CWAN Holdings, LLC  
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021     2020     2020     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Other Financial Information (unaudited):

        

Annualized recurring revenue(3)

   $ 245,033     $ 200,492     $ 219,901     $ 185,041  

Gross revenue retention rate(4)

     98%       98%       98%       98%  

Net revenue retention rate(5)

     109%       108%       109%       111%  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

   $ 35,618     $ 31,297     $ 57,050     $ 50,783  

 

(1)

We are not providing pro forma basic net income (loss) per share and pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share as it is not applicable for the period prior to the initial public offering and related Transactions.

(2)

See the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2021 in “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

(3)

Annualized recurring revenue is calculated at the end of a period by dividing the recurring revenue in the last month of such period by the number of days in the month and multiplying by 365.

(4)

For a definition of gross revenue retention rate, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures.”

(5)

For a definition of net revenue retention rate, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures.”

(6)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus (i) interest expense, net, (ii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iii) equity-based compensation, (iv) recapitalization compensation expenses and (v) other expenses. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its closest GAAP equivalent.


 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We operate in a highly competitive industry, with many companies competing for business from insurance companies, asset managers, corporations and government entities on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality and breadth of solutions and services provided, ability to innovate, reputation and the prices of services, and this competition could hurt our financial performance and cash flows.

The market for financial services software and services is competitive, rapidly evolving and highly sensitive to new product and service introductions, technological innovations and marketing efforts by industry participants. We and our competitors compete based on a variety of factors, including the range of offerings we provide, brand recognition, business reputation, financial strength, stability and continuity of client and other intermediary relationships, quality of service, and level of fees charged for our solutions and services. The market is also highly fragmented and served by numerous firms that target only local markets or specific client types. We compete with many different types of companies that vary in size and scope, including SS&C (Advent, Camera, Maximus, and Singularity), State Street (PAM), SAP, BNY Mellon (Eagle), Simcorp (Dimension), BlackRock (Aladdin), FIS (iWorks) and Northern Trust, and which are discussed in greater detail under “Business—Competition”. In addition, some of our clients, including financial services firms, have developed or may develop the in-house capability to provide the technology, investment reporting and accounting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions and investment risk management and performance analytics solutions and services they have engaged us to perform, obviating the need to hire us.

Some of our current and potential competitors also have significantly greater resources than we do. These resources may allow our competitors to respond more quickly to changes in demand for our solutions and services, and to devote greater resources to developing and promoting their services and to make more attractive offers to potential clients and strategic partners, which could hurt our financial performance. Our competitors may also enter into alliances with each other or other third parties, and through such alliances, acquire increased market share. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

Our failure to successfully compete in any of the above-mentioned areas could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the past several years, which may be difficult to sustain, and we depend on attracting and retaining top talent to continue growing and operating our business, and if we are unable to hire, integrate, develop, motivate and retain our personnel, we may not be able to maintain or manage our growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 grew 21% compared to the same period in 2019. Continued future growth could place additional demands on our resources and increase our expenses. Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract high-quality management and employees in sales,

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

development, software engineering, operations and support functions. In addition to hiring new employees, we must continue to focus on retaining our best talent and preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment. Competition for qualified employees is intense in our industry, and the loss of even a few qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the ongoing expansion of our business, could harm our results of operations and impair our ability to grow. To attract and retain key personnel, we use various measures, including an equity incentive program for key executive officers and employees. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity for new and existing employees and we may never realize returns on these investments. In addition, these measures may not be enough to attract and retain the personnel we require to operate our business effectively. If we are not able to effectively increase and retain our talent, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely impacted, and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

Sustaining growth will also require us to commit additional sales, management, operational and financial resources and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems. In addition, continued growth increases the challenges involved in:

 

   

successfully expanding the range of solutions and services offered to our clients;

 

   

developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, compliance, record-keeping, communications and other internal systems; and

 

   

maintaining high levels of satisfaction with our solutions and services among clients.

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or maintain or accelerate our growth, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on fees based on the value of the assets on our platform for the vast majority of our revenues, and to the extent market volatility, a downturn in economic conditions or other factors cause negative trends or fluctuations in the value of the assets on our platform, our fee-based revenue and earnings may decline.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from fees that are primarily based on the amount of assets on our platform. These fees are stated in basis points, or 1/100th of 1%. Though in substantially all cases we charge a minimum fee regardless of the assets that are loaded onto our platform, our results of operations and financial condition are highly dependent on the value of the assets that our clients maintain on our platform. In particular, we are dependent on the fee-based revenue from our insurance industry clients and asset manager clients, from whom we derived 52% and 31%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Because we provide a majority of our solutions to the financial services industry, we are vulnerable to U.S. and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance, which are affected by many factors beyond our control. For example, customers of our asset manager clients are generally free to change asset managers, and can even withdraw the funds they have invested with asset managers to avoid all securities markets-related risks. Because of significant fluctuations in securities prices or investment underperformance driven by an economic downturn, such an investor may choose to transfer assets to investments that are perceived to be more secure and that are not maintained or managed by our asset manager clients, such as bank deposits and Treasury securities, or to mutual funds. These actions by investors are outside of our control and could materially adversely affect the portfolio market value of the assets that our clients have loaded onto our platform, which could in turn materially adversely affect the portfolio-based fees we receive from our clients. Significant changes in investing patterns or large-scale withdrawal of investment funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Demand for our solutions and services could decline for other client-based reasons as well. Consolidation or limited growth in the industries we serve, including the insurance industry, could reduce the number of our

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

clients and potential clients. Political or regulatory events or changes that adversely affect our clients’ businesses, rates of growth, costs of operations and regulatory compliance or the numbers of customers they serve, including decreased demand for our clients’ products and services or adverse conditions in our clients’ markets generally, could decrease demand for our solutions and services and thereby decrease our revenues. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our clients may seek to negotiate a lower fee percentage or may cease using our services, which could limit the growth of, or decrease, our revenues.

Our revenues are derived from fees we charge our clients based on an agreed upon basis points rate applied against the average daily value of assets on the platform over a given month, subject to contracted minimums. The basis points are typically tiered based on the amount of assets on platform (e.g., a client would be charged a lower basis point rate on incremental assets after exceeding a certain threshold). In general, the price we charge our clients for our solutions is based on a number of factors including the expected amount of assets on the platform, asset mix (e.g., fixed income, structured products, equities, derivatives or private assets), transaction volume, number of data feeds, and other client-specific factors. Our clients may, for a number of reasons, seek to negotiate a lower basis points fee percentage. For example, an increase in the use of index-linked investment products by the customers of our asset manager clients may result in lower fees being paid to our clients, and our clients may in turn seek to negotiate lower basis points fee percentages for our services. Similarly, the total value of assets reported in our insurance clients’ regulatory filings may decrease, and as a result, such clients may seek a corresponding reduction in our related fees.

In addition, as competition among our clients increases, they may be required to lower the fees they charge to their customers, which could cause them to seek to decrease our fees accordingly. Any of these factors could result in fluctuation or a decline in our portfolio-based fees, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused, and is causing, significant harm to the global economy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) a pandemic disease. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures attempting to contain the spread and impact of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and limitations on business activity, including closures. These measures are, among other things, severely restricting global economic activity, which is disrupting supply chains, lowering certain asset and equity market valuations, significantly increasing unemployment and underemployment levels, increasing insurance costs, decreasing liquidity in certain markets for certain securities and causing significant volatility and disruption in the markets in which we and our clients operate.

In response to COVID-19 concerns, a majority of our employees are working from home, and we expect such work-from-home arrangements will continue as we plan for the phased return of employees to our offices pursuant to enhanced health and safety protocols consistent with guidelines issued by health authorities. Remote work-from-home restrictions makes us more dependent on certain technologies that allow us to operate our business remotely and collaborate without face-to-face meetings both internally and with our clients. To the extent we experience a technological disruption in our work-from-home capabilities, we would anticipate a negative impact on our business operations. Further, to the extent supply chains are disrupted, it may become more difficult to provide necessary technology to our employees working from remote locations.

The extent to which COVID-19, and the related global economic crisis, affect our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and any recovery period, future actions taken by governmental authorities, central banks and other third parties in response to the pandemic, and the effects on our

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

solutions and services, clients, employees and vendors. If we are not able to respond to and manage the impact of such events effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

The COVID-19 pandemic, and the related global economic crisis, could also precipitate or aggravate the other risks described in this prospectus, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic may also affect our operating and financial results in a manner that is not presently known to us or that we currently do not consider to present significant risks.

If our investment accounting and reporting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions or risk management or performance analytics solutions fail to perform properly due to undetected errors or similar problems, our business, financial condition, reputation or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Investment accounting and reporting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions and risk management and performance analytics solutions we develop or license may contain undetected errors or defects despite testing. Such errors can exist at any point in the life cycle of our solutions, but there is an increased risk that they will be found after new services, enhancements or data sources are incorporated into our existing solutions or services. We continually introduce new solutions and services and new versions of our solutions and services, including, for example, in response to new or modified regulations or reporting requirements. Despite internal testing and testing by current and potential clients, our current and future solutions and services may contain serious defects or malfunctions. If we detect any errors before release, we might be required to delay the release of the solution or service for an extended period of time while we address the problem. We might not discover errors that affect our new or current solutions, services or enhancements until after they are deployed or after they have, for example, resulted in incorrect reporting on which our clients are dependent, and we may need to provide new enhancements to correct such errors. Errors may occur that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could result in harm to our reputation, lost sales, delays in commercial release, claims by affected clients, third-party claims, contractual disputes, contract terminations or renegotiations, or unexpected expenses and diversion of management and other resources to remedy errors. In addition, negative public perception and reputational damage caused by such claims would adversely affect our client relationships and our ability to enter into new contracts. Any of these problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation or results of operations.

We could face liability or incur costs to remediate operational errors or to address possible client dissatisfaction.

Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including, but not limited to, improper or unauthorized execution and processing of transactions and financial and market data, deficiencies in our operating systems, faulty aggregation or incorrect reconciliation of data by our solutions and services, miscalculations of cash balances available for investment purposes, business disruptions and inadequacies or breaches in our internal control processes. We operate in diverse markets and are reliant on the ability of our employees, systems, solutions and services to process large volumes of transactions and financial and market data, often within short time frames. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our systems, errors in our solutions and services, human error or improper action by employees, we could suffer financial loss or damage to our reputation, including as a result of allegations (and associated claims for contractual or other remedies) by any client that operational errors on our part resulted in financial or other harm to their business.

In addition, there may be circumstances when our clients are dissatisfied with our solutions and services, even in the absence of an operational error. In such circumstances, we may elect to make payments or otherwise incur increased costs or lower revenues in order to maintain a strong client relationship. In any of the forgoing circumstances, our business, financial condition, reputation or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our business relies heavily on computer equipment, cloud-based services, electronic delivery systems, networks and telecommunications systems and infrastructure, the Internet and the information technology systems of third parties. Any failures or disruptions in any of the foregoing could result in reduced revenues, increased costs and the loss of clients and could harm our business, financial condition, reputation, and results of operations.

Our business relies heavily on our computer equipment (including our servers), cloud-based services, electronic delivery systems, networks and telecommunications systems and infrastructure, the Internet and the information technology systems of third party providers, and the foregoing may be vulnerable to disruptions, failures or slowdowns caused by fire, earthquake, extreme weather events, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, wars, Internet failures, computer viruses, system errors and miscalculations and other events beyond our control. Furthermore, we rely on agreements with our suppliers, such as our current data hosting and service provider and financial market data providers, and on our clients’ agreements with certain third party data providers, to provide us with access to certain computer equipment, cloud-based services, electronic delivery systems, the Internet, market financial information and information regarding our clients’ assets. A future contractual dispute may arise with one of our suppliers or third party data providers that could cause a disruption or deterioration in our solutions and services, and we are unable to predict whether our agreements with our suppliers or our clients’ agreements with third party data providers can be obtained or renewed on acceptable terms, or at all. An unanticipated disruption, failure or slowdown affecting our key technologies or facilities may have significant ramifications, such as data loss, data corruption, damaged software code, inaccurate accounting of transactions, inaccurate regulatory reporting or inability to provide certain solutions and services to our clients. We maintain off-site back-up facilities for our electronic information and computer equipment, but these facilities could be subject to the same interruptions that may affect our primary facilities. Any significant termination of data access, or disruptions, failures, slowdowns, data loss or data corruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and result in the loss of clients.

If sources from which we obtain information limit our access to such information or institute or increase fees for accessing such information, our business could be materially and adversely harmed.

Our data aggregation solutions require certain data that we obtain from thousands of sources, including banks, financial institutions, data providers, custodians and other organizations, some of which are not our current clients or in direct contractual privity with us. Although we have a data feed with each of our clients, our access to much of the data we aggregate, reconcile and offer as part of our solutions is facilitated through and reliant upon agreements between our clients and providers of such data, such as asset managers and custodians, and we often do not have direct contractual relationships with such providers. If the sources from which we obtain information that is important to our solutions and services limit or restrict our ability to access or use such information, we may be unable to obtain similar data from other sources on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or we may be required to attempt to obtain such information by other means, such as end-user permissioned data scraping, that could be more costly and time-consuming, and less effective or efficient.

In order to serve our clients, we must have a reliable method from which to obtain client data. In the past, certain of our clients have requested we obtain this data through a web-based retrieval process, which we refer to as a web-based data feed. We sometimes encounter issues with our web-based data feeds, including as a result of our clients’ implementation of new security controls, changes to the layouts of web pages, or the use of software intended to block unauthorized scraping activities. If we are unable to re-institute the web-based data feed, or otherwise obtain the data from our clients through another reliable means, then we may be unable to continue to serve the affected clients. In any event, redesigning our web-based data feeds or being required to obtain data by other reliable means diverts time and resources and may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In the past, a limited number of third parties have either blocked our access to their websites or requested that we cease employing data scraping of their websites to gather information, and we could receive similar,

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

additional requests in the future. Any such limitation or restriction may also preclude us from providing our solutions and services on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, if in the future one or more third parties challenge our right to access information from these or other sources, we may be required to negotiate with such sources for access to their information, which may be more costly, or to discontinue certain of our solutions and services entirely. The legal environment surrounding data scraping and similar means of obtaining access to information contained on third-party websites is evolving, and one or more third parties could assert claims against us seeking damages or to prevent us from accessing information from third-party websites in that manner. In the event sources from which we obtain information begin to charge us fees for accessing such information, or block our access to this information entirely, we may be forced to increase the fees that we charge our clients or discontinue certain solutions and services, which could make our solutions and services less attractive, or our gross margins and other financial results could suffer.

We could face liability for certain information we provide, including information based on data we obtain from other parties.

We may be subject to claims for negligence, breach of contract or other claims relating to the information we provide. For example, individuals may take legal action against us if they rely on information we have provided and it contains an error. In addition, we could be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our website through links to other websites. Moreover, we could face liability based on inaccurate information provided to us by others or based on information provided to us by others that have not obtained necessary consents to do so. Defending any such claims could be expensive and time-consuming, and any such claim could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If our reputation is harmed, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our reputation, which depends on earning and maintaining the trust and confidence of our clients, is critical to our business. Our reputation is vulnerable to many threats that can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate. Regulatory inquiries or investigations, lawsuits initiated by our clients or others, employee misconduct, perceptions of conflicts of interest and rumors, among other developments, could substantially damage our reputation, even if they are baseless or satisfactorily addressed. In addition, any perception that the quality of our solutions and services may not be the same or better than that of other providers can also damage our reputation. Any damage to our reputation could harm our ability to attract and retain clients, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our revenue can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our revenue may fluctuate from period-to-period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these fluctuations include the following events, as well as other factors described elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

a decline or slowdown of the growth in the value of financial market assets, which may reduce the portfolio market value of the assets loaded on our platform from which we derive portfolio-based fees, or reduce demand for our solutions and services generally, and therefore negatively affect our revenues and cash flows;

 

   

unanticipated changes to economic terms in contracts with clients, including renegotiations;

 

   

downward pressure on fees we charge our clients, which would therefore reduce our revenue;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations that could impact our ability to offer solutions and services;

 

   

failure to obtain new clients;

 

   

failure to expand the services offered to existing clients or to apply such services to additional asset portfolios of existing clients;

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

cancellation or non-renewal of existing contracts with clients;

 

   

failure to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights;

 

   

unanticipated delays in connection with the implementation of our services in relation to our clients’ asset portfolios; or

 

   

reduction in the suite of solutions and services provided to existing clients.

As a result of these and other factors, the results of operations for any quarterly or annual period may differ materially from the results of operations for any prior or future quarterly or annual period and our historical results should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance.

Early termination of our client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our contracts with insurance companies, asset managers, corporations and government entities are generally terminable upon thirty days’ notice by our clients or prior to such time for cause, which may include breach of contract, bankruptcy, insolvency and other reasons. If a significant number of our clients were to terminate their contracts with us and we were unable to obtain a significant number of new clients, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Because some of our sales efforts are targeted at large financial institutions, corporations and government entities, we face prolonged sales cycles, substantial upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales. If our sales cycle lengthens, or if our upfront sales investments do not result in sufficient revenue, our results of operations may be harmed.

We target a portion of our sales efforts at large financial institutions, corporations and government entities, which presents challenges that are different from those we encounter with smaller clients. Because our large clients are often making an enterprise-wide decision to deploy our solutions, we face longer sales cycles, complex client requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, significant contract negotiations and less predictability in completing some of our sales with these clients. Our sales cycle can often last several months or more with our largest clients, who often undertake an extended evaluation process, but this is variable and difficult to predict. We anticipate that we will experience even longer sales cycles, more complex client needs, higher upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing sales with clients located outside of the United States. If our sales cycle lengthens or our upfront sales investments do not generate sufficient revenue to justify our investments in our sales efforts, our results of operations may be harmed.

We may become subject to liability based on the use of our investment accounting and reporting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions and internal risk management and performance analytics solutions by our clients.

Our solutions and services support the investment, financial and regulatory reporting processes of our clients, many of whom have asset portfolios on our system aggregating to billions of dollars. Our clients similarly rely on our solutions to ensure compliance with complex regulatory requirements. Our client agreements have provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential liability claims brought by our clients or third parties based on the use of our solutions and services. However, these provisions have certain exceptions and could be invalidated by unfavorable judicial decisions or by federal, state, foreign or local laws. For instance, use of our solutions as part of the investment process creates the risk that asset manager clients, or the parties whose assets are managed by our clients, may pursue claims against us for very significant dollar amounts, and in a similar vein, our clients or their regulators may pursue claims or investigations against us in connection with regulatory reporting deficiencies associated with our services. Any such claim, lawsuit, investigation or other proceeding, even if the outcome were to be ultimately favorable to us, would involve a significant commitment

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our management, personnel, financial and other resources and could have a negative impact on our reputation. Such proceedings could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Furthermore, our clients may use our solutions and services together with software, data or products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Even when our solutions and services do not cause these problems, the existence of these errors might cause us to incur significant costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Although we primarily process institutional financial information, we could face liability related to unauthorized access to, disclosure or theft of the personal information we store and process, and could consequently incur significant costs.

Although we primarily process institutional financial information, clients may maintain personal information, including personal investment, accounting and financial information, on our platform and we could be subject to liability if we were to inappropriately disclose any such client’s personal information, inadvertently or otherwise, or if third parties were able to obtain access to our network, circumvent our security, or otherwise gain access to any user’s name, address, portfolio holdings or other personal or financial information that we store or process. Any such event could subject us to claims and liability related to unauthorized access to or use of personal information, including claims by such users and by applicable regulatory authorities, which could cause us to incur significant costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel, or cause harm to our reputation, and could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our clients are located in the United States and around the world. As a result, we may also collect, process and store the personal information of individuals who live in many different countries. Privacy regulators in some of those countries have publicly stated that foreign entities (including entities based in the United States) may render themselves subject to those countries’ privacy laws and the jurisdiction of such regulators by collecting or storing the personal data of those countries’ residents, even if such entities have no physical or legal presence there. Consequently, we may be obligated to comply with the privacy and data security laws of certain foreign countries. Our potential exposure to foreign countries’ privacy and data security laws may impact our ability to collect and use personal information now and in the future, increase our legal compliance costs and may expose us to significant liability for non-compliance.

We are also subject to various laws and regulations both in the United States, including the California Consumer Privacy Act, and in other countries where we currently operate, including the Data Protection Act 2018 and UK General Data Protection Regulation in the United Kingdom. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or international regulation of data collection, processing, transfer and security could require us to modify our operations and incur significant additional expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, we are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to clients or other third parties, or our legal obligations relating to privacy, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized access to, disclosure or misuse of personal information may result in governmental or regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, fines, litigation, or negative publicity and could cause clients to lose trust in us, all of which could be costly and have an adverse effect on our business.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we or our third-party service providers suffer a cybersecurity event, our reputation may be harmed, we may lose clients and we may incur significant liabilities, any of which would harm our business and results of operations.

Cyberattacks, computer malware, viruses, social engineering (including phishing attacks), ransomware attacks and general hacking are becoming more prevalent generally and in our industry, and we may in the future become the target of third parties seeking unauthorized access to our confidential or sensitive information or that of our clients. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, contractors or users to disclose information, including user names and passwords, to gain access to our clients’ data, our data or other confidential or sensitive information, and we may be the target of email scams that attempt to acquire personal information or company assets. While we have security measures in place designed to protect our and our clients’ confidential and sensitive information and prevent unauthorized access to data, these measures may not be effective to prevent a security breach, including as a result of employee error, theft, misuse or malfeasance, third-party actions, unintentional events, or deliberate attacks by individuals or criminal organizations, any of which may result in someone obtaining unauthorized access to our or our clients’ data, including to our trade secret or other confidential and proprietary business information. Because techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and frequently are not recognized until successfully launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate all such techniques, or react in a timely manner or implement adequate preventative measures against such techniques. We devote significant financial and personnel resources to implement and maintain security measures; however, as cybersecurity threats develop, evolve and grow more complex over time, it may be necessary to make further investments to protect our data and infrastructure.

We use third parties to provide certain data processing services, including hosting services; however, our ability to monitor our third-party service providers’ data security is limited. Because we do not control our third-party service providers, or the processing of data by our third-party service providers, we cannot ensure the measures they take to protect and prevent the loss of our data or our clients’ data are sufficient.

A security breach suffered by us or our third-party service providers, an attack causing outages or unavailability of our solutions and services, or any unauthorized, accidental or unlawful access or loss of data, or the perception that any such event has occurred, could result in a disruption to our solutions and services, litigation, an obligation to notify regulators and affected individuals, the triggering of service availability, indemnification and other contractual obligations to our clients, regulatory investigations, government fines and penalties, reputational damage, loss of sales and clients, mitigation and remediation expenses and other significant costs and liabilities. In addition, we may incur significant costs and operational consequences of investigating, remediating, eliminating and putting in place additional tools and devices designed to prevent future actual or perceived security incidents, as well as the costs to comply with any notification or other obligations resulting from any security incidents. We also cannot be certain that our existing insurance coverage will be available in sufficient amounts to cover the potentially significant losses that may result from a security incident or breach, or will continue to be available on acceptable terms or at all, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our clients and their service providers administer access to data and control the entry of such data on their systems. As a result, a client may suffer a cybersecurity event on its own systems, unrelated to our own systems, and a malicious actor could obtain access to the client’s information held on our system. Even if such a breach is unrelated to our own security programs or practices, or if the client failed to adequately protect their system, that breach could result in our incurring significant economic and operational costs in investigating, remediating, eliminating and putting in place additional tools and devices to further protect our clients from their own vulnerabilities, and could also result in reputational harm to us.

The reliability and security of our information technology systems is critical to our operations and the implementation of our growth initiatives. Any cybersecurity event or other material disruption in our information

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

technology systems, or delays or difficulties in implementing or integrating new systems or enhancing current systems, could have an adverse effect on our business, and results of operations.

Disruptions, capacity limitations or interference with our use of the data centers that host our solutions and services could result in delays or outages and harm our business.

We currently partially host and intend to increasingly host our cloud service from third-party data center facilities from several global locations operated by Google Cloud Computing Services. Any damage to, failure of or interference with our cloud service that is hosted by Google, or by third-party providers we currently utilize or may utilize in the future, whether as a result of our actions, actions by the third-party data centers, actions by other third parties, or acts of God, could result in interruptions in our cloud service and/or the loss of our or our clients’ data. While the third-party data centers host the server infrastructure, we manage the cloud services through our internal teams, and we need to support version control, changes in cloud software parameters and the evolution of our products, all in a multi-OS environment. As we utilize third-party data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our clients’ data from one region to another. Despite precautions taken during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our solutions. Impairment of, or interruptions in, our cloud services may subject us to claims and litigation, cause our clients to terminate their agreements with us and adversely affect our ability to attract new clients. Our business will also be harmed if our clients and potential clients believe our services are unreliable. Additionally, any limitation of the capacity of our third-party data centers could impede our ability to scale, onboard new clients or expand the usage of existing clients, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not control, or in some cases have limited control over, the operation of the data center facilities we use to host our solutions and services, and these facilities may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to cyberattacks, break-ins, sabotage, intentional criminal acts, acts of vandalism and similar misconduct and to adverse events caused by operator error. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, war or other act of malfeasance, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice to us, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our solutions and services and the loss of client data and business, and related claims by our clients against us. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or facilities or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, any such events.

Changes to the laws or regulations applicable to us or to our asset manager or insurance industry clients could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC or other U.S. federal or state or foreign governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets and insurance industries around the world. In addition, we may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any current proposals will become law, and it is difficult to predict how any changes or potential changes could affect our business. Changes to laws or regulations could increase our potential liability in connection with the solutions and services that we provide. The introduction of any new laws or regulations could make our ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations more difficult and expensive. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be unable to adapt to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements and new product and service introductions, which could result in a loss of market share.

Rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements and new product and service introductions characterize the market for our solutions. Our future success will depend in part upon our

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ability to enhance our existing offerings, including to localize them to differing local requirements, and to develop and introduce new solutions and services to keep pace with such changes and developments and to meet changing client needs. The process of developing our platform is extremely complex and is expected to become increasingly complex and expensive in the future due to the introduction of new platforms, operating systems and technologies. Our ability to keep up with technology and business and legal and regulatory changes is subject to a number of risks, including that:

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to update our solutions and services and to develop new solutions and services quickly enough to meet our clients’ needs;

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to make some features of our software work effectively and securely over the Internet or with new or changed external applications;

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to update our solutions and services to keep pace with business, evolving industry standards, regulatory and other developments in the industries where our clients operate;

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to advertise and market our solutions and services;

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights;

 

   

our clients may delay purchases in anticipation of new solutions, services or enhancements; and

 

   

we may be exposed to liability for security breaches that allow unauthorized persons to gain access to confidential information stored on our computers or transmitted over our network.

Our failure to enhance our platform and to develop and introduce new solutions and services to promptly address the needs of the insurance industry and financial markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If government regulation of the Internet or other areas of our business changes, or if attitudes toward use of the Internet change, we may need to change the manner in which we conduct our business or incur greater operating expenses.

The adoption, modification or interpretation of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could adversely affect the manner in which we conduct our business. Such laws and regulations may cover sales practices, taxes, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts, consumer protection, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of services. Moreover, it is not always clear how certain existing laws governing these matters apply to the Internet. If we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, we may be required to incur additional expenses or alter our business model, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are substantially dependent on our intellectual property rights, and a failure to protect these rights could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have made substantial investments in software and other intellectual property on which our business is highly dependent. We rely on trade secret, trademark and copyright laws, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other contractual and technical security measures to protect our proprietary technology. Any loss of our intellectual property rights, or any significant claim of infringement or indemnity for violation of the intellectual property rights of others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

None of our technologies, solutions or services is covered by any issued patent. We are the owner of three copyright registrations, two registered trademarks in the United States and three international trademarks, and we claim common law rights in other trademarks that are not registered. We cannot guarantee that:

 

   

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our agreements with third parties;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protection may be weak;

 

   

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned;

 

   

our trademark applications will lead to registered trademarks;

 

   

our patent applications will lead to issued patents; or

 

   

competitors will not design around our intellectual property rights or develop similar technologies or offerings; or that we will be able to successfully assert our intellectual property rights against others.

We are also a party to a number of third-party intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license agreements require us to make one-time payments or ongoing subscription payments. We cannot guarantee that the third-party intellectual property we license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in our industry. In the future, we may need to obtain additional licenses or renew existing license agreements. We are unable to predict whether these license agreements will be obtained or renewed on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Additionally, we use certain software covered by open source licenses. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that the licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability use such software, or that could require us to disclose certain portions of our proprietary source code or re-engineer all or a portion of our solutions and services, any of which could harm our business and result in significant costs.

Third parties may sue us for intellectual property infringement or misappropriation which, if successful, could require us to pay significant damages or make changes to the solutions or services that we offer.

We cannot be certain that our internally developed technology, solutions or services do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we license content, software and other intellectual property rights from third parties and may be subject to claims of infringement if such parties do not possess the necessary intellectual property rights to the products they license to us. We may not have sufficient contractual protection to cover all liability associated with such claims. In addition, we may face additional risk of infringement or misappropriation claims if we hire an employee who possesses third party proprietary information who decides to use such information in connection with our solutions, services or business processes without such third party’s authorization. We have in the past been and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims that we have infringed or misappropriated the intellectual property rights of a third party. Claims may involve patent holding companies who have no relevant product revenues and against whom our own proprietary technology may therefore provide little or no deterrence. In addition, third parties may in the future assert intellectual property infringement claims against our clients, which, in certain circumstances, we have agreed to indemnify. Any intellectual property related infringement or misappropriation claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation and could divert management resources and attention. Moreover, should we be found liable for infringement or misappropriation, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all, pay substantial damages or make changes to the solutions and services that we offer. Any of the foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively, result in substantial costs to us, divert management’s attention and our resources away from our operations and otherwise harm our reputation.

If our intellectual property and proprietary technology are not adequately protected to prevent use or appropriation by our competitors, our business and competitive position would suffer.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to prevent the

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

misappropriation of our proprietary technology. Others may develop or patent similar or superior technologies, solutions or services. Unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our intellectual property rights without paying us for doing so, which could harm our business. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive and our monitoring and policing activities may not be sufficient to identify any misappropriation and protect our proprietary technology. In addition, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, and litigation may be necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. If litigation is necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, any such litigation could be very costly and could divert management attention and resources. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, solutions or services, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technologies, solutions and services. In order to protect our proprietary rights, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and independent contractors. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our technologies, investment accounting offerings or obtaining and using information that we regard as proprietary. Moreover, these agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized disclosures of confidential information and our rights under such agreements may not be enforceable. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could reduce any competitive advantage we have developed and cause us to lose clients or otherwise harm our business.

Our failure to successfully integrate acquisitions could strain our resources. In addition, there are significant risks associated with growth through acquisitions, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We expect to grow our business by, among other things, making acquisitions. Acquisitions involve a number of risks. Financing an acquisition could result in dilution from issuing equity securities or a weaker balance sheet from using cash or incurring debt. To the extent we grow our business through acquisitions, any such future acquisitions could present a number of other risks, including:

 

   

incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired operations or assets or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring operations or assets;

 

   

failure to integrate the operations or management of any acquired operations or assets successfully and on a timely and cost effective basis;

 

   

insufficient knowledge of the operations and markets of acquired businesses;

 

   

loss of key personnel;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities;

 

   

increased costs or liabilities as a result of undetected or undisclosed legal, regulatory or financial issues related to acquired operations or assets; and

 

   

inability to secure, on terms we find acceptable, sufficient financing that may be required for any such acquisition or investment.

In addition, if we are unsuccessful in completing acquisitions of other businesses, operations or assets or if such opportunities for expansion do not arise, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We invest significantly in growth and research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new solutions and services or material enhancements to our current solutions and services, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

A key element of our strategy is to invest significantly in our growth and research and development efforts to develop new solutions and services and enhance our existing solutions and services to address additional applications and markets. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our research and development expense was approximately 27% of our revenue. If we do not spend our research and development budget efficiently or effectively on compelling innovation and technologies, our business may be harmed and we may not realize the expected benefits of our strategy. Moreover, research and development projects can be technically challenging and expensive. The nature of these research and development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we are able to offer compelling solutions and services and generate revenue, if any, from such investment. Additionally, anticipated client demand for an offering we are developing could decrease after the development cycle has commenced, rendering us unable to recover substantial costs associated with the development of such offering. If we expend a significant amount of resources on research and development and our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction or improvement of solutions and services that are competitive in our current or future markets, it would harm our business and results of operations.

As a global organization, our business is susceptible to risks associated with our international operations.

In addition to our U.S. operations, we currently maintain international operations in the United Kingdom and India, and have smaller sales-focused presences in France and Singapore, and have clients located around the globe. Managing a global organization outside of the United States is difficult and time-consuming and introduces risks that we may not face with our operations and sales in the United States. These risks include:

 

   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign regulations, laws and legal standards, including privacy, data security, tax and employment, some of which may be materially different or more stringent than those of the United States;

 

   

regional data privacy laws that apply to the transmission of personal data across international borders;

 

   

lack of familiarity with, and unexpected changes in, foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

clients’ unfamiliarity with and concerns regarding laws and regulations of the United States that may impact our business operations in their jurisdictions;

 

   

negative, local perception of industries and clients that we may pursue;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

localization of our solutions and services, including unanticipated costs related to translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements;

 

   

different pricing environments;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

   

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

   

compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our solutions and services in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of compliance;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, difficulty in interpreting international tax laws and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and

 

   

political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general.

Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and the development of new client relationships in Europe. As we seek to expand internationally, including in Europe, we will need to develop relationships with additional partners and add internal capabilities to effectively manage the operational, financial, legal and regulatory requirements and risks associated with our international operations. The investment we make and additional resources we use to expand our operations, target new international clients, expand our presence globally within our existing clients and manage operational and sales growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Because our employees are geographically dispersed, we are required to comply with employment-related laws and regulations both in the United States and abroad.

The nature and geographic spread of our business requires that we comply with multiple employment-related legal and regulatory regimes both in the United States and outside the United States. We are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, applicable foreign employment standards laws and similar state laws, which govern such matters as time keeping and payroll requirements, minimum wage, overtime, employee and worker classifications and other working conditions. While we believe we are currently in compliance with all such regimes, we may be susceptible to various employment claims and proceedings. Any legal proceedings or claims, even if baseless, fully indemnified or insured, could negatively impact our reputation among our employees, clients and the public, and make it more difficult for us to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future.

If we are unable to effectively manage certain risks and challenges related to our India operations, our business could be harmed.

Our India operations are a key factor to our success. We believe that our significant presence in India provides certain important advantages for our business, such as direct access to a large pool of skilled professionals and assistance in growing our business internationally. However, it also creates certain risks that we must effectively manage. As of June 30, 2021, 274 of our total employees were based in India. Wage costs in India for skilled professionals are currently lower than in the United States for comparably skilled professionals. However, wages in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the United States, which could result in us incurring increased costs for technical professionals and reduced margins. There is intense competition in India for skilled technical professionals, and we expect such competition to increase. As a result, we may be unable to cost-effectively retain our current employee base in India or hire additional new talent. In addition, India has experienced significant inflation, low growth in gross domestic product and shortages of foreign exchange. India also has experienced civil unrest and terrorism and has been involved in conflicts with neighboring countries. The occurrence of any of these circumstances could result in disruptions to our India operations, which, if continued for an extended period of time, could have a material adverse effect on our business. If we are unable to effectively manage any of the foregoing risks related to our India operations, our development efforts could be impaired, our growth could be slowed and our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Our results of operations may be harmed if we are required to collect sales or other related taxes for subscriptions to our solutions and services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.

States and some local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. The application

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of federal, state, local and international tax laws to services provided electronically is evolving. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our solutions and services in various jurisdictions is unclear. We collect and remit U.S. sales tax in a number of jurisdictions. It is possible, however, that we could face sales tax audits and that our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as state tax authorities could successfully assert that we are obligated to collect additional tax amounts from our paying clients and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits in states and international jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. In each case, if states are successful in such audits we may be liable for substantial amounts of past sales, use or similar taxes, interest and penalties. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage organizations from subscribing to our products and services, or otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

We will be a holding company and our principal asset after completion of the Transactions and this offering will be our interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC and, accordingly, we will depend on distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements. CWAN Holdings, LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

Upon completion of this offering and the Transactions, we will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than the LLC Interests. As a holding company, we will have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements, or declare and pay dividends, if any, in the future, will depend upon the results of operations and cash flows of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and distributions we receive from CWAN Holdings, LLC. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us and applicable state law and contractual restrictions may not permit such distributions.

We anticipate that CWAN Holdings, LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC will be allocated to holders of the LLC Interests. Accordingly, we and our subsidiaries will be required to pay income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC allocated to us under the terms of the LLC Agreement. Under the terms of the LLC Agreement, CWAN Holdings, LLC is required to make tax distributions to the holders of LLC Interests, including us, on a pro rata basis, unless certain exceptions apply. In addition to tax payments, we will incur expenses related to our operations, including obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements. The tax benefits we may realize as a result of our purchase of LLC Interests and any exchanges of LLC Interests and as a result of payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements, and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement depend on various factors and are difficult to quantify with any precision; however, we estimate that such payments may be substantial. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

We intend to cause CWAN Holdings, LLC to make cash distributions to the owners of LLC Interests in amounts sufficient to (1) fund all or part of their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them and (2) cover our operating expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, CWAN Holdings, LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would violate either any contract or agreement to which CWAN Holdings, LLC or its subsidiaries is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering CWAN Holdings, LLC or its subsidiaries insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Nonpayment for a specified period, however, may constitute a breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, unless, generally, such nonpayment is due to a lack of sufficient funds. See “—Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock,” “Dividend Policy,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Conflicts of interest could arise between our shareholders and the Continuing Equity Owners, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our shareholders.

The Continuing Equity Owners, who, upon consummation of this offering, will be the only holders of LLC Interests other than us, have the right to consent to certain amendments to the LLC Agreement, as well as to certain other matters. The Continuing Equity Owners may exercise these consent rights in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our other shareholders. Circumstances may arise in the future when the interests of the Continuing Equity Owners conflict with the interests of our other shareholders, particularly in the context of acquisitions. As we control CWAN Holdings, LLC, we have certain obligations to the Continuing Equity Owners as holders of LLC Interests that may conflict with fiduciary duties our officers and directors owe to our shareholders. These conflicts may result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our shareholders.

The Tax Receivable Agreement requires us to make cash payments to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we will be required to make cash payments to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, collectively, equal to 85% (less payments made under the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or, in some circumstances, are deemed to realize, as a result of the Tax Attributes. We expect that the payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that the tax savings associated with the Transactions or exchanges of LLC Interests as described above would aggregate to approximately $704.2 million over 15 years from the date of the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming all future redemptions or exchanges would occur on the date of this offering. Under this scenario, we would be required to pay the other parties to the Tax Receivable Agreement and under the TRA Bonus Agreements approximately 85% of such amount, or $598.6 million, over the 15-year period from the date of the completion of this offering. The actual amounts we will be required to pay may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, because potential future tax savings that we will be deemed to realize, and the Tax Receivable Agreement payments and the TRA Bonus Agreement payments made by us, will be calculated based in part on the market value of our common stock at the time of each redemption or exchange of an LLC Interest for cash or a share of common stock and the prevailing applicable federal tax rate (plus the assumed combined state and local tax rate) applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement and will depend on our generating sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.” Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned on our existing owners’ continued ownership of us after this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions will be based on the advice of our tax advisors. Any payments made by us to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement or to the relevant executive officers under the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Nonpayment of amounts due under the Tax Receivable Agreement (but not the TRA Bonus Agreements) for a specified period,

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

however, may constitute a breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, unless, generally, such nonpayment is due to a lack of sufficient funds. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are also not conditioned upon the Continuing Equity Owners or the Blocker Shareholders maintaining a continued ownership interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” The actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, the amount and timing of amounts paid under the TRA Bonus Agreements, the amount of gain recognized by the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the federal tax rates then applicable.

Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us.

In certain circumstances, CWAN Holdings, LLC will be required to make distributions to us and the Continuing Equity Owners and the distributions may be substantial.

CWAN Holdings, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to its members, including us and the Continuing Equity Owners. We intend to cause CWAN Holdings, LLC to make tax distributions quarterly to the holders of LLC Interests (including us), in each case on a pro rata basis based on CWAN Holdings, LLC’s net taxable income, which tax distributions will be based on an assumed tax rate. Thus, CWAN Holdings, LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. Funds used by CWAN Holdings, LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, these tax distributions may be substantial, and will likely exceed (as a percentage of CWAN Holdings, LLC’s income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. As a result, it is possible that we will receive distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. While our board may choose to distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock, it will not be required to do so, and may in its sole discretion choose to use such excess cash for any purpose depending upon the facts and circumstances at the time of determination. See “Dividend Policy.”

The amounts that we may be required to pay to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement and to the relevant executive officers under the TRA Bonus Agreements may be accelerated in certain circumstances and may also significantly exceed the actual tax benefits that we ultimately realize.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if (1) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination or other changes of control were to occur, (2) we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement or (3) at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate and our obligations, or our successor’s obligations, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements would accelerate and become immediately due and payable. The amount due and payable in that circumstance is based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As a result of a change of control, material breach or our election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, (1) we could be required to make cash payments to the Continuing Equity Owners, the Blocker Shareholders and certain executive officers that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements and (2) we would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement discounted in accordance with the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control. We may not be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements.

We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are currently expected to result from the Tax Attributes covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and from payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements.

Our ability to realize the tax benefits that we currently expect to be available as a result of the Tax Attributes, the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, the payments made under the TRA Bonus Agreements and the interest deductions imputed under the Tax Receivable Agreement all depend on a number of assumptions, including that we earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which such deductions are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. Additionally, if our actual taxable income were insufficient or there were additional adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of the expected tax benefits and our cash flows and shareholders’ equity could be negatively affected. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the beneficiaries under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements if any purported tax benefits are subsequently disallowed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

If the IRS or a state or local taxing authority challenges the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions that give rise to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements and the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are subsequently disallowed, the recipients of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements will not reimburse us for any payments we previously made to them. Any such disallowance would be taken into account in determining future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements, as applicable, and may, therefore, reduce the amount of any such future payments. Nevertheless, if the claimed tax benefits from the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are disallowed, our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements could exceed our actual tax savings, and we may not be able to recoup payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements that were calculated on the assumption that the disallowed tax savings were available.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We will be subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and foreign tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

   

tax effects of equity-based compensation;

 

   

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

   

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

   

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if it (1) is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (2) is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

As the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will control and manage CWAN Holdings, LLC. On that basis, we believe that our interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC is not an “investment security” under the 1940 Act. Therefore, we have less than 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) in “investment securities.” However, if we were to lose the right to manage and control CWAN Holdings, LLC, interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC could be deemed to be “investment securities” under the 1940 Act.

We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed to be an investment company. However, if we were deemed to be an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

The Principal Equity Owners will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Principal Equity Owners. Upon completion of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will beneficially own 97.0% of the combined voting power of all of our outstanding common stock. As long as the Principal Equity Owners collectively own or control at least a majority of our outstanding voting power, they will have the ability to exercise substantial control and significant influence over our management and affairs and all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. See “Description of Capital Stock.” The concentration of voting power limits your ability to influence corporate matters, and as a result, we may take actions that you do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

In addition, immediately following the offering, the Principal Equity Owners will own 18.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC. Because they hold a substantial portion of their ownership interests in our business through CWAN Holdings, LLC, these existing holders of LLC Interests may have conflicting interests with holders of our Class A common stock. For example, they may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing unitholders’ tax considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain of our stockholders will have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.

In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Principal Equity Owners and their respective affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Principal Equity Owners or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries will have no duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer.

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company,” and as a result, we qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the closing of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will continue to control a majority of our voting power. As a result, we would be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable stock exchange corporate governance standards. Under the rules of NYSE, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

   

that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation functions may not be decided solely by independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees in preparation for these heightened requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future which would increase our costs and expenses.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may have to choose between reduced coverage or substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. Although we will list our Class A common stock on NYSE, we cannot predict whether an active public market for our Class A common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling or may not be able to sell any of the shares of our Class A common stock that you purchase.

The price of our Class A common stock may decline or may be subject to significant volatility after this offering.

The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering. The price of our Class A common stock may change in response to fluctuations in our results of operations in future periods and also may change in response to other factors, including factors specific to companies in our industry, many of which are beyond our control. As a result, our stock price may experience significant volatility and may not necessarily reflect our performance. Among other factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry or offerings;

 

   

speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

   

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

   

stock price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading levels of our shares;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights and to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of others;

 

   

sales of our Class A common stock by us or our significant stockholders, officers and directors;

 

   

redemptions and exchanges by certain of the Continuing Equity Owners of their LLC Interests into shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our Class A common stock;

 

   

success of competitive products or services;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or others, including our filings with the SEC, announcements relating to litigation or significant changes to our key personnel;

 

   

the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

   

our entry into new markets;

 

   

tax developments in the United States, Europe or other markets;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles.

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

many technology companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

You may not be able to resell any of your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, if a trading market develops, after this offering. If the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

We cannot predict the effect our multiple class structure may have on the trading market for our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our multiple class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P, Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have each announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500. These changes exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock or ordinary shares from being added to these indices. Furthermore, other stock indices may take a similar approach to S&P, Dow Jones or FTSE Russell in the future. Exclusion from indices could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors, and as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $14.68 per share because the initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A common stock. This dilution would result because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances, the exercise of stock options to purchase Class A common stock granted to our employees and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See “Dilution.”

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), we may utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute compensation not previously approved. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we may in future filings with the SEC continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to not “opt out” of this exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards, and therefore, we are permitted to adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and are permitted to do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

Following this offering, we could remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC.

A credit ratings downgrade or other negative action by a credit rating organization could adversely affect the trading price of the shares of our Class A common stock.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, developments in our business and operations could lead to a ratings downgrade for us or our subsidiaries. Any such fluctuation in our or our subsidiaries’ ratings may impact our ability to access debt markets in the future or increase our cost of future debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition, which in return may adversely affect the trading price of shares of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be adopted upon the consummation of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our Class A common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our Company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

   

provide for a multi-class common stock structure in which each share of our Class C common stock and each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally;

 

   

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

   

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent from and after the date on which Welsh Carson, Warburg Pincus and Permira and their affiliates, collectively or singly, cease to beneficially own shares of our common stock representing at least 50% of the voting power of our common stock (the “Trigger Event”);

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

from and after the Trigger Event, the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon;

 

   

providing that our board of directors is expressly authorized to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

from and after the Trigger Event, requiring the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock to amend provisions of our certificate of incorporation relating to the management of our business, our board of directors, stockholder action by written consent, calling special meetings of stockholders, competition and corporate opportunities, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), forum selection and the liability of our directors, or to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our bylaws.

Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court finds the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the federal district court for the District of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We note that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the choice of forum provision with respect to claims under the federal securities laws, and that investors cannot waive compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

We do not intend to pay any cash distributions or dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock after this offering or for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our available funds and earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to repay indebtedness, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our and

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our subsidiaries’ current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. Holders of our Class B common stock and Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors. Furthermore, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock depends on our receipt of cash distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC, cash distributions and dividends from our other direct and indirect subsidiaries. See “Dividend Policy.”

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial flexibility and our competitive position.

As of June 30, 2021, the Existing Credit Agreement had $432.7 million of term loans. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement and, in connection with this offering, expect to enter into the New Credit Agreement. Our level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our indebtedness could have other important consequences to you and significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

restrict us from exploiting business opportunities;

 

   

make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other general corporate purposes.

In addition, the New Credit Agreement is expected to contain, and the agreements evidencing or governing any other future indebtedness may contain, restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The phase-out, replacement or unavailability of LIBOR and/or other interest rate benchmarks could adversely affect our indebtedness.

The interest rates applicable to the Existing Credit Agreement and expected to be applicable to the New Credit Agreement are based on, and the interest rates applicable to certain debt obligations we may incur in the future may be based on, a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In July 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. In response to concerns regarding the future of LIBOR, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York convened the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (the “ARRC”) to identify alternatives to LIBOR. The ARRC has recommended a benchmark replacement waterfall to assist issuers in continued capital market entry while safeguarding against LIBOR’s discontinuation. The initial steps in the ARRC’s recommended provision reference variations of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”),

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

calculated using short-term repurchase agreements backed by Treasury securities. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether SOFR will attain market traction as a LIBOR replacement. Additionally, it is uncertain if LIBOR will cease to exist after calendar year 2021, or whether additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted, or whether alternative reference rates will gain market acceptance as a replacement for LIBOR. In anticipation of LIBOR’s phase-out, the New Credit Agreement is expected to provide for alternative base rates, as well as a transition mechanism for selecting a benchmark replacement rate for LIBOR, with such benchmark replacement rate to be mutually agreed with the administrative agent and subject to the majority lenders not objecting to such benchmark replacement.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to reach any agreement on a replacement benchmark, and there can be no assurance that any agreement we reach will result in effective interest rates at least as favorable to us as our current effective interest rates. The failure to reach an agreement on a replacement benchmark, or the failure to reach an agreement that results in an effective interest rate at least as favorable to us as our current effective interest rates, could result in a significant increase in our debt service obligations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the overall financing market may be disrupted as a result of the phase-out or replacement of LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to refinance, reprice or amend the New Credit Agreement or incur additional indebtedness, on favorable terms or at all.

Our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

The New Credit Agreement is expected to contain, and the agreements evidencing or governing any other future indebtedness may contain, financial restrictions on us and our restricted subsidiaries, including restrictions on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

place liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets;

 

   

make investments other than permitted investments;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

prepay or redeem certain indebtedness;

 

   

merge, consolidate or dissolve;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

change the nature of our business;

 

   

change our or our subsidiaries’ fiscal year or organizational documents; and

 

   

make restricted payments.

In addition, we expect to be required to maintain compliance with various financial ratios in the New Credit Agreement. A failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with the covenants or to maintain the required financial ratios contained in the New Credit Agreement could result in an event of default under such indebtedness, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Additionally, a default by us under the New Credit Agreement or an agreement governing any other future indebtedness may trigger cross-defaults under any other future agreements governing our indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default or cross-default under any of the present or future agreements governing our indebtedness, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the agreements. If any of our indebtedness is accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets will be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate as a going concern. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not be able to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We expect that we may need to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies. However, we do not know what forms of financing, if any, will be available to us. Some financing activities in which we may engage could cause your equity interest in the Company to be diluted, which could cause the value of our Class A common stock to decrease. If financing is not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, expand our research and development and sales and marketing functions, develop and enhance our solutions and services, respond to unanticipated events, including unanticipated opportunities, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. In any such event, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed, and we may be unable to continue our operations.

The price of our Class A common stock could decline if securities analysts do not publish research or if securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us.

The trading of our Class A common stock is likely to be influenced by the reports and research that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities or industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively affected. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage but one or more analysts downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases to cover the Company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our Class A common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress our Class A common stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Issuing additional shares of our Class B common stock and Class C common stock, as applicable, when issued with corresponding LLC Interests, may also dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Additionally, further issuances of our Class D common stock, which is convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, may also dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any options to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our Class A common stock, subject to specified limited exceptions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus, (the “Lock-Up Period”) except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. As further described in the section titled “Underwriting,” if (i) at least 120 days have elapsed from the date of this prospectus and (ii) the Lock-Up Period is scheduled to expire during a broadly applicable and regularly scheduled period during which trading in the Company’s securities would not be permitted under the Company’s insider trading policy (“Blackout Period”) or within five trading days prior to a Blackout Period, the Lock-Up Period will end on the 10th trading date prior to commencement of the Blackout Period. The lock-up agreements define “trading day” as a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities. Our certificate of incorporation, as expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 1,500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, of which 42,866,089 shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding and 1,457,133,911 will be available for issuance, of which 188,702,453 will be available for issuance upon the exchange of outstanding LLC Interests,

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be, and the conversion of outstanding shares of Class D common stock immediately following the closing of this offering. All shares of our common stock held by the Continuing Equity Owners will be subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.” Shares of our common stock held by our affiliates will continue to be subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up. See “Underwriting.”

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 177,461,343 shares of our Class A common stock (on an as-converted basis) or their transferees will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. In addition, immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement registering under the Securities Act the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. See the information under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sales upon completion of this offering. Sales of our Class A common stock pursuant to these registration rights or this registration statement may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

An aggregate of approximately 33.3 million shares of our Class D common stock that are beneficially owned by affiliates of Warburg Pincus are pledged to secure obligations of affiliates of Warburg Pincus under a loan agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, an affiliate of one of the underwriters in this offering. In the case of nonpayment at maturity or another event of default (including but not limited to the borrower’s inability to satisfy certain mandatory prepayments which are triggered off the value of such shares), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or any transferee (in the event that Wells Fargo Bank, National Association had assigned or otherwise transferred its rights under the pledge to a non-affiliate) may exercise its rights under the applicable loan agreements to foreclose on and sell shares pledged to cover the amount due under the loan, provided that no sales of the pledged shares may be made to third parties until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Any transfers or sales of such pledged shares may cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business.

Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Evaluation by us of our internal control over financial reporting may identify material weaknesses. The identification of a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or the failure to remediate existing material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of NYSE rules. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could also lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections captioned “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, technology developments, financing and investment plans, dividend policy, competitive position, industry and regulatory environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Important factors that could cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from our expectations include the following:

 

   

we operate in a highly competitive industry, with many companies competing for business from insurance companies, asset managers, corporations and government entities on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality and breadth of solutions and services provided, ability to innovate, reputation and the prices of services, and this competition could hurt our financial performance;

 

   

we have experienced rapid revenue growth over the past several years, which may be difficult to sustain, and we depend on attracting and retaining top talent to continue growing and operating our business, and if we are unable to hire, integrate, develop, motivate and retain our personnel, we may not be able to maintain or manage our growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

if our investment accounting and reporting solutions, regulatory reporting solutions or risk management or performance analytics solutions fail to perform properly due to undetected errors or similar problems, our business, financial condition, reputation or results of operations could be materially adversely affected;

 

   

our business relies heavily on computer equipment, cloud-based services, electronic delivery systems, networks and telecommunications systems and infrastructure, the Internet and the information technology systems of third parties. Any failures or disruptions in any of the foregoing could result in reduced revenues, increased costs and the loss of clients and could harm our business, financial condition, reputation and results of operations;

 

   

if we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed;

 

   

if our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our competitive position may be harmed;

 

   

we may need to defend ourselves against third-party claims that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating others’ intellectual property rights, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs, and prevent us from selling or using the technology to which such rights relate;

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the Principal Equity Owners will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote;

 

   

following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company,” and as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. In addition, the Principal Equity Owners’ interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of other stockholders;

 

   

the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers; and

 

   

provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be adopted upon the consummation of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $412.4 million (or $475.7 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. intends to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the proceeds from the New Term Loan, to (i) purchase 30,000,000 LLC Interests (or 34,500,000 LLC Interests if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) from CWAN Holdings, LLC at a price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering less the underwriting discounts and commissions and (ii) repay approximately $432.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay any associated prepayment penalties and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment. We intend to use remaining proceeds, if any, for general corporate purposes to support the growth of the business. The contract interest rate on the indebtedness that we intend to repay was 7.25% annually as of June 30, 2021, and the maturity date is October 31, 2025.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $28.1 million and, in turn, the net proceeds received by CWAN Holdings, LLC from the sale of LLC Interests to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. by $28.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering and, in turn, the net proceeds received by CWAN Holdings, LLC from the sale of LLC Interests to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., by approximately $14.1 million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $15.00 (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was formed on May 18, 2021 and is the issuer of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering and the Transactions (as defined below), all of our business operations have been conducted through Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC, which changed its name to CWAN Holdings, LLC in connection with this offering, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Continuing Equity Owners are the only owners of CWAN Holdings, LLC. We will consummate the Transactions, excluding this offering, substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering.

Existing Organization

CWAN Holdings, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is generally not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Taxable income or loss of CWAN Holdings, LLC is included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of CWAN Holdings, LLC’s members.

Transactions

We will consummate the following organizational transactions prior to or in connection with this offering:

 

   

we will amend and restate the existing limited liability company agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC, which will become effective substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering, to, among other things, (1) recapitalize all existing ownership interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC into one class of LLC Interests, (2) appoint Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, (3) for strategic business and tax reasons, including to provide liquidity for certain holders of LLC Interests, provide that the Other Continuing Equity Owners are entitled to exchange LLC Interests, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for an amount in cash representing the fair market value of shares of Class A common stock net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with a registered offering of such shares as calculated in accordance with the LLC Agreement and (4) for strategic business and tax reasons, including to provide liquidity for certain holders of LLC Interests, provide that Principal Equity Owners are entitled to exchange LLC Interests, together with an equal number of shares of Class C common stock, for shares of Class D common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for an amount in cash representing the fair market value of shares of Class A common stock net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with a registered offering of such shares as calculated in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The holders of Class B common stock and Class C common stock will have no economic interests in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any dividends or distributions, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock). Each share of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will automatically convert into a share of our Class B common stock and our Class A common stock, respectively, upon the earlier of (i) the date that affiliates of Welsh Carson own less than 5% of our common stock and (ii) the date that is seven years following the closing of our initial public offering. The attributes of our classes of common stock are summarized in the following table. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

 

Class of Common Stock

   Votes per Share      Economic Rights  

Class A common stock

     1        Yes  

Class B common stock

     1        No  

Class C common stock

     10        No  

Class D common stock

     10        Yes  

 

   

we will amend and restate Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation as described in “Description of Capital Stock”;

 

   

we will effectuate the Blocker Mergers, with Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation, and will (1) issue to the Blocker Shareholders 12,866,089 shares of our Class A

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock and 134,121,127 shares of our Class D common stock, as the case may be, in exchange for all of the Blocker Shareholders’ equity interests in the Blocker Entities, which indirectly includes their LLC Interests, and (2) enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Blocker Shareholders, each as consideration for the Blocker Mergers;

 

   

we will issue 11,151,110 shares of our Class B common stock to the Other Continuing Equity Owners, which is equal to the number of LLC Interests held by such Other Continuing Equity Owners;

 

   

we will issue 43,340,216 shares of our Class C common stock to the Principal Equity Owners, which is equal to the number of LLC Interests held by such Principal Equity Owners;

 

   

we will issue 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this offering (or 34,500,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $412.4 million (or approximately $475.7 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), less the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

   

we will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 30,000,000 LLC Interests (or 34,500,000 LLC Interests if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) from CWAN Holdings, LLC at a price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less the underwriting discounts and commissions; and

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will enter into (1) the Registration Rights Agreement, (2) the Tax Receivable Agreement, (3) the TRA Bonus Agreements and (4) the Stockholders’ Agreement. For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and a description of the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements, see “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

Organizational Structure Following the Transactions

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company, and its principal asset will consist of LLC Interests it acquires as a result of (i) the purchase of such LLC Interests with the net proceeds of this offering and (ii) the Blocker Mergers. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will directly own 176,987,215 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 76.5% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or 181,487,215 LLC Interests, representing approximately 76.9% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

 

   

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC and will control the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries;

 

   

the Other Continuing Equity Owners will own (1) 11,151,110 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 4.8% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 4.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (2) 12,866,089 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing approximately 0.7% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 7.3% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 0.7% of the combined voting power and approximately 7.0% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), and (3) 11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing in aggregate approximately 0.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock (or approximately 0.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and no economic interest in us;

 

   

the Principal Equity Owners will own (1) 43,340,216 LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC, representing approximately 18.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 18.4% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (2) 43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., representing in aggregate approximately 23.7% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock (or approximately 23.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and no economic interest in us, and (3) 134,121,127 shares of Class D common stock, representing approximately 73.3% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 75.8% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 73.2% of the combined voting power and approximately 73.9% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

   

the purchasers in this offering will own (1) 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or 34,500,000 shares of Class A common stock of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), representing approximately 1.6% of the combined voting power of all of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s common stock and approximately 17.0% of the economic interest in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (or approximately 1.9% of the combined voting power and approximately 19.0% of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), and (2) through Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold approximately 13.0% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC (or approximately 14.6% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Our corporate structure following this offering, as described above, is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they undertake an initial public offering of their business. The Up-C structure will allow the Continuing Equity Owners to retain their equity ownership in CWAN Holdings, LLC and to continue to realize tax benefits associated with owning interests in an entity that is treated as a partnership, or “passthrough” entity, for U.S. federal income tax purposes following the offering. One of the tax benefits to the Continuing Equity Owners associated with this structure is that future taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC that is allocated to the Continuing Equity Owners will be taxed on a flow-through basis and therefore will not be subject to corporate taxes at the CWAN Holdings, LLC entity level. Additionally, because the Continuing Equity Owners may redeem or exchange their LLC Interests for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, for cash, the Up-C structure also provides the Continuing Equity Owners with potential liquidity that holders of nonpublicly traded limited liability companies are not typically afforded. For more information regarding the redemption and exchange of LLC Interests, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

Because we will own LLC Interests, we will receive the same benefits as the Continuing Equity Owners of equity ownership in an entity treated as a partnership, or “passthrough” entity, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, as the Continuing Equity Owners redeem or exchange their LLC Interests, we will obtain a step-up in tax basis in our share of CWAN Holdings, LLC assets. This step-up in tax basis will provide us with certain tax benefits, such as future depreciation and amortization deductions that can reduce the taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC that is allocable to us. We expect to enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders that will provide for the payment by us to such Continuing Equity Owners and Blocker Shareholders, collectively, of 85% (less payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

deemed to realize, as a result of the Tax Attributes. For more information regarding such tax benefits, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Immediately following this offering, we will be a holding company, and our principal asset will consist of LLC Interests of CWAN Holdings, LLC. As the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, CWAN Holdings, LLC.

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

 

LOGO

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, conduct our business. As a result, the Company will consolidate CWAN Holdings, LLC and record a significant noncontrolling interest in a consolidated entity in Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements for the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC held by the Continuing Equity Owners.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes the shares of Class A common stock are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Incorporation of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on May 18, 2021. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. has not engaged in any material business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the Transactions. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will, among other things, authorize four classes of common stock, Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the LLC Agreement

Prior to or substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering, the existing limited liability company agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, recapitalize its capital structure by creating a single class of LLC Interests and provide for a right of redemption of such LLC Interests in exchange for, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), shares of our Class A common stock, shares of our Class D common stock or cash. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

November 2020 Recapitalization

In November 2020, we completed a recapitalization transaction on behalf of existing unitholders (the “Recapitalization”). In connection with the Recapitalization, we paid approximately $46.4 million in transaction bonuses to our employees and we accelerated the vesting of approximately 3.8 million options. Pursuant to the terms of the transaction bonus and option exercise agreement we entered into with our named executive officers in connection with the Recapitalization, we paid approximately $23.8 million in transaction bonuses to our named executive officers, and accelerated the vesting of approximately 2.9 million options held by them subject to those executive officers’ continued employment with us through the applicable acceleration date and to a 33% clawback in the event such executive officer voluntarily terminates employment with us before 12 months of the closing date of the Recapitalization.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class D common stock after this offering or for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our available funds and earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to repay indebtedness, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our and our subsidiaries’ current and future debt instruments, future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. Holders of our Class B common stock and Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors. Furthermore, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock depends on our receipt of cash distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC, cash distributions and dividends from our other direct and indirect subsidiaries. See “Description of Capital Stock,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our Class A common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—We do not intend to pay any cash distributions or dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.”

Immediately following this offering, we will be a holding company, and our principal asset will be LLC Interests. If we decide to pay a dividend in the future, we would need to cause CWAN Holdings, LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover such dividend. If CWAN Holdings, LLC makes such distributions to us, the other holders of LLC Interests will be entitled to receive pro rata distributions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—We will be a holding company and our principal asset after completion of the Transactions and this offering will be our interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC and, accordingly, we will depend on distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. CWAN Holdings, LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.”

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2021, as follows:

 

   

of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries on an actual basis;

 

   

of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions (other than this offering) and the entry into the New Credit Agreement; and

 

   

of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducing the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

For more information, please see “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and our condensed consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)  
(in thousands, except per share and share data)    CWAN
Holdings,
LLC
    Pro Forma as
adjusted
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings, Inc.(4)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,031     $ 74,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Indebtedness:

    

Term Loan(1)

   $ 432,692     $ —    

Revolving Line of Credit(1)

     —         —    

New Term Loan(2)

     —         55,000  

New Revolving Facility(2)

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total indebtedness

   $ 432,692     $ 55,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity:

    

Members’ equity (deficit)

     (329,238  

Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 42,866,089 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     —         43  

Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 11,151,110 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     —         11  

Class C common stock, par value $0.001; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 43,340,216 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     —         43  

Class D common stock, par value $0.001; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 134,121,127 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

       134  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         412,345  

Accumulated deficit

     —         (338,212
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (329,238   $ 74,364  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest(3)

     —         17,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 103,454     $ 146,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Existing Credit Agreement (as defined herein) provides a term loan facility of $435 million and a $30 million revolving line of credit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Term Loan Facility and Revolving Line of Credit.”

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)

It is anticipated that the New Credit Agreement will provide for a $55 million term loan facility and a $125 million revolving facility. For a description of the New Credit Agreement, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(3)

On a pro forma basis, includes the membership interests not owned by us, which represents 23.5% of CWAN Holdings, LLC’s outstanding LLC Interests. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will hold 76.5% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC, the Other Continuing Equity Owners will hold 4.8% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC and the Principal Equity Owners will hold 18.7% of the economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC.

(4)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total members’ stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis as adjusted by approximately $28.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.1 million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

Because other than in connection with the Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” the Continuing Equity Owners do not own any Class A common stock or have any right to receive distributions from Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share both before and after this offering assuming that all of the holders of LLC Interests (other than Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.) had their LLC Interests redeemed or exchanged for newly issued shares of Class A common stock (in the case of the Other Continuing Equity Owners) or shares of Class D common stock (in the case of the Principal Equity Owners) on a one-for-one basis and the automatic transfer to the Company and cancellation for no consideration of all of their shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock (which are not entitled to receive distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock from Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.), as the case may be, in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering. We refer to the assumed redemption or exchange of all LLC Interests for shares of Class A common stock or shares of Class D common stock as described in the previous sentence as the “Assumed Redemption.”

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the Class A common stock in this offering exceeds the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after the offering. CWAN Holdings, LLC’s pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 prior to this offering and after giving effect to the other Transactions and the Assumed Redemption was a deficit of $329.2 million. Pro forma net tangible book value per share prior to this offering is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Class A common stock deemed to be outstanding after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption.

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering.

As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Class A common stock deemed to be outstanding, after giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering and the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and the Assumed Redemption. Our as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to this offering, would have been approximately $74.4 million, or $0.32 per share of Class A common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value of $1.95 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $14.68 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)

      $ 15.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2021, before this offering

   $ (1.63   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

   $ 1.95     
  

 

 

    

As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share, after this offering

   $ 0.32     

Dilution per share to new Class A common stock investors participating in this offering

      $ 14.68  
     

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Transactions (including this offering) and the Assumed Redemption, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, to us and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing owners and by the new investors. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Continuing Equity Owners

     201,478,541        87   $ 141,828,000      24   $ 0.70

New investors

     30,000,000        13   $ 450,000,000        76   $ 15.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     231,478,541        100   $ 591,828,000        100   $ 2.56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by $30 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expenses.

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and the tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering as shown in the tables above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Transactions and the Assumed Redemption. To the extent that options are issued under our compensatory stock plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In connection with the consummation of this offering, outstanding options to purchase Class B Common Units of CWAN Holdings, LLC will be converted into options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

 

   

the percentage of shares of common stock held by the Continuing Equity Owners will decrease to approximately 85% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 34,500,000, or approximately 15% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflects the impact of this offering, after giving effect to the Transactions discussed in the section of the prospectus entitled “Organizational Structure.” Following the completion of the Transactions, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company whose principal asset will consist of approximately 76% of the outstanding LLC Interests (or approximately 77% of LLC Interests if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) that it acquires as a result of the Blocker Mergers and from CWAN Holdings, LLC with the use of net proceeds from this offering. The remaining LLC Interests will be held by the Continuing Equity Owners. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will act as the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, will operate and control the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, conduct its business.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 give effect to the Transactions, including this offering, as if the same had occurred on January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 presents our unaudited pro forma balance sheet giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering, as if they had occurred on such date.

We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data and unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data from the consolidated financial statements and the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated financial information of CWAN Holdings, LLC has been adjusted in this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information to give effect to events that are directly attributable to the Transactions, are factually supportable and, with respect to the consolidated statements of operations data, are expected to have a continuing impact on Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflects adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes and are based on available information and certain assumptions we believe are reasonable but are subject to change.

We refer to the adjustments related to the Transactions, including the impact of the Transaction described in “Organizational Structure,” as the “Pro Forma Transaction Adjustments.” The Pro Forma Transaction Adjustments are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated information and principally include:

 

   

the amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC to, among other things, appoint Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC and provide certain exchange and redemption rights to the Continuing Equity Owners;

 

   

the amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. to create Class A, B, C and D common stock;

 

   

a four-for-one reverse stock split of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. Class A, B, C and D common stock:

 

   

the mergers of Blocker Entities into Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc and the issuance of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock, and Class D common stock to Blocker Shareholders and the Continuing Equity Owners;

 

   

the approximate 27% non-controlling interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC represented by the units not held by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. after completion of the Transaction Adjustments and prior to the Offering Adjustments;

 

   

the establishment of a provision for income taxes and deferred income taxes including a valuation allowance upon the deferred taxes, to the extent applicable;

 

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the execution of the Tax Receivable Agreement between Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and certain Blocker Shareholders and Continuing Equity Owners;

 

   

the execution of the agreements providing management participation in the Tax Receivable Agreement under certain circumstances (the “TRA Bonus Agreements”). See “Executive Compensation-TRA Bonus Agreements;” and

 

   

the conversion of existing options to purchase Class B Common Units granted under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan into options to purchase Class A common stock governed under the terms of our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and perform modifications to those option agreements including modification of equity options subject to performance-based vesting being changed to time-based vesting.

The adjustments related to this offering, which we refer to as the “Pro Forma Offering Adjustments,” are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and principally include the following:

 

   

the issuance of 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the investors in this offering in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $421.9 million (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

   

the payment of fees and expenses related to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock in this offering to

 

  (i)

purchase LLC Interests from CWAN Holdings, LLC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock less the underwriting discounts and commissions, with such LLC Interests representing approximately 76% of the outstanding LLC Interests,

 

  (ii)

repay $432.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment,

 

  (iii)

enter into a New Credit Agreement that includes both a $125 million revolving facility and a $55 million term loan facility which is presented net of debt issuance costs,

 

  (iv)

the payment of additional expense of $9.5 million associated with this offering (of which $0.4 million has been paid as of June 30, 2021), and

 

  (v)

the issuance of 1,685,625 RSUs (as defined below) to employees upon consummation of the offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in the offering.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these additional procedures and processes and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, additional expenses associated with complying with the reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, costs relating to additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing, tax and legal fees, stock exchange listing fees and other public company expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs in the information below.

As described in greater detail under the sections titled “Organizational Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” in connection with the completion of this offering, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, which will provide for the payment by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders of 85% (less payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the applicable savings, if

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

any, that Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. may realize, or be deemed to realize (using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the tax period and an assumed, weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on applicable period apportionment factors), as a result of the Tax Attributes. Due to uncertainty in the amount and timing of tax savings as we currently do not generate taxable income, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that tax attributes of CWAN Holdings, LLC and the Blocker Entities, like net operating losses, to which Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be the successor as a result of the Transactions will not be realized.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the Transactions, including this offering, occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data should be read in conjunction with the “Risk Factors,” “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and our consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021

 

    CWAN
Holdings,
LLC
Historical
    Pro Forma
Transaction
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings, Inc.
as adjusted
before Offering
Adjustments(1)
    Pro Forma
Offering
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings,
Inc.
 
(in thousands, except share and unit amounts)                                      

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 41,031       —         $ 41,031     $ 33,543     (2)(3)   $ 74,574  

Accounts receivable, net

    45,075       —           45,075       —           45,075  

Prepaid and other current assets

    14,233       —           14,233       (1,572   (2)     12,661  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    100,339       —           100,339       —           179,185  

Property and equipment, net

    9,330       —           9,330       —           9,330  

Deferred contract costs, non-current

    4,021       —           4,021       —           4,021  

Debt issuance costs - line of credit

    403       —           403       (28   (3)     375  

Other non-current assets

    6,405       —       (5)     6,405       —           6,405  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 120,498     $ —         $ 120,498     $ 31,943       $ 152,441  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 601       —         $ 601     $ —         $ 601  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    24,677       —           24,677       (1,172   (2)     23,505  

Notes payable, current portion

    3,077       —           3,077       (327   (3)     2,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    28,355       —           28,355       (1,499       26,856  

Notes payable, less current maturities and unamortized debt issuance costs of $8,370 as of June 30, 2021

    421,245       —           421,245       (370,160   (3)     51,085  

Other long-term liabilities

    136       —       (5)     136       —           136  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    449,736       —           449,736       (371,659       78,077  

Members’ equity (deficit)

             

Class A Common units, no par value; 190,960,379 units issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021

    —         —           —         —           —    

Class B Common units, no par value; 10,358,478 units issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021

    —         —           —         —           —    

Members’ deficit

    (329,238     329,238     (6)     —         —           —    

Stockholders’ equity

      —       (6)     —         —           —    

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis, 12,866,089 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis, and 42,866,089 after offering (2)

    —         13     (6)     13       30         43  

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis, 11,151,110 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

    —         11     (6)     11       —           11  

Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis, 43,340,216 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

      43     (6)     43       —           43  

Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis, 134,121,127 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

      134     (6)     134       —           134  

Additional paid-in-capital

    —         —       (6)     —         412,345     (2)     412,345  

Accumulated Deficit

    —         (329,439   (6)     (329,439     (8,773       (338,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total members’ /stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to CWAN Holdings, LLC/ Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

    (329,238     (240,179   (4)     (240,179     297,038     (4)     56,859  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

    —         (89,059   (4)     (89,059     106,564     (4)     17,505  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total members’ /stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (329,238     (329,238       (329,238     403,602         74,364  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ /stockholders’ equity

  $ 120,498     $ —         $ 120,498     $ 31,943       $ 152,441  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet

 

(1)

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. was formed on May 18, 2021 and will have no material assets or results of operations until the consummation of the Transactions, and therefore its historical financial position is not shown in a separate column in this unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

 

(2)

Reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of offering proceeds of $412.4 million, based on the assumed sale of shares of Class A common stock at an assumed public offering of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. These amounts as described in “Use of Proceeds” relate to:

 

  a)

payment of $421.9 million to purchase 30,000,000 LLC Interests from CWAN Holdings, LLC and certain Continuing Equity Owners at an assumed initial public offering of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions;

 

  b)

payment of approximately $9.5 million of estimated offering expenses (of which $0.4 million has been paid as of June 30, 2021)

 

(3)

Reflects the net cash of repayment and issuance of debt:

 

  a)

repayment of approximately $432.7 million to repay outstanding borrowings under our Existing Credit Agreement utilizing proceeds. The repayment of our borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement resulted in a $8.7 million loss on debt repayment as the result of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs;

 

  b)

entering into the New Credit Agreement that includes both a $125 million revolving facility and a $55 million term loan facility which is presented net of debt issuance costs of $1.2 million

 

(4)

Upon completion of the Transaction Adjustments, we will become the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC. We will have the sole voting interest in, and control of the management of, CWAN Holdings, LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of CWAN Holdings, LLC and will report a noncontrolling interest related to the interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC held by the Continuing Equity Owners on our consolidated balance sheet. Immediately following the Transactions, the economic interests held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 27%.

The Transaction Adjustments include adjustments to transfer CWAN Holdings, LLC members’ deficit to accumulated deficit and report a noncontrolling interest equal to the Continuing Equity Owners’ economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC of 27%. The following table describes such Transaction adjustments ($ in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2021  

Non-controlling interest

  

Members’ deficit—CWAN Holdings, LLC

   $ (329,238

Class A and Class D common stock economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC

     73

Members’ deficit attributable to Class A and Class D common stock

   $ (240,179
  

 

 

 

Members’ deficit attributable to Continuing Equity Owners -non-controlling interest

   $ (89,059
  

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering Adjustments include adjustments to report a noncontrolling interest equal to the Continuing Equity Owners’ economic interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC of 24%, after giving effect to the issuance of 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering based on the pro forma CWAN Holdings, LLC members’ deficit adjusted for the net proceeds received from the sale of common units, less offering expenses and write off of unamortized debt issuance costs, which are included in stockholders’ equity. If the underwriters were to exercise their options to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the economic interest held by the noncontrolling interest would be 23%. The following table describes such offering adjustments ($ in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2021  

Non-controlling interest

  

Members’ deficit—CWAN Holdings, LLC

   $ (329,238

Proceeds from offering net of underwriter fee and offering expense

     412,375  

Costs associated with extinguishment of debt

     (8,773
  

 

 

 

CWAN Holdings LLC members’ equity after the offering

     74,364  

Continuing Equity Owners’ interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC

     24
  

 

 

 

Members’ equity attributable to Continuing Equity Owners—noncontrolling interest

     17,505  

Less non-controlling interest included in the “Transaction Adjustments” column

     (89,059
  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest—“Offering Adjustments” column

   $ 106,564  

 

(5)

Clearwater Holdings Analytics, Inc is a C corporation and subject to federal and state income taxes and will file consolidated income tax returns. Due to uncertainty in the amount and timing of tax savings as we currently do not generate taxable income, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that tax attributes of CWAN Holdings, LLC and the Blocker Entities, like net operating losses, to which Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be the successor as a result of the Transactions will not be realized. We will not be obligated to make any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement until these tax benefits are realized. As such, no deferred tax asset and Tax Receivable Agreement liability were reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

For financial reporting purposes, we will assess the tax attributes of CWAN Holdings, LLC and Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, to determine if it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of any deferred tax assets. Following that assessment, we may recognize a deferred tax asset and liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement, reflecting the expected future realization of such tax benefits. Amounts payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement are contingent upon, among other things, (i) generation of sufficient future taxable income during the term of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (ii) future changes in tax laws. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the offering will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates, if any, will be included in net income.

Although no Tax Receivable Agreement liability was reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we expect that the aggregate payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the purchase by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. of LLC Interests from CWAN Holdings, LLC and the acquisition of the Blocker Entities from the Blocker Shareholders in connection with this offering to range over the next 15 years from approximately $9.0 million to $75.5 million and decline thereafter. Under the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements, certain members of management would collectively receive compensation in an amount equal to 4.6% of any Tax Receivable Agreement payments subject to continued employment through the applicable payment date. These estimates are based on an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming all future redemptions or exchanges would occur on the date of this offering. The actual amounts paid to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary based on a number of factors including: the price of Class A Common

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock at the time of any future exchanges; the timing of any future exchanges; the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; the amount and timing of any payments under TRA Bonus Agreements; the amount and timing of our taxable income; and applicable tax rates.

 

(6)

To reflect the capital structure of the C corporation, the value of Common Stock in each class, additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit are presented separately on the balance sheet. Each class of common stock has a par value of $0.001 per share. The value is determined by multiplying the number of shares by the par value. The remaining balance of members deficit is included in accumulated deficit.

In connection with the Transactions we will issue 11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing Equity Owners and 43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock to the Principal Equity Owners, on a one to one basis with the number of common units of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Holders of our Class B and Class C common stock, along with the holders of our Class A and Class D common stock, will have certain voting rights as described under “Description of Capital Stock” but holders of our Class B and Class C common stock will not have an economic interests in the Company.

In connection with the Transactions we will issue 134,121,127 shares of Class D common stock to Principal Equity Owners, on a one to one basis, with the number of common units of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Holders of our Class D common stock will have certain voting rights and are entitled to the economic interest in the Company as described under “Description of Capital Stock”.

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

     CWAN
Holdings,
LLC
Historical
    Pro Forma
Transaction
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings, Inc.
as adjusted
before
Offering
Adjustments(a)
    Pro Forma
Offering
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings,
Inc.(d)
 
(in thousands, except share and unit amounts)                                           

Revenue

   $ 203,222     $ —         $ 203,222     $ —         $ 203,222  

Cost of revenue

     53,263       1,794       (d     55,057       957       (e     56,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

     149,959       (1,794       148,165       (957       147,208  

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

     55,262       4,838       (d     60,100       2,580       (e     62,680  

Sales and marketing

     22,243       2,469       (d     24,712       1,317       (e     26,029  

General and administrative

     43,874       4,444       (d     48,318       2,370       (e     50,688  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     48,998       —           48,998       —           48,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     170,377       11,751         182,128       6,267         188,395  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (20,418     (13,545       (33,963     (7,224       (41,187

Interest and other expense, net

     (22,910     —           (22,910     21,091       (b     (1,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (43,328     (13,545       (56,873     13,867         (43,006

Income taxes

     902       —         (c     902       —         (c     902  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (44,230   $ (13,545     $ (57,775   $ 13,867       $ (43,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

       (15,628     (f     (15,593     5,292       (g     (10,301
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

   $ (44,230   $ 2,083       $ (42,182   $ 8,575       $ (33,607
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021

 

     CWAN
Holdings,
LLC
Historical
    Pro Forma
Transaction
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings, Inc.
as adjusted
before
Offering
Adjustments(a)
    Pro Forma
Offering
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Clearwater
Analytics
Holdings,
Inc.(d)
 
(in thousands, except share and unit amounts)                                           

Revenue

   $ 117,770     $ —         $ 117,770     $ —         $ 117,770  

Cost of revenue

     29,898       897       (d     30,795       479       (e     31,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

     87,872       (897       86,975       (479       86,496  

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

     32,576       2,419       (d     34,995       1,290       (e     36,285  

Sales and marketing

     16,025       1,234       (d     17,259       658       (e     17,917  

General and administrative

     18,727       2,222       (d     20,949       1,185       (e     22,134  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     —         —           —         —           —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,328       5,875         73,203       3,133         76,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income from operations

     20,544       (6,772       13,772       (3,612       10,160  

Interest and other expense, net

     (17,024     —           (17,024     16,051       (b     (973
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,520       (6,772       (3,252     12,439         9,187  

Income taxes

     320       —         (c     320       —         (c     320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,200     $ (6,772     $ (3,572   $ 12,439       $ 8,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

       (966     (f     (966     3,054       (g     2,087  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

   $ 3,200     $ (5,806     $ (2,606   $ 9,385       $ 6,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

 

(a)

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. was formed on May 18, 2021 and will have no material assets or results of operations until the consummation of the Transactions, and therefore its historical financial position is not shown in a separate column in this unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

 

(b)

In connection with this offering, we will use proceeds to repay outstanding borrowings of $432.7 million under our Existing Credit Agreement and enter into the New Credit Agreement that includes a $125 million revolving facility and a $55 million term loan facility. Accordingly, pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect a decrease in interest expense of $21.1 million (comprised of a reduction of interest expense of $21.4 million offset by amortization of new debt issuance costs of $0.3 million), and a reduction of $16.1 million (comprised of a reduction of interest expense of $16.3 million offset by amortization of new debt issue costs of $0.2 million) for the year ended December 31, 2020 and six month period ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The change in interest expense is computed with an effective interest rate of 2.75%, in each case, as if the borrowings from the Existing Credit Agreement had been repaid, and the borrowings from the New Credit Agreement had been raised on January 1, 2020. The New Credit Agreement is currently under negotiation and terms are subject to change. We estimate that a hypothetical increase or decrease of 100 basis points to the interest rate would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma interest expense by approximately $0.5 million and $0.3 million, based on a $55 million debt balance for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six month period ended June 30, 2021, respectively. Pro forma interest expense excludes any losses on extinguishment of borrowings in all periods.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(c)

Following this offering and the Transactions, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC. As Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. has historically generated losses, and on a pro forma basis, will continue to have losses following this offering and the Transactions, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations do not reflect adjustments to our provision for income taxes as we concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the tax benefit of the Tax Attributes will not be realized.

 

(d)

In connection with the offering, employee equity options will be transferred from CWAN Holdings, LLC to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and equity options subject to performance-based vesting are modified to remove the performance-based criteria and only be subject to time-based vesting. The incremental compensation charge resulting from the modification is $49.5 million and will be recognized over the remaining requisite service period of approximately 44 months. The pro forma adjustments decrease operating income by $13.5 million and $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2021, respectively.

 

(e)

In conjunction with the offering, we will grant employees an award of restricted stock units of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (“IPO RSUs”) under the 2021 Plan. We will grant a total of 1,685,625 IPO RSUs which will result in a total expense of $25.3 million assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (with a $1.00 increase or decrease in the initial public offering price increasing or decreasing, respectively, the total expense by $1.7 million) and 100% achievement of performance vesting conditions (if performance vesting achievement is 110%, this would result in total incremental expense of $1.3 million). The expense is expected to be recognized over 42 months, and the expense is reflected in the line item based on the employees’ job function.

 

(f)

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest as a result of the Transaction Adjustments is calculated as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2021  

Non-controlling interest

    

Net income (loss)—CWAN Holdings, LLC

   $ (44,230   $ 3,200  

Incremental costs from equity option modification

     (13,545     (6,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss following the Transaction Adjustments

   $ (57,775   $ (3,572

Non-controlling interest immediately following the Transaction Adjustments

     27     27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loss attributable to non-controlling interest immediately following the Transaction Adjustments

   $ (15,628   $ (966
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(g)

Upon completion of the Offering Adjustments, we will become the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC. We will have the sole voting interest in, and control of the management of, CWAN Holdings, LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of CWAN Holdings, LLC and will report a noncontrolling interest related to the interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC held by the Continuing Equity Owners on our consolidated balance sheet. Immediately following the Transactions, the economic interests held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 24%. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full, the economic interests held by the noncontrolling interest will remain approximately 23%.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests as a result of the Offering Adjustments is calculated as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
2021
 

Non-controlling interest

  

Pro forma net loss prior to Offering Adjustments

   $ (57,775   $ (3,572

Reduction in non-controlling interest ownership due to the Offering Adjustments

     4     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reduction in net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest due to Offering Adjustments

   $ 2,028     $ 125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustments to net income (loss) from the Offering Adjustments

   $ 13,867     $ 12,439  

Non-controlling interest ownership immediately following the Offering Adjustments

     24     24
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest in the pro forma adjustments to net income (loss) from the Offering Adjustments

   $ 3,624     $ 2,928  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest immediately following the Offering Transactions

   $ 5,292     $ 3,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section presents management’s perspective on our financial condition and results of operations. The following discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement data and information presented elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections of this prospectus captioned “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Business,” and should be read in conjunction therewith. To the extent that this discussion describes prior performance, the descriptions relate only to the periods listed, which may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to historical financial information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of many factors, including those discussed under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

Historically, our business has been operated through Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC, together with its subsidiaries. In connection with this offering, Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC changed its name to CWAN Holdings, LLC. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. was formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company and all of our business will continue to be conducted through CWAN Holdings, LLC, together with its subsidiaries, and the financial results of CWAN Holdings, LLC will be consolidated in our financial statements. For more information regarding the organizational transactions and holding company structure, see “Organizational Structure.”

Overview

Clearwater brings transparency to the opaque world of investment accounting and analytics with what we believe is the industry’s most trusted and innovative single instance, multi-tenant technology platform. Our cloud-native software allows clients to radically simplify their investment accounting operations, enabling them to focus on higher-value business functions such as asset allocation strategy and investment selection. Our platform provides comprehensive accounting, data and advanced analytics as well as highly-configurable reporting for global investment assets daily or on-demand, instead of weekly or monthly. We give our clients confidence that they are making the most informed decisions about investment performance, regulatory compliance and risk.

We provide investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics solutions for asset managers, insurance companies and large corporations. Every day, Clearwater’s powerful platform aggregates and normalizes data on over $5.6 trillion of global invested assets for over 1,000 clients. We bring modern software to an industry that has long been dominated by difficult-to-use, high cost legacy technologies and processes, which often lack data integrity and traceability, and often require significant manual intervention. The strength of our platform is demonstrated by our approximately 80% win rate for new clients over the prior four years in deals that reached the proposal stage.

We allow our clients to replace legacy systems with modern cloud-native software. Our platform helps clients reduce cost, time, errors and risk and allows them to reallocate resources to other value-creating activities. Our software aggregates, reconciles and validates data from more than 2,500 daily data feeds and more than four million securities that have been modeled across multiple currencies, asset classes and countries. This cleansed and validated data runs through our proprietary accounting, performance, compliance and risk solutions to provide clients with powerful analytics and daily or on-demand configurable reporting. We offer multi-asset class, multi-basis, multi-currency accounting and analytics that provide clients with a comprehensive view of their holdings and related performance. This allows our clients to make better, more timely decisions about their investment portfolios.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Clearwater benefits from powerful network effects. With our single instance, multi-tenant architecture, every client, whether new or existing, enriches our global data set by making it more complete and accurate. Our software continually sources, ingests, models, reconciles and validates the terms, conditions and features of every investment security held by all of our clients. This continuous process helps to create a single repository of comprehensive, accurate investment data (often referred to within the industry as a “Golden Copy” of data) that benefits all our clients to the extent they otherwise have rights to the data. Through this continuous process, we are able to identify and adjudicate data discrepancies that otherwise could introduce error and risk into our clients’ investment portfolios. We believe that a meaningful competitive advantage of this network effect is that we are increasingly seen as the best and most accurate source of investment accounting data and analytics in the industry.

We have a 100% recurring revenue model. We charge our clients a fee that is primarily based on the amount of assets they manage on our platform, subject to contracted minimums. A majority of the assets on our platform are high-grade fixed income assets, leading to very low levels of volatility and highly predictable revenue streams. When applicable, we charge additional transaction fees for certain complex asset classes (e.g., derivatives and other financial instruments).

We have achieved significant organic growth in recent periods. Our revenues increased from $168 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $203 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, representing an increase of 21%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our revenues were $95 million and $118 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 24%. We had net income of $8 million and a net loss of $44 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing net income margin of 5% and net loss margin of (22%), respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had net income of $14 million and $3 million, representing net income margin of 14% and 3%, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $51 million and $57 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 30% and 28%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had adjusted EBITDA of $31 million and $36 million, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 33% and 30%, respectively. For additional information on adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

 

 

LOGO

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

The growth and future success of our business depends on many factors, including those described below.

 

   

Adding New Clients in Established End Markets: Our future growth is dependent upon our ability to continue to add new clients. We are focused on continuing to increase our client base in our established client end-markets of corporations, insurance companies and asset managers, and doing so with increasingly large and sophisticated clients. As we add clients, it takes time to fully onboard their assets to the platform. Our revenue generally increases as assets are added to the platform, while the effort to serve the client is relatively consistent over time. Therefore, we expect revenues and gross margins to increase for a client as the client transitions from the onboarding process to a steady state once assets have been onboarded. In any period, our gross margins may fluctuate based on the relative size and number of clients that we are onboarding at that time.

 

   

Expanding and Retaining Relationships with Existing Clients: Our future growth is dependent upon retaining our existing clients and expanding our relationships with these clients through increases in the amount of their assets on our platform. We have enjoyed consistent gross revenue retention rates of approximately 98% over the past ten quarters. The consistency in revenue retention creates predictability in our business and enables us to better plan our future investments. Our relationships with our clients expands as these clients add more assets to our platform, with our net revenue retention rates (as defined below under “—Key Operating Measures”) above 105% over the past two years. Clients may add assets as a result of acquiring new clients themselves or by acquiring new businesses or simply through organic growth, which produces additional assets that they manage using our platform. We believe that our client service model and technology platform are strong contributing factors in our attractive retention rates. As such, we expect to continue to invest in both our operations and research and development functions to maintain and increase our high levels of client satisfaction, which we believe will lead to strong client retention and expansion.

 

   

International Expansion: We believe that the value provided by our platform is equally applicable to asset owners and asset managers outside of North America, and there is a significant opportunity to expand our client base and usage of our platform internationally. Our future growth is dependent upon our ability to successfully enter new international markets and to expand our client base in our current international markets. Our cost to acquire clients in international markets is currently greater than in North America because there is less awareness of the Clearwater brand and our product capabilities, and we have to date invested less in sales and marketing internationally. For these reasons, we expect to invest more in sales and marketing in international markets relative to North America in order to achieve growth in these international markets.

 

   

Adding New Clients in Adjacent or Nascent End-Markets: Our strategy is to also add new clients in our more nascent end-markets, which include state and local governments, pension funds and sovereign wealth funds, as well as a variety of alternative asset managers. Traditionally, our existing clients have been among our best resources for referring new clients to us, and we will continue to invest in sales and marketing to build awareness of our brand, engage prospective clients and drive adoption of our platform, particularly as it relates to expanding into new end-markets. As we establish our presence in new end-markets, we expect sales and marketing expenditures will be less efficient than in our established verticals and we will become increasingly more efficient at acquiring clients in new end-markets over time.

 

   

Expanding Solutions and Broadening Innovation: Our future growth is dependent upon our continued expansion of our solutions in order to better retain our current clients and to develop new use cases that appeal to new clients. While we believe we will be able to reduce our research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues as we achieve greater scale, our priority is to maintain and grow our technological advantage over our competitors. As we identify opportunities to increase our technological and competitive advantages, we may increase our investments in research and development at rates that are faster than our growth in revenues in order to enhance our long-term growth and profitability.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Fluctuations in the Market Value of Assets on the Platform: We generally bill our clients monthly in arrears based on a basis point rate applied to our clients’ assets on our platform, which can be influenced by general economic conditions. While 84% of the assets on our platform were high-grade fixed income securities and structured products as of June 30, 2021 and therefore subject to very low levels of volatility, the value of our clients’ assets on our platform varies on a daily basis due to changes in securities prices, cash flow needs, incremental buying and selling of assets and other strategic priorities of our clients. For these reasons, our revenue is subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions, including market conditions and the changing interest rate environment.

Key Components of Results of Operations

The following discussion describes certain line items in our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue

We generate revenue from fees derived from providing clients with access to the solutions and services on our software-as-a-service platform. Sales of our offering include a right to use our software in a hosted environment without taking possession of the software. Our contracts are generally cancellable with 30 days’ notice without penalty. We invoice clients monthly in arrears based on a percentage of the average daily value of assets within a client’s accounts on our platform during that month. Payment terms may vary by contract but generally include a requirement of payment within 30 days following the month in which services are provided. Fees invoiced in advance of the delivery of the Company’s performance obligations are deemed set-up activities and are deferred as a material right and recognized over time, typically 12 months.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses related to delivery of revenue-generating services, including expenses associated with client services, onboarding, reconciliation and agreements related to the purchase of data used in the provision of our services. Salary and benefits for certain personnel associated with supporting these functions, in addition to allocated overhead and depreciation for facilities, are also included in cost of revenue.

Operating Expenses

Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and benefits for our development staff as well as contractors’ fees and other costs associated with the enhancement of our offering, ensuring operational stability and performance and development of new offerings.

Sales and marketing expense consists of the costs of personnel involved in the sales and marketing process, sales commissions, advertising and promotional materials, sales facilities expenses, and the cost of trade shows and seminars.

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs for information technology, finance, administration, human resources and general management, as well as expenses from legal, corporate technology and accounting service providers.

Interest and Other Expense, Net

Interest and other expense, net primarily relates to interest expense and reflects interest accrued on our outstanding term loan during the course of the applicable period. The accrual of interest varies depending on the timing and amount of borrowings and repayments during the period as well as fluctuations in interest rates. Interest income and foreign currency gains and losses are also included in interest and other expense, net.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income Taxes

Income taxes relate to international subsidiaries which are corporations and, therefore, subject to income taxes. The international subsidiaries earn revenue by providing services to the Company on a “cost plus markup” basis. Income taxes are recorded at the statutory rate within income tax expense on the consolidated statement of operations and within income taxes payable on the consolidated balance sheet due to the minimal temporary differences between book expense and the amount of taxes paid within these regimes.

Key Operating Measures

We consider certain operating measures, such as annualized recurring revenue, gross retention rates and net retention rates, in measuring the performance of our business.

Annualized Recurring Revenue

Annualized recurring revenue is calculated at the end of a period by dividing the recurring revenue in the last month of such period by the number of days in the month and multiplying by 365.

The following table summarizes the Company’s annualized recurring revenue as of the dates presented:

 

     First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 
     (In thousands)  

2021

           

Annualized recurring revenue

   $ 232,467      $ 245,033        

2020

           

Annualized recurring revenue

   $ 186,521      $ 200,492      $ 214,877      $ 219,901  

2019

           

Annualized recurring revenue

   $ 158,510      $ 167,169      $ 178,220      $ 185,041  

Because a substantial majority of the assets on our platform have very low levels of volatility with respect to their market value, the growth in annualized recurring revenue is generally not attributable to the fluctuating market value of the assets on our platform. Rather, the growth in annualized recurring revenue is due to an increase in the number of clients using our offering as well as from onboarding more assets of our existing clients onto our platform.

Revenue Retention Rate

Gross revenue retention rate represents annual contract value (“ACV”) at the beginning of the 12-month period ended on the reporting date less client attrition over the prior 12-month period, divided by ACV at the beginning of the 12-month period, expressed as a percentage. ACV is comprised of annualized recurring revenue plus contracted-not-billed revenue, which represents the estimated annual contracted revenue for new and existing client opportunities prior to revenue recognition. In order to arrive at total ACV, we include contracted-not-billed revenue, as it is contracted revenue that has not been recognized but that we expect to produce recognized revenue in the future. Client attrition occurs when a client provides a contract termination notice. The amount of client attrition is calculated as the reduction in annualized revenue of the client at the time of the notice and is recorded in the month the final billing occurs. In the case of client attrition where contracted-not-billed revenue is still present for a client, both annualized recurring revenue and contracted-not-billed revenue associated with such client are deducted from ACV.

Net revenue retention rate is the percentage of recurring revenue retained from clients on the platform for 12 months and includes changes from the addition, removal or value of assets on our platform, contractual

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

changes that have an impact to annualized recurring revenues and lost revenue from client attrition. We calculate net revenue retention rate as of a period end by starting with the annualized recurring revenue from clients as of the 12 months prior to such period end. We then calculate the annualized recurring revenue from these clients as of the current period end. We then divide the total current period end annualized recurring revenue by the 12-month prior period end annualized recurring revenue to arrive at the net revenue retention rate.

The following table summarizes our retention rates as of the dates presented:

 

     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

2021

        

Gross revenue retention rate

     98     98    

Net revenue retention rate

     110     109    

2020

        

Gross revenue retention rate

     98     98     98     98

Net revenue retention rate

     107     108     109     109

2019

        

Gross revenue retention rate

     98     98     98     98

Net revenue retention rate

     105     105     110     111

Gross revenue retention rates have remained consistently at approximately 98% since 2019. We believe the extremely consistent and high gross revenue retention rate is a testament to the value proposition that our leading solution offers.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We also consider certain non-GAAP financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), such as adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA Margin, in measuring the performance of our business. The non-GAAP measures are not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. However, we believe that this non-GAAP information is useful as an additional means for investors to evaluate our operating performance, when reviewed in conjunction with our GAAP financial statements. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, and because these amounts are not determined in accordance with GAAP, they should not be used exclusively in evaluating our business and operations. In addition, undue reliance should not be placed upon non-GAAP or operating information because this information is neither standardized across companies nor subjected to the same control activities and audit procedures that produce our GAAP financial results.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin is a supplemental performance measure that our management uses to assess our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus (i) interest expense, net, (ii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iii) equity-based compensation, (iv) Recapitalization compensation expenses and (v) other expenses. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA (as defined above) divided by revenue.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following tables reconcile net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and include amounts expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020  
     (in thousands)      (%)     (in thousands)      (%)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,200        3   $ 13,635        14

Interest expense, net

     16,959        14     10,614        11

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     1,412        1     1,047        1

Equity-based compensation

     11,556        10     4,988        5

Other expenses(1)

     2,491        2     1,013        1

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 35,618        30 %    $ 31,297        33
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 117,770        100   $ 95,109        100

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (in thousands)      (%)     (in thousands)      (%)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (44,230      (22 )%    $ 7,732        5

Interest expense, net

     22,854        11     17,807        11

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     2,271        1     2,019        1

Equity-based compensation

     24,602        12     6,233        4

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     48,998        24     —          —    

Other expenses(2)

     2,555        1     16,992        10

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 57,050        28   $ 50,783        30
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 203,222        100   $ 168,001        100

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020          2020              2019      
     (in thousands)  

Legal professional service fees

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 14,779  

Up-C structure expenses

     926        —          —          —    

Management fees and reimbursed expenses

     1,083        688        1,597        1,853  

Income tax expense

     320        209        902        73  

Miscellaneous

     162        116        56        287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other expenses

   $ 2,491      $ 1,013      $ 2,555      $ 16,992  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, depreciation and amortization attributable to: (i) cost of revenue was $771, $513, $1,073 and $1,313, (ii) research and development expenses was $422, $364, $761, and $107, (iii) sales and marketing expenses was $120, $86, $181, and $33, and (iv) general and administrative expenses was $99, $84, $259, $566, respectively.

(2)

Other expenses includes professional service fees related to settlement of a legal matter, management fees to our investors, income taxes related to foreign subsidiaries, foreign exchange gains and losses and other expenses that are not reflective of our core operating performance, including the cost of implementing our Up-C structure and entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. We have derived this data from our audited consolidated financial statements and our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Six Months Ended      Years Ended  
     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 117,770      $ 95,109      $ 203,222      $ 168,001  

Cost of revenue

     29,898        26,891        53,263        47,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     87,872        68,218        149,959        120,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     32,576        24,069        55,262        39,275  

Sales and marketing

     16,025        8,600        22,243        19,082  

General and administrative

     18,727        10,974        43,874        36,802  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     —          —          48,998        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,328        43,643        170,377        95,159  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     20,544        24,575        (20,418      25,697  

Interest and other expense, net

     (17,024      (10,730      (22,910      (17,892
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,520        13,845        (43,328      7,805  

Income taxes

     320        210        902        73  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,200      $ 13,635      $ (44,230    $ 7,732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended     Years Ended  
     June 30,     December 31,  
         2021             2020             2020             2019      

Revenue

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     25     28     26     28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     75     72     74     72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     28     25     27     23

Sales and marketing

     14     9     11     11

General and administrative

     16     12     22     22

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     0     0     24     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     57     46     84     57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     17     26     (10 %)      15

Interest and other expense, net

     (14 %)      (11 %)      (11 %)      (11 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3     15     (21 %)      5

Income taxes

     0     0     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3     14     (22 %)      5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by geography, based on billing address of the client for the periods indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended      Years Ended  
     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 107,346      $ 85,477      $ 183,745      $ 152,112  

Rest of World

     10,424        9,632        19,477        15,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 117,770      $ 95,109      $ 203,222      $ 168,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited)

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 117,770      $ 95,109      $ 22,661        24

Revenue increased $22.7 million, or 24%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the corresponding period in 2020. The increase was driven by growth in our client base as we brought new clients onto our platform and also added additional assets onto our platform from existing clients. Average assets loaded on our platform that were billed to customers increased 24% from the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021 while the average basis point rate billed to customers decreased by 0.4% from the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 1,272      $ 550      $ 722        131

All other cost of revenue

     28,626        26,341        2,285        9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 29,898      $ 26,891      $ 3,007        11

Percent of revenue

     25%        28%        

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of revenue changed as follows:

 

     Change From
June 30, 2020 to
June 30, 2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased payroll and related

   $ 1,069  

Increased equity-based compensation

     722  

Increased data costs

     436  

Increased outside services and contractors

     322  

Increased technology

     272  

Increased depreciation and amortization

     257  

Decreased travel and entertainment

     (175

Other items

     104  
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 3,007  
  

 

 

 

The increase in cost of revenue is primarily due to increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees across our client services, onboarding and reconciliation teams and increased data costs to support a larger client base as well as increased equity-based compensation expense due to increased grant-date fair value of equity awards and higher headcount. In addition, the increased utilization of third-party contractors, technology and IT services on operational activities and higher depreciation expense from completion of development projects increased cost of revenue. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
              
     2021     2020     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 3,686     $ 1,379     $ 2,307        167

All other research and development

     28,890       22,690       6,200        27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development

   $ 32,576     $ 24,069     $ 8,507        35

Percent of revenue

     28     25     

Research and development expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From
June 30, 2020 to
June 30, 2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased payroll and related

   $ 4,076  

Increased equity-based compensation

     2,307  

Increased outside services and contractors

     1,156  

Increased technology

     958  

Other items

     10  
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 8,507  
  

 

 

 

The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees to focus on new offerings as well as increased equity-

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

based compensation expense due to increased grant-date fair value of equity awards, higher headcount and strategic hiring to the executive team. In addition, research and development expense increased from higher utilization of third-party contractors, IT services and cloud computing services.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended               
     June 30,               
         2021             2020         $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 2,127     $ 732     $ 1,395        191

All other sales and marketing

     13,898       7,868       6,030        77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing

   $ 16,025     $ 8,600     $ 7,425        86

Percent of revenue

     14     9     

Sales and marketing expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From
June 30, 2020 to
June 30, 2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased payroll and related

   $ 4,628  

Increased equity-based compensation

     1,395  

Increased outside services and contractors

     1,070  

Increased marketing

     227  

Decreased travel and entertainment

     (167

Other items

     272  
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 7,425  
  

 

 

 

The increase in sales and marketing expense is primarily due to increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees to expand sales coverage as well as increased equity-based compensation expense due to increased grant-date fair value of equity awards, higher headcount and strategic hiring to the executive team. In addition, sales and marketing expense increased from higher utilization of third-party contractors on marketing activities and higher marketing costs due to increased focus on public relations and branding. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment costs primarily in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
   

 

    

 

 
         2021             2020         $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 4,471     $ 2,327     $ 2,144        92

All other general and administrative

     14,256       8,647       5,609        65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative

   $ 18,727     $ 10,974     $ 7,753        71

Percent of revenue

     16     12     

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and administrative expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From  
     June 30, 2020 to
June 30, 2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased equity-based compensation

   $ 2,144  

Increased outside services and contractors

     1,734  

Increased payroll and related

     1,470  

Increased recruiting

     934  

Increased costs associated with Up-C structure

     926  

Increased technology

     424  

Decreased travel and entertainment

     (168

Other items

     289  
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 7,753  
  

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to increased equity-based compensation expense due to increased grant-date fair value of equity awards and additional headcount, increased costs from higher utilization of third-party contractors on accounting, IT and compliance activities, increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees, and increased recruiting costs to support hiring for growth initiatives. In addition, general and administrative expense increased due to accounting and legal professional service costs associated with creating the Up-C structure and developing the Tax Receivable Agreement, and higher utilization of IT services. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment costs primarily in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Interest and Other Expense, Net

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Interest and other expense, net

   $ (17,024    $ (10,730    $ (6,294      59

Percent of revenue

     (14%      (11%      

 

The increase in interest and other expense, net was primarily due to increased interest expense related to incremental borrowings following our debt refinancing in October 2020.

Income Taxes

 

    

Six Months Ended

               
     June 30,                
         2021              2020          $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Income taxes

   $ 320      $ 210      $ 110        52

The increase in income taxes relates to higher foreign jurisdiction income in the period.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,                
     2020      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 203,222      $ 168,001      $ 35,221        21

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenue increased $35.2 million, or 21%, in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase was on account of growth in our client base as we brought new clients onto our platform and also added additional assets onto our platform from existing clients. Average assets on our platform that were billed to clients increased 24% from 2019 to 2020 while the average basis point rate billed to customers decreased by 2.7% from 2019 to 2020.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,                
     2020      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 1,669      $ 564      $ 1,105        196

All other cost of revenue

     51,594        46,581        5,013        11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 53,263      $ 47,145      $ 6,118        13

Percent of revenue

     26%        28%        

Cost of revenue changed as follows:

 

     Change From  
     December 31, 2019 to
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased payroll and related

   $ 4,938  

Increased equity-based compensation

     1,105  

Increased facilities and infrastructure expenses

     994  

Decreased travel and entertainment

     (733

Other items

     (186
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 6,118  
  

 

 

 

The increase in cost of revenue is primarily due to increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees across our client services, onboarding and reconciliation teams to support a larger client base, and higher equity-based compensation expense related to the equity award modifications that took place in January 2020 and November 2020. Facilities and infrastructure expenses also increased due to the opening and expansion of offices in Edinburgh, United Kingdom and Noida, India in late 2019, and New York in September 2020. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and Development

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,                
     2020      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 4,208      $ 1,722      $ 2,486        144

All other research and development

     51,054        37,553        13,501        36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development

   $ 55,262      $ 39,275      $ 15,987        41

Percent of revenue

     27%        23%        

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Research and development expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From  
     December 31, 2019 to
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased payroll and related

   $ 9,135  

Increased technology

     3,604  

Increased equity-based compensation

     2,486  

Increased depreciation and amortization

     654  

Increased facilities and infrastructure expenses

     623  

Decreased travel and entertainment costs

     (310

Other items

     (205
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 15,987  
  

 

 

 

The increase in research and development expense is primarily due to increased payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees to focus on new offerings, increased technology costs from higher utilization of third-party cloud computing services and other third-party IT services, higher equity-based compensation related to the equity modifications in January and November 2020, and increased allocations of depreciation and facility costs. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,                
     2020      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 3,911      $ 922      $ 2,989        324

All other sales and marketing

     18,332        18,160        172        1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing

   $ 22,243      $ 19,082      $ 3,161        17

Percent of revenue

     11%        11%        

Sales and marketing expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From
December 31, 2019 to
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased equity-based compensation

   $ 2,989  

Increased payroll and related

     1,572  

Increased outside services and contractors

     730  

Decreased travel and entertainment

     (1,429

Decreased marketing

     (579

Other items

     (122
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 3,161  
  

 

 

 

The increase in sales and marketing expense is primarily due to higher equity-based compensation related to the equity award modifications in January and November 2020, higher payroll and related costs due to headcount growth of additional employees to expand sales coverage, and higher utilization of third-party contractors on marketing activities. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in travel and entertainment and marketing costs in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and Administrative

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
               
     2020      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Equity-based compensation

   $ 14,814      $ 3,025      $ 11,789        390

All other general and administrative

     29,060        33,777        (4,717      (14 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative

   $ 43,874      $ 36,802      $ 7,072        19

Percent of revenue

     22%        22%        

General and administrative expense changed as follows:

 

     Change From
December 31, 2019 to
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Increased equity-based compensation

   $ 11,789  

Increased accrued sales tax liability

     8,593  

Increased payroll and related

     2,000  

Decreased outside services and contractors

     (13,742

Decreased facilities and infrastructure expenses

     (1,426

Other items

     (142
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ 7,072  
  

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expense is due to higher equity-based compensation related to the equity modifications in January and November 2020, increased accrued sales tax liability due to a change in our estimate of the liability following the completion of a comprehensive review of sales tax reporting obligations across jurisdictions during 2020, and higher payroll and related costs as a result of headcount growth of additional employees and higher bonuses. These increases were partially offset by lower legal expenses relating to legal matters, and a reduction in allocated facility costs.

Recapitalization Compensation Expense

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
               
         2020              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

   $ 48,998        —        $ 48,998        *NMF  

Percent of revenue

     24%           

 

*

NMF – not meaningful

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During November 2020, we completed the Recapitalization transaction on behalf of existing unitholders. The transaction allowed existing unitholders to sell their units to new investors. In connection with the transaction, selling unitholders contributed $49.0 million towards bonuses paid to employees and related payroll taxes in 2020. These amounts have been recorded as Recapitalization compensation expenses within the consolidated statement of operations and as a contribution in members’ deficit within the consolidated balance sheet. The bonuses were paid to employees from departments which have historically been recorded in the below categories in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 6,205  

Research and development

     8,891  

Sales and marketing

     7,951  

General and administrative

     25,951  
  

 

 

 

Total Recapitalization compensation expenses

   $ 48,998  
  

 

 

 

Interest and Other Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
               
         2020              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Interest and other expense, net

   $ (22,910    $ (17,892    $ (5,018      28

Percent of revenue

     (11%      (11%      

Interest and other expense, net changed as follows:

 

     Change From
December 31, 2019 to
December 31, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Impact of foreign exchange

   $ 49  

Increase in interest expense

     (4,781

Other items

     (286
  

 

 

 

Total change

   $ (5,018
  

 

 

 

The increase in interest and other expense, net increased primarily due to increased interest expense related to incremental borrowings following our debt refinancing in October 2020.

Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
               
         2020              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands)  

Income taxes

   $ 902      $ 73      $ 829        1136

Income taxes relate to our international subsidiaries which recognize revenues on “cost plus markup,” and the increase in income taxes is due to growth in our European operations and India.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table represents our unaudited quarterly results of operations. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information for the quarters presented on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The historical quarterly results presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future periods.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 46,463     $ 48,646     $ 53,355     $ 54,758     $ 56,894     $ 60,876  

Cost of revenue(1)

     13,812       13,079       12,325       14,047       14,322       15,576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,651       35,567       41,030       40,711       42,572       45,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development(1)

     11,777       12,292       14,760       16,433       15,836       16,740  

Sales and marketing(1)

     4,547       4,053       4,661       8,982       7,211       8,814  

General and administrative(1)

     6,169       4,805       5,104       27,796       7,543       11,184  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     —         —         —         48,998       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,493       21,150       24,525       102,209       30,590       36,738  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     10,158       14,417       16,505       (61,498     11,982       8,562  

Interest and other expense, net

     (5,169     (5,561     (4,907     (7,273     (8,527     (8,497
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     4,989       8,856       11,598       (68,771     3,455       65  

Income taxes

     162       48       99       593       44       276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,827     $ 8,808     $ 11,499     $ (69,364   $ 3,411     $ (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes equity-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2020
     June 30,
2020
     September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2020
     March 31,
2021
     June 30,
2021
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 371      $ 179      $ 174      $ 946      $ 523      $ 749  

Research and development

     906        472        487        2,342        1,652        2,034  

Sales and marketing

     525        207        212        2,967        832        1,295  

General and administrative

     1,502        825        842        11,645        1,858        2,613  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation

   $ 3,304      $ 1,683      $ 1,715      $ 17,900      $ 4,865      $ 6,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have primarily financed our operations through cash flows from operations.

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $41.0 million. Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of money market mutual funds, which are highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our operating working capital and capital expenditure requirements over the next 12 months. Our future financing requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, revenue retention rates, the timing and extent of spending to

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

support development of our platform and any future investments or acquisitions we may make. Although we currently are not a party to any agreement and do not have any understanding with any third parties with respect to future investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all, including as a result of disruptions in the credit markets. See “Risk Factors.”

The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (16,352    $ 11,535      $ (6,486    $ (230,029

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,231      (2,386      (3,806      (3,372

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (1,341      (525      51,041        237,715  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (133      (158      85        87  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (20,057    $ 8,466      $ 40,834      $ 4,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities of $16.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was primarily the result of changes in operating assets and liabilities that decreased operating cash flow by $35.0 million. Accounts receivable increased $12.2 million during the period. The increase is comprised of $7.7 million from growth in revenues and $4.5 million from aging of receivables due to certain clients’ changing their internal systems and processes which caused a delay in remittance of payment. We do not expect any delay in the timing of payment for future invoices with these clients and we do not expect these clients’ accounts receivable to remain at these elevated levels. Prepaid expenses and other assets increased by $11.4 million primarily from the prepayment of management fees to certain affiliates of the Principal Equity Owners in the amount of $9.6 million. Accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased $9.5 million primarily due to payment of sales tax liabilities of $5.4 million, and reimbursement of $4.9 million in excess contribution to investors as part of the Recapitalization.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $11.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily the result of our net income plus non-cash charges including equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization. Cash flows resulting from changes in assets and liabilities include an increase accounts receivable, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a decrease in accrued interest on debt. The increase in accounts receivable is a result of growth in revenues during the period. The increase in prepaid expenses was due to prepaid IT costs in preparation for moving to a work from home environment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased due to lower accrued bonuses and commissions. Accrued interest on debt decreased due to timing of payments to our lender.

Net cash used in operating activities of $6.5 million during 2020 was primarily the result of our net loss plus non-cash charges including equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization. Cash flows resulting from changes in assets and liabilities include an increase in accounts receivable, an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, an increase in accrued sales tax liability, an increase in deferred commissions, and an increase in accrued interest on debt. Accounts receivable increased as a result of increased revenue and timing of collections.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased due to accrued reimbursement to members of an excess contribution following the Company’s calculation of actual costs incurred related to the Recapitalization. Accrued sales tax liability increased due to a change in our estimate of the liability following the completion of a comprehensive review of sales tax reporting obligations across jurisdictions during 2020. The increase in deferred commissions is due to higher revenues during the period. Accrued interest on debt increased due to incremental borrowings following our debt refinancing in October 2020.

Net cash used in operating activities of $230.0 million during 2019 was primarily due to payment of legal fees and settlement of outstanding legal matters. The Company secured additional borrowing capacity through amendments to our credit facility and raised additional capital from existing investors to fund the settlement of a legal matter and related fees.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $2.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities of $2.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities of $3.8 million during 2020 was attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities of $3.4 million during 2019 was attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $1.3 million, of which $1.5 million was from payments on debt, $0.6 million was from the repurchase of common units, $0.4 million was from payment of costs associated with this offering and $0.6 million was from minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net unit settlement, which was offset by a $1.5 million payment for purchase of common units by newly appointed directors and $0.3 million of proceeds from exercise of options.

Net cash used in financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $0.5 million, attributable to payments on debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities during 2020 was $51.0 million, of which $202.7 million was from proceeds from borrowings under an amendment to our credit facility and $49.0 million was from contributions from members for Recapitalization compensation expenses, which was offset by $173.2 million of dividends and distributions to members, $21.6 million for the repayment of borrowings and a $5.8 million payment of debt issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities during 2019 was $237.7 million, of which $137.0 million was from proceeds related to the completion of a rights offering, $2.6 million was from proceeds from the exercise of options and $105.0 million was from proceeds from borrowings under our credit facility, which was offset by a $2.6 million payment of debt issuance costs, $3.8 million for the repurchase of common units and $0.5 million for the repayment of borrowings.

Existing Term Loan Facility and Revolving Line of Credit

On September 1, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Existing Credit Agreement”) with various lenders and Ares Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Lender and

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Issuing Lender, and Golub Capital LLC, as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Syndication Agent. The Existing Credit Agreement was amended pursuant to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2016, the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2018, the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2019, the Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2019, and the Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2020.

The Existing Credit Agreement currently provides for a $435 million term loan facility and a $30 million revolving line of credit. The proceeds of the term loan facility and revolving line of credit may be used for general corporate purposes, including to finance dividends, repurchase stock, finance acquisitions or finance other investments. Amounts outstanding under the term loan facility and revolving line of credit are due in full no later than October 31, 2025. The interest rates applicable under the Existing Credit Agreement are based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to an index rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 4.50% to 5.25% or a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 5.50% to 6.25%. Borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement were subject to an interest rate equal to 7.25% as of June 30, 2021. In addition, the revolving line of credit is subject to an unused commitment fee, payable quarterly, in an aggregate amount equal to 0.5% of the unutilized commitments.

The following is a summary of our outstanding debt balances under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the end of the periods indicated:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Term loan facility

   $ 432,692      $ 252,575      $ 434,231      $ 253,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 432,692      $ 252,575      $ 434,231      $ 253,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Existing Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. The negative covenants in the Existing Credit Agreement include, among others, limitations on our ability (subject to negotiated exceptions) to incur additional indebtedness or issue additional preferred stock, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and distributions. We were in compliance with all covenants under the Existing Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2021, including the consolidated leverage ratio contained in the Existing Credit Agreement, as follows:

 

Covenant

   Covenant
Requirement
   Ratio Calculation
as of
June 30, 2021

Leverage ratio(1)

   Maximum 8.75x    5.61x

 

(1)

Calculated as the ratio of total debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the calculation of which differs from our calculation of adjusted EBITDA included elsewhere in this prospectus) for the period of four consecutive quarters on the measurement date.

New Credit Agreement

Clearwater Analytics, LLC (the “Borrower”) has entered into negotiations with respect to a $55 million New Term Loan and a $125 million New Revolving Facility. The New Facilities will be pursuant to a new credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent thereunder, which is expected to be entered into substantially concurrently with this offering.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

It is anticipated that the proceeds of the New Term Loan (and if necessary, cash on hand) will be used to refinance the loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay certain transaction expenses. The New Revolving Facility will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including acquisitions permitted under the New Credit Agreement).

The interest rates applicable to the loans under the New Credit Agreement are anticipated to be based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to a base rate plus an applicable margin of 0.75% or a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.75%, in each case with a step-up of 0.25% if certain secured net leverage levels are not achieved. The applicable margin is adjusted after the completion of each full fiscal quarter based upon the pricing grid in the New Credit Agreement. It is anticipated that the revolving commitment will have an unused commitment fee of 25 basis points, stepping up to 30 basis points if certain secured net leverage levels are not achieved.

It is anticipated that under the New Credit Agreement, the term loans will amortize at a rate of 5.00% per annum, paid quarterly. The New Credit Agreement is anticipated to contain mandatory prepayments to the extent the company incurs certain indebtedness or receives proceeds from certain dispositions or casualty events.

The obligations of the Borrower under the New Credit Agreement are anticipated to be jointly and severally guaranteed by its direct parent and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”, and together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”). The obligations of the Loan Parties are anticipated to be secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of their assets, subject to customary exceptions.

The New Credit Agreement is anticipated to contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, without limitation, covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, make investments, make restricted payments or dispose of assets, and customary events of default. Specifically, we are required to maintain a consolidated secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA ratio of not more than 4.75:1.00 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. We review the accounting policies used in reporting our financial results on a regular basis. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the process we use to develop estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on other information that we believe is reasonable for making judgments at the time the estimates are made. Actual results may differ from our estimates due to actual outcomes being different from those on which we based our assumptions.

We believe the following accounting policies contain the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Revenue recognition and deferred revenue

 

   

Equity-based compensation

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenue recognition and deferred revenue

We earn revenues primarily from providing access to our Software-as-a-Service platform solution to our clients, and to a lesser degree, from services that support the implementation on the platform. We recognize revenue when we satisfy performance obligations under the terms of the contract in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for the services. We determine the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized using the following steps: (i) identification of contracts with clients, (ii) identification of the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determination of transaction price, (iv) allocation of contract transaction price to the performance obligation, and (v) recognition of revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation. Often contracts contain more than one performance obligation. Performance obligations are the unit of accounting for revenue recognition and generally represent the distinct services that are promised to the client.

We typically bill our clients monthly in arrears based on a percentage of the average of the daily value of the assets within a client’s accounts on our platform. Payment terms may vary by contract but generally include a requirement of payment within 30 days following the month in which services were provided. Clients generally have the right to cancel with 30 days’ notice with no penalty.

Our services allow the client to access the services without taking possession of the software. Non-refundable fees invoiced in advance of the delivery of our performance obligations are deemed set-up activities and are deferred as a material right and recognized over time, typically 12 months. After set-up activities, clients typically receive benefits from implementation services prior to the “go live” date, at which point they can use the platform as intended in the arrangement. We have determined these implementation services are generally a separate performance obligation. As our platform must stand ready to provide the services throughout the contract period, revenues are recognized as the services are provided over time beginning on the date the service is made available as intended in the arrangement.

Deferred revenue generally consists of non-refundable fees invoiced during the period in which we are performing set-up activities. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue.

Equity-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize equity-based compensation expense for instruments based on the estimated fair value of equity-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We recognize equity-based compensation expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, which is generally consistent with the vesting of the awards, based on the estimated fair value of the equity-based awards issued to employees and directors that are expected to vest. Equity-based compensation that vests on a performance event, such as annual targets for the Company, begins to be recognized at the date that the performance event becomes probable, and compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over any remaining service period. If there are any modifications of equity-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase, decrease or reverse any equity-based compensation expense on the unvested awards.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A discussion of recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2, “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements” and “Recent Accounting Pronouncement Not Yet Adopted,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have interest rate risk relating to debt and associated interest expense under the Existing Credit Agreement, which is indexed to LIBOR. At any time, a rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on our earnings and cash flows. Conversely, a decrease in interest rates could result in a material increase in earnings and cash flows. We estimate that a hypothetical increase or decrease in LIBOR of 100 basis points would increase or decrease, respectively, our interest expense by approximately $2.9 million and $3.8 million on an annual basis, based on our $434.2 million and $432.7 million debt balance under the Existing Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Clearwater aspires to be the world’s most trusted and comprehensive technology platform for investment accounting and analytics. Starting by radically simplifying investment accounting, we intend to use the power of our platform to eventually revolutionize the world of investing.

Company Overview

Clearwater brings transparency to the opaque world of investment accounting and analytics with what we believe is the industry’s most trusted and innovative single instance, multi-tenant technology platform. Our cloud-native software allows clients to radically simplify their investment accounting operations, enabling them to focus on higher-value business functions such as asset allocation strategy and investment selection. Our platform provides comprehensive accounting, data and advanced analytics as well as highly-configurable reporting for global investment assets daily or on-demand, instead of weekly or monthly. We give our clients confidence that they are making the most informed decisions about investment performance, regulatory compliance and risk.

We provide investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics solutions for asset managers, insurance companies and large corporations. Every day, Clearwater’s powerful platform aggregates and normalizes data on over $5.6 trillion of global invested assets for over 1,000 clients. We bring modern software to an industry that has long been dominated by difficult-to-use, high cost legacy technologies and processes, which often lack data integrity and traceability, and often require significant manual intervention. The strength of our platform is demonstrated by our approximately 80% win rate for new clients over the prior four years in deals that reached the proposal stage.

The markets we serve are highly complex and changing rapidly. All asset owners and asset managers need timely, accurate and comprehensive information about their investment portfolios in order to effectively make capital allocation decisions, manage risk, measure performance, comply with regulations and communicate to various stakeholders internally and externally. This requires organizations to have a comprehensive, global view of their investment portfolio. A partial view of one asset class or one reporting regime is ineffective: delivering analysis on 95% of the portfolio is inadequate because, more often than not, the opaque final 5% of the portfolio creates disproportionate risk. A single client can invest in over 60 different asset classes, hold assets in over 40 different currencies, be governed by more than 10 accounting regimes and hold positions representing thousands of individual tax lots. These clients often have separate accounting, reporting, performance, compliance and risk management products for each asset class and each country. Furthermore, clients frequently require large teams of people to manually review, compare and enter data, correct errors and build custom reports across multiple disparate systems and spreadsheets. Our platform provides our clients with a single consolidated and transparent view of investment data and analytics.

We believe that client demand for Clearwater’s offering continues to grow not only in the United States, but also in financial centers around the world. Prior to 2008, institutions often invested in a narrower range of asset classes for which legacy solutions may have been able to provide adequate accounting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics. Over the past decade, however, clients’ needs have grown meaningfully as a result of industry-wide trends such as:

 

   

globalization;

 

   

increased regulatory requirements and complexity;

 

   

higher investment allocations in alternative assets (such as private equity, hedge funds, and derivatives and structured securities);

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

greater demand for timely risk management and transparency; and

 

   

pressure to increase speed and accuracy while reducing cost.

Clients no longer find it sufficient to review investment portfolios on a quarterly, monthly or even weekly basis. Their aged patchworks of on-premises software applications with multiple data warehouses and significant manual intervention exposes them to time delays, a lack of data integrity and traceability, and a significant increase in errors, cost and ultimately risk. For many clients, this has become increasingly untenable.

We allow our clients to replace these legacy systems with modern cloud-native software. Our platform helps clients reduce cost, time, errors and risk and allows them to reallocate resources to other value-creating activities. Our software aggregates, reconciles and validates data from more than 2,500 daily data feeds and more than four million securities that have been modeled across multiple currencies, asset classes and countries. This cleansed and validated data runs through our proprietary accounting, performance, compliance and risk solutions to provide clients with powerful analytics and daily or on-demand configurable reporting. We offer multi-asset class, multi-basis, multi-currency accounting and analytics that provide clients with a comprehensive view of their holdings and related performance. This allows our clients to make better, more timely decisions about their investment portfolios.

Clearwater benefits from powerful network effects. With our single instance, multi-tenant architecture, every client, whether new or existing, enriches our global data set by making it more complete and accurate. Our software continually sources, ingests, models, reconciles and validates the terms, conditions and features of every investment security held by all of our clients. This continuous process helps to create a single repository of comprehensive, accurate investment data (often referred to within the industry as a “Golden Copy” of data) that benefits all our clients to the extent they otherwise have rights to the data. Through this continuous process, we are able to identify and adjudicate data discrepancies that otherwise could introduce error and risk into our clients’ investment portfolios. We believe that a meaningful competitive advantage of this network effect is that we are increasingly seen as the best and most accurate source of investment accounting data and analytics in the industry.

Our team members are passionate about client success. We strive to be an extension of our clients’ own teams by providing responsive, consistent and effective support. Our clients have direct access to a dedicated client service team, a specialized group of experts devoted to ensuring data is as accurate and current as possible and resolving any challenges our clients may encounter utilizing our platform. We take pride in our extremely high client satisfaction rating with a NPS of 60+, in contrast with competitors who typically score much lower. Our gross revenue retention rate has remained approximately 98% over the past ten quarters, which we believe is a testament to the strength of our offering, our ability to deliver operational efficiency for our clients and our focus on providing exceptional client service. We are able to deliver this service to our clients by attracting, retaining and engaging an outstanding team.

We have a 100% recurring revenue model. We charge our clients a fee that is primarily based on the amount of assets they manage on our platform, subject to contracted minimums. A majority of the assets on our platform are high-grade fixed income assets, leading to very low levels of volatility and highly predictable revenue streams. When applicable, we charge additional transaction fees for certain complex asset classes (e.g., derivatives and other financial instruments).

We have achieved significant organic growth in recent periods. Our revenues increased from $168 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $203 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, representing an increase of 21%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our revenues were $95 million and $118 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 24%. We had net income of $8 million and a net loss of $44 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing net income margin of 5% and net loss margin of (22%), respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

had net income of $14 million and $3 million, representing net income margins of 14% and 3%, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $51 million and $57 million in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 30% and 28%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had adjusted EBITDA of $31 million and $36 million, representing adjusted EBITDA margins of 33% and 30%, respectively. For additional information on adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

Our Industry

We operate in the investment accounting and analytics market, serving a range of clients that own or manage investment assets. Before the global financial crisis in 2008, the investment community generally invested in a relatively small number of asset classes that could be tracked with legacy software tools and processes. Over the ensuing years, the industry has faced several challenges that have strained and broken this fragmented and often manual approach to investment accounting operations. These new developments have included increasingly globalized holdings, growing regulatory complexities, the increasing prominence of complex alternative assets, and pressure to increase speed and accuracy while reducing cost. In light of these developments, asset owners and asset managers began to require a comprehensive, global view of their investment portfolios. These organizations initially reacted by buying dedicated products for each asset class, country and reporting regime, building proprietary data warehouses for different use cases, and increasing employee headcount in accounting and compliance functions. These practices resulted in investment accounting operations that were slow, expensive, inflexible and inconsistent, very often resulting in inaccurate data and reporting. We believe that our purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform provides clients with a vastly superior solution to their growing needs.

Increasingly Global Investment Portfolios

Investors today increasingly hold positions in globally diversified assets as they search for yield and diversification. As a result, they require a global platform that delivers a multi-asset class, multi-basis, multi-currency solution across different accounting, reporting and regulatory regimes.

High Regulatory Complexity

Increased regulatory requirements within the financial services and investment industries continue to proliferate in jurisdictions around the world, forcing asset owners and asset managers to adapt and operate under a myriad of ever-changing rules. The spread of these new regulations (e.g., CECL, NAIC, Solvency II, IFRS 9 and 17, and others) has been accompanied by a nearly six-fold increase in global yearly regulatory alerts and SEC enforcement actions, from approximately 10,000 alerts and enforcement actions in 2008 to nearly 60,000 in 2018, according to SEC press releases and annual reports. Investors must be responsive to ensure they remain compliant across this vast range of regulations. Failure to do so could lead to investigations and sanctions. Asset owners and asset managers need a robust and dynamic solution to help them achieve and maintain compliance in this complex and ever-evolving environment.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Global Total Yearly Regulatory Alerts 2008-2018

 

LOGO

Source: Thomson Reuters, SEC press releases and annual reports.

Growing Importance of Alternative Assets

Investors are increasingly allocating capital to alternative assets and complex financial instruments as part of a search for higher investment returns in the low interest rate environment that has persisted over the past decade. According to a Preqin study from November 2020, investors expect to further increase their allocation to alternative assets over the coming years, particularly within private equity and debt. Alternative assets are typically traded less broadly and frequently than traditional investment assets (such as stocks, corporate bonds, treasury securities, currencies, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds) and often have less data readily available about them. This complicates reporting and risk management. Asset owners and asset managers need comprehensive, accurate and timely data regardless of the complexity of their investment holdings.

Rising Demand for Risk Management and Transparency

Investors are seeking the highest quality investment data and portfolio visibility in order to effectively make capital allocation decisions, manage risk and measure performance. Additionally, the rise of environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiatives in investing has increased the need for transparency in portfolio holdings as investors seek to measure compliance with ESG objectives. Asset owners and asset managers need a solution that provides on-demand transparency in order to optimize risk management and provide their stakeholders with the holdings-based visibility that they require.

Pressure to Increase Efficiency

The asset management industry is highly competitive and asset management firms must constantly improve operating efficiency to maintain profitability. Accounting teams at these firms are continually asked to meet growing regulatory and reporting challenges with fewer resources, an ultimately unsolvable problem with legacy products and processes. Additionally, the growing prominence of passive investment strategies (e.g., through the use of Exchange Traded Funds and Index strategies) has compressed fees for active asset managers and led to a greater focus on managing overall organizational costs to maintain profitability and operational efficiency. In order to effectively compete, asset owners and asset managers need modern automated solutions that reduce the need for greater headcount, and ultimately lower costs.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Digital Transformation from Legacy Technologies

Many of the challenges that plague asset owners and asset managers result from their reliance upon legacy software products and outdated manual processes. These products typically require on-premises deployments, feature poor system flexibility and data management capabilities, and result in higher total costs of ownership. Asset owners and asset managers are seeking cloud-based solutions that address the costly, manual and error-prone deficiencies of these legacy technologies.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that Clearwater has a significant opportunity to disrupt the global investment accounting and analytics market. Our research suggests that this addressable market is an approximately $10 billion global revenue opportunity when combining Clearwater’s current solutions and client end-markets with new end-markets, geographies and products. From 2015 to 2020, the market growth rates within our current client end-markets were between 5-7% for asset management, 3-7% for insurance and 2-4% for corporations. Our clients tend to be larger entities in these end-markets and generally grow at the higher end of these ranges.

To arrive at our global addressable market opportunity, we estimated combined assets under management (“AUM”) for targeted asset owners and asset managers at approximately $158 trillion across North America, Europe and APAC. AUM is segmented by client end-market and firm size (by AUM tier), and multiplied by the estimated basis points pricing (based on our actual pricing for comparable existing clients) to derive the total addressable market opportunity.

Our current core client end-markets are asset management, insurance and corporations in North America and Europe, which we believe together represent an approximately $4.7 billion annual revenue opportunity. We believe asset management represents the largest opportunity within our current core end-markets, with an approximately $3.1 billion market opportunity. As of June 2020, asset managers in the United States and Europe had an estimated $38.1 trillion and $30.1 trillion, respectively, in AUM, of which 2% is currently on our platform. Insurance companies represent an approximately $1.3 billion market opportunity. As of June 2020, insurance companies in the United States and Europe had an estimated $12.2 trillion and $12.1 trillion, respectively, in AUM, of which 12% is currently on our platform. Corporations represent an approximately $0.3 billion market opportunity. As of June 2020, corporations in the United States and Europe had an estimated $2.1 trillion and $1.4 trillion, respectively, in AUM, of which 34% is currently on our platform.

When our current core client end markets are viewed geographically, we believe that North America represents 59% of this approximately $4.7 billion market opportunity, while European markets represent 41%. We intend to leverage our strong foundation of client success and innovation to increase our global market share in these core end-markets.

We believe opportunities in adjacent markets account for another approximately $5.4 billion annual revenue opportunity. These opportunities include (i) serving additional asset owners, such as state and local governments, pension funds, and sovereign wealth funds, as well as a variety of alternative asset managers, collectively having an estimated $39.6 trillion in AUM as of June 2020, of which a nominal amount is currently on our platform (estimated as a $2.7 billion opportunity), (ii) our Clearwater Prism solution, having an estimated $100 billion in AUM as of June 2020, of which a nominal amount is currently on our platform (estimated as a $1.4 billion opportunity), and (iii) the APAC market, having an estimated $21.8 trillion in AUM as of June 2020, of which a nominal amount is currently on our platform (estimated as a $1.3 billion opportunity). We are in the early stages of growth within these adjacent markets but believe they represent highly attractive markets.

Our Value Proposition

Clearwater’s purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform helps clients around the world radically simplify their investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and risk analytics. Our solutions provide our clients with a comprehensive view and single source of truth for their investment portfolios and we believe our solutions deliver unmatched levels of speed, flexibility, traceability, repeatability and auditability, all with no manual labor required of our clients. Some key aspects of our value proposition include:

 

   

Single Instance, Multi-Tenant Platform: Clearwater’s platform is purpose-built, 100% in the cloud. The single instance, multi-tenant architecture allows for efficient and continuous upgrades, new features, and updates to adjust for rapidly evolving industry requirements and regulations. Each upgrade and update is made available worldwide.

 

   

Comprehensive View of Global Assets: For asset owners and asset managers, we provide comprehensive views and powerful analytics regarding their investment data. We offer investment accounting for $5.6 trillion of assets in our clients’ portfolios globally as of June 30, 2021, including complex derivatives and alternative investments. Clients benefit from having a “single pane of glass” through which to holistically and accurately view their entire investment portfolios, with the flexibility to respond to unique reporting challenges across different regulatory regimes.

 

   

Single Source of Truth for All Accounting, Risk, Compliance and Regulatory Reporting: We completely eliminate the need for clients to manually process and reconcile data from different sources and systems. By leveraging machine learning, automation and our direct connections with approximately 1,000 custodians, more than 1,400 managers, more than 240 trading data sources and all of the leading third party market data providers, our platform automates data aggregation, data reconciliation and data validation of each security in our clients’ investment portfolios. This allows us to deliver our clients data from a “Golden Copy” that is accurate, auditable and traceable.

 

   

Radical Simplification of Investment Accounting Operations: We deliver our clients a single, comprehensive platform that allows them to perform investment accounting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics. By eliminating the need for our clients to aggregate, reconcile and validate security data, we greatly simplify and expedite their operations, allowing them to quickly close their books, comply with regulatory reporting requirements, reduce costs and free their time to focus on managing their portfolios and performing other higher-value functions.

 

   

Accurate, Timely and Up-to-date Reporting: We offer transparent, on-demand and configurable views of our clients’ portfolios, accessible anytime from anywhere. Additionally, we are committed to frequent and seamless incorporation of new features and functionalities on our platform to meet the evolving business needs of our clients and the latest regulatory demands. For example, our clients can switch from a GAAP view to a Tax view to a STAT view, all in a matter of seconds.

 

   

Powerful Network Effects: Every incremental data source from an additional client improves our global data set by making it more complete and accurate for other clients on our platform that are similarly entitled to access such data. Our clients include a number of the leading financial institutions and corporations in the world, and by continually sourcing, ingesting, modeling, reconciling and validating the terms, conditions and features of every investment security held by all of our clients, we create a single repository of comprehensive, accurate investment data that serves to the benefit of other clients. This allows us to identify and adjudicate data discrepancies that otherwise could introduce error and risk into our clients’ investment portfolios. Furthermore, our clients’ analytical needs help us to continue driving best-in-class innovation with our offering. Our single-instance, multi-tenant platform allows us to take full advantage of these innovations as new Clearwater features and functions targeting any client’s needs become immediately available to the entire Clearwater client base. In effect, each client benefits from the breadth of holdings, and the demands and needs of, all other Clearwater clients. We believe that this provides Clearwater with a meaningful competitive advantage because we are increasingly seen as the best and most accurate source of investment accounting data and analytics in the industry.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

Our Platform

Our purpose-built single instance, multi-tenant technology platform radically simplifies our clients’ investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics infrastructure and workflow. Our software automates data aggregation, data reconciliation and data validation of each security in our clients’ investment portfolios. This creates a fully reconciled “Golden Copy” of investment portfolio data, which can be trusted for accurate reporting and analytics. Our clients benefit from having a comprehensive “single pane of glass” view for daily visibility into all investment data and analytics. Our platform often allows clients to eliminate multiple legacy products and systems as well as significant manual labor.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

How It Works

 

LOGO

 

 

   

Step 1a: We have established data connections with approximately 1,000 custodians, more than 1,400 managers and more than 240 trading data sources. We pull data for investment securities through these connections into our multi-party aggregation engine.

 

   

Step 1b: Simultaneously, we utilize our connections with the leading third party market data providers, such as Refinitiv, Moody’s and S&P, to pull all necessary market data into our modeling engine so that we can model each security individually in order to fully validate what is presented by various data providers.

 

   

Step 2: We analyze the aggregated data by first applying our machine learning capabilities. Our long operating history and extensive client and data network allows us to efficiently reconcile and validate securities across different geographies, asset classes and currencies. Approximately 91% of portfolios are automatically validated, reconciled and processed without further intervention. The remaining approximately 9% of accounts are flagged for further analysis and reconciled by our reconciliation team. These events happen, for example, when data provided by custodians and asset managers do not agree on items such as trade price or total units, or when custodial payments do not match Clearwater’s model, in which case the incident is flagged to alert the reconciliation team. We resolve these exceptions every day in an effort to ensure that we ultimately achieve 100% reconciliation and validation.

 

   

Step 3: The reconciled and validated data comprises the Clearwater universal security master / “Golden Copy” of investment data. As needed, client specific data allows clients the flexibility to import additional data that is both supplemental and complimentary to Clearwater’s universal security master.

 

   

Step 4: From there, all data flows through to our accounting engine and proprietary risk, performance and compliance models.

 

   

Step 5: Fully reconciled security and portfolio data are aggregated and deposited into our data store.

 

   

Step 6: Finally, we utilize this aggregated, reconciled and validated data to provide clients with configurable daily reports and powerful analytics. Clients see a “single pane of glass” offering a comprehensive view into investment data and analytics across asset classes, accounting basis, currencies and regulatory regimes.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Purpose-Built Technology Stack

In order to deliver these powerful solutions and benefits, we purpose-built our technology stack to efficiently process millions of daily transactions in a highly scalable and efficient manner. Our platform is built on a single code base and eliminates the need for costly and time-consuming patches and upgrades across multiple, disparate software instances. As new features are developed and deployed, they are made available to all clients. Our system leverages the latest machine learning and artificial intelligence tools to ingest both structured and unstructured data that is transformed into a universal security model that enables network benefits for our clients.

Our clients access the platform through a web-based interface that is highly configurable and provides a set of tools that enable our clients to derive actionable insights on a daily basis. This allows our clients to view their portfolio data from anywhere with an internet connection. Our intuitive, easy-to-use website allows users to view high-level portfolio information and quickly drill into portfolio specifics down to the most granular security level. Our platform also creates automated feeds to other client systems—such as trade order management systems, data warehouses, enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and others—eliminating the need for clients to manually enter data from Clearwater’s solution into other client systems.

Our Solutions

Our solutions are offered through one unified Clearwater platform and are detailed below:

 

   

Investment Accounting and Reporting: Our accounting solution was built with the flexibility to offer operational and regulatory accounting, from the simple to the complex, on the same platform. Our solution is comprehensive in its capabilities:

 

   

Multi-asset class: We have differentiated global asset class coverage including fixed income, equities, bank loans, commercial and residential mortgages, private capital markets (e.g., general and limited partnerships), derivatives and various other alternative assets;

 

   

Multi-basis: A single client can access 15 accounting bases, such as GAAP, Statutory, Tax and IFRS. Our platform has the flexibility to add new accounting bases as our clients’ needs require; and

 

   

Multi-currency: We support clients with more than 40 local currencies (currency of the country they are domiciled in), 10 functional currencies (currency of the country where their principal business is), and numerous reporting currencies.

Our platform offers flexible configurations and outputs, customized general ledger entries for multiple accounting bases, and regulatory completeness. A suite of standardized reports automates relevant investment-related disclosures such as Fair Value Hierarchy and Level 3 Roll-forward and can be easily configured to provide the detailed accounting information investment accountants and internal stakeholders need. Our daily reconciliation, flexible reporting and general ledger capabilities ensure that period-end close processes are efficient and accurate.

 

   

Performance Measurement: Our solution enables investors to compare separate accounts, set custom benchmarks and track the overall performance of their portfolios. Custom performance reports and return calculations are available and designed to meet applicable GIPS calculation standards for investment managers. Users can drill down into the underlying performance return data at the lot level and track performance attribution per portfolio.

 

   

Compliance Monitoring: Our users can set custom rules to monitor compliance according to their investment policies and standard applicable regulations. All investment activity is checked against those rules as often as a client requires and tracked at the security level. Compliance can be tracked across multiple policies, and notifications are automatically sent if there is a violation. Any compliance policy changes or resolutions can also be documented and referenced for internal audits.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Risk Analytics: We offer insightful risk analytics to ensure investors have access to their portfolios’ exposure every day. Our risk monitoring solution provides access to critical financial and investment portfolio risk information, so users are able to quickly answer pressing risk-related questions, including exposures by issuer, currency, country, duration, credit rating and more. Users can also view benchmark comparisons and analyze other risk factors, including cash flow forecasting, credit events, shock analysis, value at risk (VaR), and historical trends and exposures.

Clearwater Prism

Large asset managers and insurance companies often have a constellation of point solutions and proprietary systems that are typically stitched together in a highly manual and inflexible fashion. Despite causing numerous friction points, our clients find that this legacy infrastructure is very difficult to replace at once. Our Clearwater Prism solution solves one of the most acute needs created by this heterogeneous infrastructure: the need for a single comprehensive view across systems with internally consistent data.

Our Clearwater Prism solution offers our clients a single security master and comprehensive reporting portal for all of their investment data. The Clearwater Prism solution feeds this data into our clients’ existing accounting, compliance, performance and risk systems, including those offered by both Clearwater and other third party software vendors. The outputs from each system are consolidated into one data store and reporting is provided through a single integrated portal with the same level of configurability as with Clearwater’s other solutions.

Our Clearwater Prism solution eliminates manual reconciliation of security data without the need to replace existing systems that are core to our clients’ operations and allows our clients to replace their disparate data warehouses with a single Golden Copy of all investment data and associated reports. We believe that our Clearwater Prism solution provides an immediate benefit to clients while also providing clients the eventual ability to adopt the full Clearwater platform and retire numerous legacy products and systems.

Our Clients

Clearwater serves a broad universe of institutional clients across multiple end-markets. Today, our largest client end-markets are asset management, insurance and corporate treasury. We are also growing our client base in the public sector with numerous state and local governments. While these end-markets and their clients can be quite different from each other, ultimately all of our clients need timely, accurate and comprehensive information on their investments in order to effectively make capital allocation and portfolio decisions, manage risk, measure performance, comply with regulations and communicate to various stakeholders both internally and externally. Chief Financial Officers, treasurers, controllers and Chief Operating Officers select our platform to deliver a holistic solution consisting of data aggregation, accounting book of record (ABOR), multi-basis reporting, powerful analytical tools and other key features.

As of June 30, 2021, we had over 1,000 clients across 29 countries. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had 50 clients who contributed at least $1,000,000 in annualized recurring revenue. Our diversified, blue-chip client base of insurance companies, asset managers and large corporations have $2.8 trillion, $1.6 trillion and $1.2 trillion in assets on our platform, respectively. No client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and our top 10 clients represented less than 30% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a representative list of our clients in each of our core end-markets:

 

Asset Management    Insurance    Corporate
AAM    Arch    Cisco
Goldman Sachs    CNA    Dell Technologies
JP Morgan    Delphi Financial Group, Inc.    Merck & Co, Inc.
Morgan Stanley    Endurance (Sompo)    Moderna
PIMCO    Partner Re    Intuit
   Global Atlantic Financial Group   
   Mutual of Omaha   

 

LOGO

Client Case Studies

The following are representative examples of how clients in each of our core end-markets use our solution to address the unique challenges they face:

Asset Management Customer: AAM

 

   

Challenge: AAM is a global asset manager with $29 billion in assets under management. They are responsible for providing all of their clients with a daily view of their portfolios, and for half of these clients AAM completes the regulatory (NAIC) reporting on their behalf. Prior to Clearwater, AAM used a third-party accounting platform that did not have reporting functionality. The lack of reporting required AAM to build manual processes to report to their clients, which created both accuracy and scalability issues. In addition to the operational issues, the lack of a comprehensive reporting portal impeded AAM’s ability to win new clients.

 

   

Clearwater Delivers: Today, Clearwater provides AAM (and its clients) with a single comprehensive view of their portfolios. In addition to daily reconciliation and accounting, Clearwater enables AAM to provide regulatory reports for the majority of its clients in an automated fashion. By automating the manual processes, Clearwater has enabled AAM to grow from $19 billion in assets to nearly $29 billion today without adding any operational headcount, and the enhanced reporting capabilities have been a key driver of AAMs ability to win new mandates. In addition, AAM also is an early adopter of Clearwater Prism which enables AAM to generate custom statements for their clients integrating Clearwater data with client and third-party specific data points.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Client Feedback:

 

   

Clearwater helps us update information, update pricing, and helps us make decisions for the portfolio rapidly. We use the system daily to keep the cash positions of our portfolio invested wisely. Beth Sanford, CFA, AAM Assistant Portfolio Manager

 

   

Clearwater allows us to serve our clients more efficiently through greater automation in our daily and period-end operational tasks. Our portfolio management, accounting, and operations teams now have a more scalable process for preparing month-end and regulatory reports, allowing us to be more responsive to our clients while providing an enhanced level of service. Chelsea Klassa, Chief Compliance Officer.

Asset Manager Customer: London & Capital

 

   

Challenge: London & Capital (L&C) is an EU based asset manager with $5.2 billion in assets under management. L&C differentiates itself in the market by delivering a high-touch client service model that promotes transparency and provides risk management to its clients across a diverse range of asset classes. Prior to Clearwater, providing the level of transparency that their clients demanded required extensive manual data manipulation and system workarounds for L&C’s portfolio managers. The time spent integrating various reports came at the expense of time better spent with their clients and was impeding their ability to deliver the personalized service model that their clients expected.

 

   

Clearwater Delivers: Clearwater has eliminated the need for manual processes and workarounds and today provides L&C with a single comprehensive view of their clients’ portfolios. The Clearwater system is able to provide accurate visibility into L&C’s clients’ accounts, including into the underlying data as well as providing support for regulatory reporting like Solvency II, IFRS 9 and others. Clearwater has freed up significant time for portfolio managers to both spend with existing clients and find new ones.

 

   

Client Feedback: We rely on Clearwater to provide our clients with the confidence that their portfolios are being managed in accordance with their instructions and that the valuations provided are accurate and independent of us. All this comes through an easily accessible online platform which means that wherever our clients are, across the globe, they have peace of mind. Kate Miller, Partner, London & Capital

Insurance Customer: Delphi Financial Group, Inc. (“Delphi”)

 

   

Challenge: Delphi is a large North America-based insurance company that manages nearly $50 billion in assets. Prior to Clearwater, their third-party accounting platform was incapable of handling their loan portfolio, and Delphi was forced to set up numerous manual systems that were uploaded to Delphi’s accounting system as separate line items on a monthly basis. This manual process created two major challenges: accuracy, and more importantly, Delphi did not have any intra-month visibility into the performance and risks associated with the loan portfolio. In addition, Delphi utilized 15 different external managers to manage their assets and struggled to effectively reconcile between these managers, their accounting system and their custodians. Finally, Delphi has two journal entry systems and their prior system did not have dual entry capabilities which required Delphi to create yet another manual process.

 

   

Clearwater Delivers: Clearwater has automated Delphi’s manual processes and provides a daily comprehensive view of the entire portfolio across all asset classes. The Clearwater system provides a daily tri-party reconciliation between managers, custodians and Clearwater, eliminating internal reconciliation pain points and completely automating inputs to the journal entry systems. The ability to automate management of the loan portfolio enabled Delphi to expand its portfolio from purely commercial mortgages into residential mortgages. Delphi has grown from less than $35 billion in assets to nearly $50 billion in assets while on the Clearwater system without adding any operational headcount due in part to the automation delivered by the Clearwater platform.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Client Feedback:

 

   

Clearwater has transformed the way we do business. A majority of the higher-risk, manual touchpoints have been automated away, with appropriate data validation checks to ensure a high-quality end product. Stephen McLoughlin, Manager Delphi Investment Services Team

Our Go-to-Market Strategy

We seek to deliver exceptional innovation and service to our clients every day. Client success is core to our go-to-market approach and contributes to both our ability to win new clients and retain existing clients.

We have earned an NPS of 60+ in an industry that typically scores much lower. Our high client satisfaction also translates into gross revenue retention rates of approximately 98% over the prior ten quarters. From January 1, 2017 to June 30, 2021, client partners and client referrals, taken together, generated approximately one quarter of our closed deals on a total revenue basis.

As we continue to see significant demand for our offering around the world, we have also grown our sales force to 107 team members globally as of June 30, 2021. We divide this sales force by geography, client end-market and target client size. Our North American sales team includes representatives focused on insurance companies, asset managers, corporations and growth markets. Our international sales team includes representatives focused on insurers and asset managers based in various regions of Europe and APAC. We plan to continue expanding our sales force and adding new target end-markets in the periods ahead.

Our sales force is supported by a global marketing team with 15 team members. We actively grow our sales pipeline through account-based marketing, investment in our digital presence, increased brand awareness and product marketing. We will continue to invest in and build out our global marketing function to drive future pipeline and growth.

Our Revenue Model

We have a 100% recurring revenue model. We charge our clients based on an agreed upon basis points rate applied against their average daily value of assets on the platform over a given month, subject to contracted minimums. The basis points are typically tiered based on the amount of assets on platform (e.g., a client would be charged a lower basis point rate on incremental assets after exceeding a certain threshold). In general, the price we charge our clients for access to our platform is based on a number of factors, including the expected amount of assets on the platform, asset mix (e.g., fixed income, structured products, equities, derivatives or private assets), transaction volume, number of data feeds and other client-specific factors. We do not charge our clients separately for ongoing client service or training. We typically begin charging basis point fees upon contract execution and clients are able to cancel their contracts with 30-days’ notice. We bill our clients monthly in arrears.

We believe our business model is highly resilient, as demonstrated by our performance at the height of the COVID-19-driven market disruption in 2020. As of December 31, 2019, the assets on our platform were 77% high-grade fixed income securities and structured products. While the onset of COVID-19 triggered meaningful broader market volatility, this high quality asset mix actually led to very low levels of overall volatility in client assets on our platform and in our resulting revenue. For example, assets on our platform from existing clients as of December 31, 2019 remained steady with 0.3% growth from December 2019 to March 2020, despite the S&P 500 index’s approximately 21% decline in the same period.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to drive the growth of our business and expand our addressable market through the following strategies:

Deepen Our Relationships With Existing Clients

We believe we achieve our industry-leading NPS of 60+ by giving our clients an exceptional and differentiated solution and experience. We believe we are very effective in solving our clients’ challenges in managing investment accounting and reporting, performance measurement, compliance monitoring and risk analytics. Our gross revenue retention rate over the last ten quarters has averaged 98%, and our net revenue retention rate reached 109% in the quarter ending June 30, 2021. For a discussion of gross revenue retention rate and net revenue retention rate, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures.”

We actively seek to strengthen and deepen our client relationships through our client engagement model, which is a set of best practices aimed at increasing client satisfaction, engagement and share of wallet. We conduct quarterly steering committee meetings with key client stakeholders and senior members of Clearwater management and have semi-annual on-site visits to review the client’s business needs, market feedback, our product roadmap and improvement opportunities. We believe that our relentless focus on client success and innovation will continue to result in strong client retention and allow us to grow as our clients grow.

Continue Expanding Within Our Core Client End-Markets

Our current core end-markets (asset management, insurance and corporations) remain significantly unpenetrated today. We continue to drive growth and market-share gains within these end-markets, which have to date been primarily served by legacy products and processes. We will continue to displace legacy products and add clients in these end-markets through our direct sales and marketing efforts and by helping our strategic asset manager clients win new clients, which in turn brings more assets onto our platform. With only approximately 4% market penetration for asset managers and approximately 19% for insurance companies in North America today, we believe that we have significant market opportunity for additional growth. Our competitive win rates for new clients remains approximately 80% over the prior four years in deals that reached the proposal stage, which gives us confidence that our approach works well.

Accelerate International Expansion

With new offices, leadership and sales teams now established in Europe and APAC, we are poised to reach more new clients globally moving forward. We have substantial room to grow our international business as during the year ended December 31, 2020, revenues outside North America represented only 5% of our total revenues, despite these markets representing approximately 40% of our total addressable market. We have invested in these geographic markets recognizing that the challenges international clients experience are very similar to those experienced by our North American clients. We believe our solution is highly effective at addressing client needs regardless of geography. We have seen success in this geographic expansion as our European sales team has achieved win rates that replicate that of our North American business in recent periods.

Continue Expanding Within Adjacent Client End-Markets

We believe there is a significant opportunity for growth by continuing to target adjacent end-markets. There is a large opportunity to tailor the regulatory reporting and performance management capabilities of our existing solutions to better serve the needs of a range of additional asset owners, such as state and local governments, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and a variety of alternative asset managers. We believe our existing solutions are suitable to serve the needs of the clients in these end-markets. While we have onboarded our first clients in these end-markets and have built internal teams to service them, we do not currently derive a material amount of revenue from these end-markets.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Innovate and Develop Adjacent Solutions

Clearwater has a long history of innovating and advancing our platform based on client feedback and evolving market needs. We will continue to invest heavily in expanding our functional breadth and depth, improving user experience, increasing automation and strengthening system performance. We intend to utilize emerging technologies including machine learning and robotic process automation to continue driving industry-leading capabilities and performance, keeping the platform at the very forefront of technology. Historically, we have sold our solutions as one unified offering. As clients have continued to find innovative uses for our platform in other business functions, we expect to sell and price those newer modules separately.

Pursue Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions

We may selectively pursue partnerships and acquisitions that complement our solutions, provide us access to new markets or improve our competitive positioning within existing and new markets, or that otherwise accelerate one or more of our growth objectives. For example, we will consider partnerships and acquisitions focused on improving our technology for complex assets data and our performance and risk management offerings, as well as expansion in Europe, the Middle East and Asia.

Competition

The market for investment accounting and analytics is competitive and highly fragmented. The market is served by large-scale players with broad offerings as well as vendors with only point solutions that target local markets or specific client types, business functions or asset classes. We also face competition from systems developed and serviced internally by our potential clients’ IT departments. We believe that there are currently no competitors who offer a cloud-native platform like ours. We further believe that our solution is more comprehensive than our competitors’ in terms of asset class coverage and functionality. Our competitors primarily utilize legacy, on-premises systems and often employ large operational teams. While some of our competitors may take components or versions of their offerings into the cloud, their core platforms remain underpinned by legacy technologies, making it virtually impossible to ensure consistency, timeliness and auditability.

In each of our core client end-markets we compete with a variety of firms depending on client size, type, location, computing environment and functional requirements. Our principal competitors include large providers of investment operations, accounting and analytics systems such as SS&C (with its Advent, Camra, Maximus, and Singularity products), State Street (with its PAM and outsourced service offerings), SAP, BNY Mellon’s Eagle product, Simcorp’s Dimension, BlackRock’s Aladdin, FIS’s iWorks and Northern Trust. We occasionally see smaller providers of specialized applications and services. We also compete with outsourcers, as well as the internal processing and IT departments of our prospective clients.

We believe the principal factors that drive competition in our market include:

 

   

Comprehensive accounting and reporting of global assets on a daily basis;

 

   

Ability to provide a “Golden Copy” / single source of data truth in order to ensure data consistency across all business applications;

 

   

Breadth and quality of solutions;

 

   

Technology differentiation, including single instance, multi-tenant cloud architecture;

 

   

Automated data aggregation and reconciliation capabilities;

 

   

Flexible and integrated reporting;

 

   

Daily and on-demand visibility into investment performance;

 

   

Quality of client service;

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Reputation with other leading financial institutions and clients;

 

   

Frequent and complete regulatory updates;

 

   

Simplified IT infrastructure and operating costs;

 

   

Scalability, including handling large changes in assets (e.g., M&A);

 

   

Ease of use and quality of user interface; and

 

   

The price of such offerings and return on investment.

We believe we compete favorably across all of these factors.

Product Development & Engineering

Our product development and engineering teams are focused on extending our market leadership by innovating on both our existing and new solutions. We believe we must pursue relentless and aggressive innovation to maintain our competitive advantage. To meet these goals, we use multidisciplinary teams of highly trained personnel and leverage their expertise across our solutions. We have invested heavily in our product development and engineering teams to ensure a high degree of product functionality and quality.

Our product and engineering management team focuses on near-term and long-term product strategy, identifying and implementing best practices, continual improvement in engineering throughput and quality, integration strategies across third-party products, and continued process automation.

Approximately 35% of our global employee base is dedicated to product development and engineering Our personnel are organized into solution-specific teams and are based principally in Boise, Idaho, Seattle, Washington and Noida, India. We expect to continue our significant investment in product engineering and innovation as we extend our competitive strengths moving forward.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret protection laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures, technical measures and contractual restrictions, to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property. We seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

We enter into confidentiality agreements and/or license agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and vendors that generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. In the normal course of business, we provide our intellectual property to third parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have proprietary know-how in our algorithms, business on-boarding functions and software applications. We have in the past and may in the future pursue patents covering our proprietary technology. We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks in the United States. We have registered the mark “Clearwater” with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered numerous Internet domain names related to our business. We have established a system of security measures to protect our computer systems from security breaches and computer viruses, including various technology and process-based methods, such as clustered and multi-level firewalls, intrusion detection mechanisms, vulnerability assessments, content filtering, antivirus software and access control mechanisms. We also use encryption techniques for data transmissions. We control and limit access to confidential and proprietary information on a “need to know” basis.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Regulations

As with any company operating in our field, we are subject to a growing number of local, national and international laws and regulations. These laws are often complex, sometimes contradict other laws, and are frequently evolving. Laws may be interpreted and enforced in different ways in various locations around the world, posing a significant challenge to our global business. This ambiguity includes laws and regulations possibly affecting our business, such as those related to data protection. Changes to such laws and regulations could cause us to incur additional costs and change our practices in order to comply.

Data Protection and Privacy

Users of our solutions and services are located in the United States and around the world. As a result, we may collect and store the personal information of individuals who live in many different countries. Accordingly, we may be subject to those countries’ privacy laws and the jurisdiction of such regulators by collecting or storing the personal data of those countries’ residents, even if we have no physical or legal presence there. Our exposure to foreign countries’ privacy and data security laws may impact our ability to collect and use personal information, increase our legal compliance costs and expose us to liability.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or international regulation of data utilization and distribution practices could require us to modify our operations and incur significant additional expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry— Although we primarily process institutional financial information, we could face liability related to unauthorized access to, disclosure or theft of the personal information we store and process, and could consequently incur significant costs.”

Anti-Corruption and Sanctions

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, which may include, among others, the FCPA, the USA PATRIOT Act and other applicable laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Our Human Capital Management and Culture

As of June 30, 2021, we had 1,259 employees, including approximately 411 in product development and engineering, 128 in sales and marketing, 622 in operations and 98 in executive, general administrative and corporate functions. Of these employees, 652 were located in Boise, Idaho, 132 were located in Edinburgh, United Kingdom, 15 were located in London, United Kingdom, 4 were located in Paris, France, 15 were located in New York, New York, 24 were located in Seattle, Washington, 141 were located remotely within the United States, 2 were located in Singapore, and 274 were located in Noida, India. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have never experienced a work stoppage and believe our relationship with our employees to be good.

We have a team-oriented culture and encourage candor from our employees, which we believe helps us to succeed and drive operational excellence. We also seek to, and have a history of, promoting from within our organization as well as hiring top talent from outside of our company to expand our capabilities.

We aim to hire individuals who share our passion, commitment and entrepreneurial spirit. We are also committed to diversity and inclusion because we believe that diversity leads to better outcomes for our business and enables us to better meet the needs of our clients. We recognize the importance of diversity in leadership roles within our company.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We encourage our employees to operate by a common set of values, which includes being:

 

   

Infectiously passionate about Clearwater;

 

   

Intensely committed to our clients;

 

   

Devoted to building an outstanding, engaged team;

 

   

Focused on execution and dedicated to getting things done;

 

   

Continuously innovative and improving;

 

   

Dedicated to building truly differentiated offerings; and

 

   

Committed to having values beyond reproach.

We believe that operating with purpose, passion and creativity benefits our clients, stockholders, employees and suppliers as well as the communities where we operate and the environment.

Our Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Boise, Idaho. We also lease office space in:

 

   

Seattle, Washington;

 

   

New York, New York;

 

   

Edinburgh, United Kingdom;

 

   

London, United Kingdom;

 

   

Singapore;

 

   

Noida, India; and

 

   

Paris, France.

We believe that our office facilities are adequate for our immediate needs and that additional or substitute space is readily available if needed to accommodate the growth of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of our management, we are not involved in any litigation or proceedings with third parties that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or business.

ESG

Clearwater is focused on positively impacting our community through both company and employee efforts. Through Clearwater Cares, our corporate social responsibility program, we have worked with our employees to identify three company-wide priorities: STEM education, human services and sustainability. We have aligned our global impact programs to these objectives by forming community partnerships in an effort to start with small projects, prove positive impact and then expand our efforts. We offer our employees 16 hours of paid time off to perform volunteer services and provide an employee giving program that supports charities around the world.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers and Board of Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and directors upon the consummation of this offering.

 

Name

   Age    Position(s) Held
Sandeep Sahai    58    Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jim Cox    49    Chief Financial Officer
Scott Erickson    42    President, Americas and New Markets
Cindy Blendu    45    Chief Human Resources and Transformation Officer
Souvik Das    50    Chief Technology Officer
Susan Ganeshan    51    Chief Marketing Officer
Joseph Kochansky    53    President, Product and Technology
James Price    46    Chief Quality Officer
Gayatri Raman    46    President, Europe and Asia
Subi Sethi    45    Chief Client Officer
Josh Sullivan    46    Chief Strategy Officer
Alphonse Valbrune    51    Chief Legal Officer
Eric Lee    49    Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors
Jacques Aigrain    66    Director
Kathleen A. Corbet    61    Director
Cary Davis    55    Director
Anthony J. deNicola    57    Director
Christopher Hooper    40    Director
Marcus Ryu    47    Director
Andrew Young    43    Director

Sandeep Sahai has been our Chief Executive Officer since July 2018 and a Director since September 2016. Before Clearwater, he held the title of CEO of Solmark from 2014 to June 2018, an investment partnership where he was the lead partner. Previously, Mr. Sahai worked for several years at Headstrong, where he served as Managing Director from 2004 to 2007, President and Chief Operating Officer from 2007 to 2009, and President and Chief Executive Officer from 2009 to 2011. After Headstrong’s acquisition by Genpact in 2011, Mr. Sahai served as Senior Vice President of IT Solutions and Capital Markets at Genpact from 2011 to 2014. He was also a founder and partner of the consulting firm TechSpan, the Chief Executive Officer of SkanSoft and worked with HCL Group. Mr. Sahai also held directorships at AIM Software (Austria) from 2015 to 2019, Simeio Solutions from 2015 to 2020 and Magic Software from 2014 to 2018. In addition, he served as Operating Partner at Welsh Carson beginning in 2014. Mr. Sahai holds an engineering degree from the Indian Institute of Technology, Varanasi and an MBA from the Indian Institute of Management, Kolkata.

Jim Cox has been our Chief Financial Officer since April 2019. Prior to Clearwater, Mr. Cox served as a Chief Financial Officer at Advent Software from 2009 until Advent’s sale to SSNC in 2015 and remained with the company until 2016. He also previously served as Chief Financial Officer at Lithium Technologies from August 2016 to February 2018, Glassdoor from February 2018 to October 2018 and Doximity from December 2018 to March 2019. Mr. Cox began his career in public accounting at Price Waterhouse. Mr. Cox holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Ohio University.

Scott Erickson has been our President, Americas and New Markets since June 2021. Before that, he served as our Chief Operating Officer from June 2017 to June 2021. Mr. Erickson joined Clearwater in 2005 and has served in a number of roles leading multiple Clearwater departments, such as Director of Operations and Client Services, Director of Product Management, Director of both Client Services and Product Management, and Director of Sales. Mr. Erickson holds a bachelor’s degree from Whitman College and an MBA from Northwest Nazarene University.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cindy Blendu has been our Chief Human Resources and Transformation Officer since November 2018. She added chief human resources officer responsibilities in April 2019. Ms. Blendu founded Headpoint Consulting in June 2018, but has not been actively involved since joining Clearwater. Previously, she served as Global Head of HR at Solera Holdings from May 2017 to April 2018 and before that as Senior Vice President Corporate Functions at Advantia Health from June 2016 to May 2017. Prior to Advantia, Ms. Blendu served at CSC (now DXC Technology), where she was the VP, Strategic HR and Operations and before that led the IT Planning, Governance and IT Program Management functions. She started her career at Deloitte Consulting and after business school spent ten years with Boston Consulting Group. Ms. Blendu holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting and finance from Miami University (Ohio), an MBA from MIT Sloan School of Management and spent two years at the U.S. Coast Guard Academy.

Souvik Das has been our Chief Technology Officer since August 2021. Mr. Das served as Chief Technology Officer at Zenefits from October 2017 to July 2021, where he was responsible for leading engineering, information security, IT and business technology teams. Prior to Zenefits, he served as SVP Engineering at Grand Rounds from May 2016 to September 2017. Mr. Das holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science and Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, and a master’s degree in Computer Science from the University of Georgia, Athens.

Susan Ganeshan has been our Chief Marketing Officer since June 2021. Ms. Ganeshan served as Chief Marketing Officer at Granicus from May 2018 to June 2021. Prior to that, she served as Chief Marketing Officer at Clarabidge from May 2014 to November 2017. In the past, she has worked at newBrandAnalytics (acquired by Sprinklr), webMethods (acquired by Software AG), Checkfree (now Fiserv), and Deloitte Consulting. Ms. Ganeshan holds a bachelor’s degree in mathematics from the University of Pittsburgh.

Joseph Kochansky has been our President, Product and Technology since July 2021. Prior to Clearwater, Mr. Kochansky served as Chief Technology Officer at Wilshire from January 2021 to July 2021. He also served as Industry Partner at Motive Partners from December 2020 to July 2021. Mr. Kochansky worked at Blackrock from 1992 to February 2020, where he held a variety of leadership roles in the technology, analytics and portfolio management sectors, including Managing Director, Head of the Aladdin Product Group (APG), Co-Head of the BlackRock Solutions Analytics Team and Head of Equity Trading for the Americas. Mr. Kochansky holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Duke University.

James Price has been our Chief Quality Officer since April 2020. Mr. Price joined Clearwater Analytics in November 2004 and, prior to his current role, he served as the first software development team lead, and then our Director of Development from 2004 to 2016 and our Chief Technology Officer from 2016 to 2020. Mr. Price previously worked as a software developer at Hewlett Packard, Xpit.com, RateXchange and CQG Inc. as a developer and lead architect. Mr. Price holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Utah State University.

Gayatri Raman has been our President, Europe and Asia since June 2021. Previously, she served as our Managing Director, International Business from February 2020 to June 2021. Before joining Clearwater, Ms. Raman was Chief Executive Officer of AIM Software, a leading data management software provider, from March 2017 to October 2019, and before that Chief Operating Officer from 2015 to 2017. Previously, she was Head of Sales for Capgemini’s Capital Markets business. She started her career in consulting with Accenture. Ms. Gayatri holds a bachelor’s degree in engineering from Bombay University.

Subi Sethi has been our Chief Client Officer since January 2020. Before joining Clearwater, Ms. Sethi led the end-to-end operations at UnitedHealth Group’s Optum Global Solutions from March 2014 to January 2020. Prior to joining Optum Global Solutions, she worked with Genpact from 2005 to 2014 across varied leadership positions in functions like Operations, Quality, Transitions and Technology. Ms. Sethi holds a degree in mathematics from Delhi University and a degree in Advanced Management from the Institute of Management Technology, Ghaziabad.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Josh Sullivan has been our Chief Strategy Officer since June 2021 and, prior to that, was our Head of Product since March 2019. Mr. Sullivan has been an Operating Partner at Welsh Carson since October 2011. Previously, Mr. Sullivan served as Associate Principal at McKinsey & Company. He also worked at Procter & Gamble as an operations manager. Mr. Sullivan holds a bachelor’s degree from Cornell University and an MBA from New York University Stern School of Business.

Alphonse Valbrune has been our Chief Legal Officer since August 2020. Previously, from 2011 to 2020, Mr. Valbrune held several roles within the legal group of Genpact, most recently leading the group of attorneys responsible for the commercial transactions of Genpact’s Banking and Capital Markets vertical. For more than ten years, Mr. Valbrune served as General Counsel and Deputy General Counsel at Headstrong, a global professional services firm. Prior to that, Mr. Valbrune was an associate attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, where he specialized in corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Valbrune holds a bachelor’s degree from Harvard College and a JD from Columbia University School of Law.

Eric Lee has been the Chairman of our Board of Directors since September 2016. Mr. Lee is a General Partner at Welsh Carson and a member of the Management and Investment Committees. Mr. Lee joined Welsh Carson in 1999 and helps to lead the firm’s Technology investment practice. He currently serves on the board of directors for several of Welsh Carson’s portfolio companies, including Avetta, Green Street Advisors and Revel Systems. Before joining Welsh Carson, he worked at Goldman Sachs & Co. in the Mergers & Acquisitions and High Technology investment banking groups from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Lee holds a bachelor’s degree from Harvard College.

Jacques Aigrain has been a Director since February 2021. Mr. Aigrain currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors at LyondellBasell NV (since 2011) and Singular Bank SAU (since 2019). He also holds directorships in the London Stock Exchange Group (LSEG Ltd) and WPP Plc, both since 2013. Mr. Aigrain worked for nine years at SwissRe AG, including as Chief Executive Officer, and spent 20 years in global leadership roles at JP Morgan Chase & Co. in New York, London and Paris. Mr. Aigrain holds a master’s degree in economics from Paris Dauphine University and a PhD in economics from Sorbonne University.

Kathleen A. Corbet has been a Director since March 2021. She also serves as principal at Cross Ridge Capital, LLC, a venture capital and management consulting firm she founded in 2008 for early-stage venture firms, government agencies, municipalities and non-profit enterprises. Ms. Corbet currently serves on the boards of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (since 2008) and Waveny LifeCare Network (since 2017). In addition, she served as President of Standard & Poor’s from 2004 to 2007. Ms. Corbet held several executive positions with AllianceBernstein from 1993 to 2004, including Chief Executive Officer of the Alliance Fixed Income division from 2000 to 2004. She also held directorships at BlackRock TCP Capital Corp., CEB Inc. and AxiomSL. Ms. Corbet holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science and marketing from Boston College and an MBA from New York University Stern School of Business.

Cary Davis has been a Director since November 2020. Mr. Davis joined Warburg Pincus in 1994 and is responsible for Technology investments in the Software and Financial Technology sectors. He currently serves as a Director of BitSight, Crowdstrike, Cyren, eSentire, Infoblox, Reorg Research and Varo Money. Mr. Davis is Chairman of the American Academy in Rome and a Trustee of the Andy Warhol Foundation. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, Mr. Davis was an Executive Assistant to Michael Dell at Dell Computer and a consultant at McKinsey & Company. He has also been an adjunct professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Business, Chairman of the Jewish Community House of Bensonhurst and Chairman of the Boys Prep Charter School. Mr. Davis holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Yale University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Anthony J. deNicola has been a Director since July 2017. Mr. deNicola is Chairman and a General Partner of Welsh Carson, having joined Welsh Carson in 1994. He joined the Management Committee of Welsh Carson in 2000 and served as its President and Managing Partner from 2007 through March 2021. He currently holds

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

directorships in several Welsh Carson portfolio companies, such as Alert Logic, Asurion and Revel Systems. Previously, Mr. deNicola worked in the private equity group at William Blair & Company. He also worked at Goldman Sachs & Co. in the Mergers and Acquisitions Department. Mr. deNicola holds a bachelor’s degree from DePauw University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Christopher Hooper has been a Director since July 2017. Mr. Hooper has served since 2017 as a General Partner in the Technology Group at Welsh Carson and leads the firm’s San Francisco office, having originally joined Welsh Carson in 2005. He currently serves as a Director at Green Street and Avetta. Earlier in his career, Mr. Hooper worked as a Principal at Golden Gate Capital in San Francisco and as an Analyst at Lazard in New York. Mr. Hooper holds a bachelor’s degree from Colgate University.

Marcus Ryu has been a Director since March 2021. Mr. Ryu has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of Guidewire Software since August 2019. Since co-founding Guidewire in 2001, he has held many roles in the company, including leading the product, marketing, sales and services teams. Most recently, Mr. Ryu served as Chief Executive Officer from 2010 to 2019, leading Guidewire through its IPO in 2012. Before co-founding Guidewire, he was Vice President of Strategy at Ariba and an Engagement Manager at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Ryu currently serves as Co-founder and President of Braneframe, Inc. since March 2021. He has held directorships at multiple public and private companies, including Checkr, Bloomreach, Procore Technologies, Cornerstone OnDemand, Mulesoft, Opower and Brighter. Mr. Ryu holds a bachelor’s degree from Princeton University and a B.Phil. degree from New College, Oxford University.

Andrew Young has been a Director since November 2020. Mr. Young joined the London office of Permira Advisers in 2011 and relocated to Menlo Park in 2018, where he currently works as a Principal. He also serves on the board of Seismic, Zwift and Klarna. Prior to joining Permira, Mr. Young worked for Pacific Equity Partners as an investment executive in their Sydney and New York offices. Before that, he worked as an associate at Citi. Mr. Young holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance from University of Technology, Sydney and an MBA from London Business School.

Board of Directors

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine individuals, including our chairman. We expect our board of directors to determine that Jacques Aigrain and Kathleen A. Corbet are independent directors under the standards of NYSE.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the consummation of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. For further information, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.” Our board of directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Our class I directors will be Marcus Ryu, Kathleen A. Corbet and Jacques Aigrian, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

 

   

Our class II directors will be Anthony J. deNicola, Christopher Hooper and Sandeep Sahai, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

 

   

Our class III directors will be Eric Lee, Andrew Young and Cary Davis, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after the Trigger Event, any newly created directorship on our board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in our board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

Pursuant to the CWAN Holdings, LLC’s Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement, (i) Welsh Carson designated Anthony J. deNicola, Christopher Hooper, Eric Lee, Marcus Ryu and Kathleen A. Corbet as directors,

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(ii) Permira designated Andrew Young as a director, (iii) Warburg Pincus designated Cary Davis as a director, (iv) Permira and Warburg Pincus designated Jacques Aigrain by mutual agreement and (vi) Sandeep Sahai, the Chief Executive Officer, became a director. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with the Principal Equity Owners, which will govern matters related to our corporate governance and rights to designate directors. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” Each director set forth above is expected to continue as a director after the Stockholders’ Agreement becomes effective.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish certain other committees to facilitate the management of the Company.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an audit committee that is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm its independence from us; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be reviewed by applicable auditing requirements; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, auditing and federal securities law matters; and (8) reviewing and approving related person transactions.

Our audit committee will consist of Kathleen A. Corbet, Jacques Aigrain and Christopher Hooper, with Kathleen A. Corbet serving as chairman. Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and NYSE rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of listing. We intend to comply with the independence requirements within the time periods specified. Our board of directors has determined that each of Jacques Aigrain and Kathleen A. Corbet is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable NYSE rules and regulations. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a compensation committee that is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing officer and executive compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving or recommending to our board of directors or the independent directors, as applicable, the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our officers and other key executives; and (4) appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.

Our compensation committee will consist of Eric Lee, Anthony J. deNicola, Andrew Young and Cary Davis, with Eric Lee serving as chairman. As a controlled company, we are not required to ensure that the composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current rules and

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulations of the SEC and NYSE. Each member of the compensation committee will be a nonemployee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; and (3) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Eric Lee, Christopher Hooper, Andrew Young and Cary Davis, with Eric Lee serving as chairman. As a controlled company, we are not required to ensure that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Controlled Company Exemption

Upon completion of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the NYSE standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

   

that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

   

that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and the rules of NYSE within the applicable time frame.

Director Compensation for 2020

We did not have any nonemployee directors who received compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors during 2020.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program

In 2021, CWAN Holdings, LLC appointed (i) Jacques Aigrain as a member of the board of Carbon Analytics, (ii) Kathleen A. Corbet as a member of the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC, and (iii) Marcus Ryu as a member of the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC and as the Chairman of a committee on globalization insurance that will be formed following this offering. Pursuant to Messrs. Aigrain’s and Ryu’s and Ms. Corbet’s respective board letter agreement, Messrs. Aigrain and Ryu and Ms. Corbet are each eligible to receive an annualized cash retainer equal to $20,000 per calendar year, and following this offering, an annualized cash retainer equal to $40,000. In addition, Mr. Aigrain and Ms. Corbet are eligible to receive an annualized cash retainer equal to

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$5,000 per calendar year, and following this offering, an annualized cash retainer equal to $10,000 for serving on the Audit Committee (increased to $10,000 and $20,000, respectively, if serving as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee). In addition, (i) Mr. Aigrain and Ms. Corbet each received an award of 48,387 options to purchase Class B Common Units and is eligible to receive an additional number of options equal to $200,000 divided by the fair market value of the Class B units of the Company on the date of grant, multiplied by two, on each anniversary of the initial date of grant and invested in Class B Common Units having an investment value equal to $310,000 and $250,000, respectively, and (ii) Mr. Ryu received an award of 279,033 options to purchase Class B Common Units and invested in Class B Common Units having an investment value equal to $1,000,000.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, an amended code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be available on our website.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

“Company,” “we,” “us,” “Clearwater” and similar references refer, (1) following the consummation of the Transactions, including this offering, to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including CWAN Holdings, LLC, and (2) prior to the completion of the Transactions, including this offering, to CWAN Holdings, LLC and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our Chief Executive Officer and our three other most highly compensated officers, whom we refer to as our “named executive officers.” Although the SEC reporting rules only require us to include our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated officers as “named executive officers” in this prospectus, we have also included information regarding Mr. Price, our Chief Quality Officer, in order to show a more fulsome picture of our executive compensation programs. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (“Fiscal 2020”), our named executive officers and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Sandeep Sahai, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jim Cox, Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Scott Erickson, Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

James Price, Chief Quality Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary(1)
($)
     Option
Awards(2)

($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)

($)
     All Other
compensation(4)

($)
     Total
($)
 

Sandeep Sahai
Chief Executive Officer

     2020        594,000        4,003,225        750,000        33,257,201        38,604,426  

Jim Cox
Chief Financial Officer

     2020        371,000        1,241,262        243,851        9,888,406        11,744,519  

Scott Erickson (*)
Chief Operating Officer

     2020        300,000        605,020        257,658        7,296,058        8,458,736  

James Price (*)
Chief Quality Officer

     2020        280,000        —          127,275        4,699,583        5,106,858  

 

*

In addition to the amounts set forth in the table above, Messrs. Erickson and Price realized $4,082,455 and $4,559,902, respectively, from the sale of previously held units to new investors and receipt of dividends on such units in connection with the Recapitalization.

(1)

Amounts reported in this column reflect the actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers for Fiscal 2020.

(2)

Amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the option grants, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, made to our named executive officers on January 21, 2020.

(3)

Amounts reported in this column reflect annual bonuses paid in February 2021 in respect of Fiscal 2020 performance.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)

All Other Compensation paid in Fiscal 2020 is comprised of the following:

 

Name

   Year      401(k)
Contribution
$ (a)
     Other
Personal
Benefits
$ (b)
     Transaction
Bonus
$ (c)
     Settlement of
Option Awards
$ (d)
 

Sandeep Sahai

     2020        —          12,095        15,125,992        18,119,114  

Jim Cox

     2020        11,400        23,464        5,715,851        4,137,691  

Scott Erickson

     2020        11,400        23,447        2,000,012        5,261,199  

James Price

     2020        11,400        23,264        1,000,008        3,664,911  

 

(a)

Amounts reported in this column represent the amount of Company matching contributions made in respect of Fiscal 2020 to account under our 401(k) plan for each of Messrs. Cox, Erickson and Price.

(b)

Amounts reported in this column represent health insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of each of our named executive officers.

(c)

In connection with the Recapitalization, each of our named executive officers entered into a transaction bonus and option exercise agreement with the Company pursuant to which each named executive officer was paid a one-time transaction bonus, one-third of which is subject to forfeiture in the event of a termination of employment for Cause or resignation for any reason other than for Good Reason (each as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as defined below) prior to November 2, 2021. Amounts in this column reflect the full amount of the transaction bonuses paid to each of our named executive officers in Fiscal 2020 pursuant to this transaction bonus and option exercise agreement.

(d)

In connection with the Recapitalization and pursuant to the terms of the transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company partially accelerated the vesting of options held by each of Messrs. Sahai, Cox and Erickson, and each of our named executive officers exercised a portion of their vested options. The Company accelerated the vesting of 1,908,992 options for Mr. Sahai, 588,095 options for Mr. Cox and 437,252 options for Mr. Erickson. Each of Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson and Price exercised 2,439,984 options, 558,946 options, 677,056 options and 469,700 options, respectively. Amounts in this column reflect the cash amount realized pursuant to the exercise of options in connection with the Recapitalization.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

(a) Elements of Compensation

The compensation of our named executive officers generally consists of base salary, annual cash bonus opportunities, long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity awards and other benefits, as described below.

(b) Base Salary

The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting his or her skill set, experience, role, responsibilities and contributions. In January 2020, we increased Mr. Sahai’s base salary by $44,000, Mr. Cox’ base salary by $21,000, and Mr. Erickson’s base salary by $50,000. Mr. Price’s base salary did not change in Fiscal 2020. As of the end of Fiscal 2020, our named executive officers were entitled to the following base salaries.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Base Salary  

Sandeep Sahai

   $ 594,000  

Jim Cox

   $ 371,000  

Scott Erickson

   $ 300,000  

James Price

   $ 280,000  

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(c) Annual Cash Bonus Opportunities

Each of our named executive officers was eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award for Fiscal 2020, based on achievement of both individual and company-wide performance measures. The performance objectives include measurable objectives that will contribute to the Company’s strategic goals. The Fiscal 2020 bonuses were targeted at $712,800 for Mr. Sahai, $230,000 for Mr. Cox, $250,000 for Mr. Erickson and $140,000 for Mr. Price. Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson and Price each earned 105%, 106%, 103% and 91% of their respective target bonus for Fiscal 2020, due to the Company’s achievement of its company-wide performance measures and each named executive officer’s achievement of his individual objectives.

(d) Equity Compensation

As of the end of Fiscal 2020, each of our named executive officers held options to purchase Class B Common Units of CWAN Holdings, LLC (“Class B Common Units”), awarded under the Carbon Analytics Holdings LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “2017 Equity Incentive Plan”).

The named executive officers generally were granted both time-vesting options and performance-vesting options, representing 40% and 60% of the total number of options, respectively. The time-vesting options generally vest in equal 20% installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, such that all of the time-vesting option would have been fully vested as of the fifth anniversary of the grant date, and the performance-vesting options vesting in equal 20% installments at the end of each of the first five fiscal years after the grant date, based on the achievement of performance objectives set by CWAN Holdings, LLC, in each case subject to each of our named executive officers’ continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Performance-vesting options may partially vest based on partial achievement of performance objectives set by CWAN Holdings, LLC, as determined by the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC. To the extent that any performance-vesting options do not vest based on the achievement of the applicable performance goals for the applicable fiscal year, then, unless otherwise determined by the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC, the performance-vesting options may remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on the achievement of the performance goals for subsequent fiscal year(s). In connection with the consummation of this offering, outstanding options to purchase Class B Common Units granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

In connection with the Recapitalization, CWAN Holdings, LLC partially accelerated the vesting of options held by Messrs. Sahai, Cox and Erickson pursuant to their respective transaction bonus and option exercise agreement. Specifically, CWAN Holdings, LLC accelerated the vesting of options held by Messrs. Sahai, Cox and Erickson in an amount equal to 1,908,992 options for Mr. Sahai, 588,095 options for Mr. Cox, and 437,252 options for Mr. Erickson, and each of Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson and Price exercised 2,439,984 options, 558,946 options, 677,056 options and 469,700 options, respectively. In addition, each of our named executive officers received a one-time transaction bonus award in the amount equal to $15,125,992 for Mr. Sahai, $5,715,851 for Mr. Cox, $2,000,012 for Mr. Erickson and $1,000,008 for Mr. Price, one-third of which is subject to forfeiture in the event of a termination of employment for Cause or resignation for any reason other than for Good Reason (each as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan), in each case, within 12 months following the consummation of the Recapitalization.

Each named executive officer’s employment agreement provides that upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan), the named executive officer’s then unvested options will be eligible to performance-vest as follows: (i) if an affiliate of Welsh Carson’s expected internal rate of return from the Change in Control transaction (including any rollover shares) is at least 20%, then 50% of the then unvested options will vest immediately prior to the Change in Control transaction; (ii) if an affiliate of Welsh Carson’s expected internal rate of return is at least 28%, then 100% of the then unvested options will vest immediately prior to the Change in Control transaction; and (iii) if an affiliate of Welsh Carson’s expected internal rate of return from the Change in Control transaction is between 20% and 28%, then unvested options will vest on a pro-rated basis immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with the consummation of this offering, outstanding options to purchase Class B Common Units granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

In addition, in connection with the consummation of this offering, the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC approved the following changes to the terms and conditions of our named executive officers’ (and our other employees’) options: (i) removal of the restrictions on the exercisability of the vested options, and (ii) removal of the performance-vesting criteria such that all unvested options currently outstanding will vest as if they are time-vesting options. In addition, the board of CWAN Holdings, LLC amended the above-described option acceleration terms of the named executive officers (and other executive officers) to provide for accelerated vesting of any then unvested options outstanding at the time of the consummation of this offering to the earlier of a Change in Control or the date that WCAS and its affiliates own less than 5% of the common stock of Clearwater.

In March 2021, we granted Sandeep Sahai, Jim Cox, Scott Erickson and James Price 1,350,000 options, 437,500 options, 437,500 options and 62,500 options, respectively, under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. These options have an exercise price of $12.40 and generally vest annually in four equal tranches commencing January 1, 2022, in each case, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(e) Other Benefits

We currently provide broad-based welfare benefits that are available to all of our employees, including our named executive officers, and include health, dental, life, vision and short- and long-term disability insurance.

In addition, we maintain, and the named executive officers, other than Mr. Sahai, participate in, a 401(k) plan, which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, which provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis, and we match 4% of an employee’s contributions up to $285,000 of the employee’s eligible earnings. Employees’ pre-tax contributions and our matching contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant’s directions.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes the outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price
($)
     Option
expiration
date
 

Sandeep Sahai

     11/14/2017 (1)      90,675        17,500        4.00        11/14/2027  
     11/28/2018 (2)      1,316,738        1,248,750        4.40        11/28/2028  
     1/21/2020 (3)      152,578        518,600        4.40        1/21/2030  

Jim Cox

     5/20/2019 (4)      310,050        705,000        4.40        5/20/2029  
     1/21/2020 (5)      47,309        160,800        4.40        1/21/2030  

Scott Erickson

     11/2/2017 (6)      362,700        70,000        4.00        12/31/2027  
     4/10/2018 (7)      35,588        33,750        4.00        12/31/2028  
     1/1/2019 (8)      12,919        29,375        4.40        1/1/2029  
     1/21/2020 (9)      4,601        23,953        4.40        1/21/2030  
     1/21/2020 (10)      17,064        58,000        4.40        1/21/2030  

James Price

     11/2/2017 (11)      280,800        480,000        4.00        12/31/2027  
     4/10/2018 (12)      19,500        75,000        4.00        12/31/2028  

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1)

Represents an award of 250,000 options, with 100,000 options subject to time-vesting and 150,000 options subject to performance-vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Sahai’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 33,000 time-vesting options and 49,500 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Sahai exercised and settled 141,825 options from this grant.

(2)

Represents an award of 4,625,000 options, with 1,850,000 options subject to time-vesting and 2,775,000 options subject to performance-vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Sahai’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 610,500 time-vesting options and 915,750 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Sahai exercised and settled 2,059,513 options from this grant.

(3)

Represents an award of 909,824 options, with 327,537 options subject to time-vesting, 491,305 options subject to performance-vesting, and 90,982 options vested as of the date the date of grant. Pursuant to Mr. Sahai’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 120,097 time-vesting options and 180,145 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Sahai exercised and settled 238,647 options from this grant.

(4)

Represents an award of 1,500,000 options, with 600,000 options subject to time-vesting and 900,000 options subject to performance vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Cox’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 198,000 time-vesting options and 297,000 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Cox exercised and settled 484,950 options from this grant.

(5)

Represents an award of 282,105 options, with 101,558 options subject to time-vesting, 152,337 options subject to performance-vesting, and 28,211 options vested as of the date the date of grant. Pursuant to Mr. Cox’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 37,238 time-vesting options and 55,857 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Cox exercised and settled 73,996 options from this grant.

(6)

Represents an award of 1,000,000 options, with 400,000 options subject to time-vesting and 600,000 options subject to performance vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Erickson’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 132,000 time-vesting options and 198,000 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Erickson exercised and settled 567,300 options from this grant.

(7)

Represents an award of 125,000 options, with 50,000 options subject to time-vesting and 75,000 options subject to performance vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Erickson’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 16,500 time-vesting options and 24,750 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Erickson exercised and settled 55,663 options from this grant.

(8)

Represents an award of 62,500 options, with 25,000 options subject to time-vesting and 37,500 options subject to performance vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Erickson’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 8,250 time-vesting options and 12,375 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Erickson exercised and settled 20,206 options from this grant.

(9)

Represents an award of 35,750 options, with 14,300 options subject to time-vesting and 21,450 options subject to performance vesting. Pursuant to Mr. Erickson’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 4,719 time-vesting options and 7,079 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Erickson exercised and settled 7,197 options from this grant.

(10)

Represents an award of 101,755 options, with 36,632 options subject to time-vesting, 54,947 options subject to performance-vesting, and 10,175 options vested as of the date the date of grant. Pursuant to Mr. Erickson’s transaction bonus and option exercise agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of 13,432 time-vesting options and 20,147 performance-vesting options. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Erickson exercised and settled 26,690 options from this grant.

(11)

Represents an award of 1,200,000 options, with 480,000 options subject to time-vesting and 720,000 options subject to performance vesting. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Price exercised and settled 439,200 options from this grant.

(12)

Represents an award of 125,000 options, with 50,000 options subject to time-vesting and 75,000 options subject to performance vesting. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Price exercised and settled 30,500 options from this grant.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Emerging Growth Company Status

As an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Employment Agreements

We are party to employment agreements with Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson and Price, which provide for at-will employment, subject to the severance entitlements described below, and set forth each named executive officer’s initial annual base salary and target annual bonus opportunity (with the rate of each for Fiscal 2020 set forth above), among other terms and conditions.

The employment agreements provide that, upon termination of a named executive officer’s employment by us for any reason other than for “cause,” or by the named executive officer for “good reason,” each as defined therein and summarized below, subject to the named executive officer’s execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of all claims in favor of the Company, the named executive officer is entitled to severance.

For Mr. Sahai, severance consists of (i) 12 months of continued base salary payments and (ii) target annual bonus for the year of termination, based on our achievement of target bonus performance measurement for the year of termination and payable at the time that annual bonuses for the applicable fiscal year are paid generally. In addition, upon termination of employment (other than for “cause”), Mr. Sahai’s vested options remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) a Change in Control (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan) transaction, upon which the vested options are cancelled in exchange for cash consideration or (ii) the expiration of the term. Mr. Sahai’s employment agreement also provides that upon a transaction that consists of a final sale of the Company or a substantial sale of our equity or assets, the Company may, at our discretion, grant a transaction bonus to Mr. Sahai.

For Mr. Cox, Mr. Erickson, and Mr. Price, severance consists of six months of continued base salary payments.

Under Mr. Sahai’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means: (i) material breach by Mr. Sahai of any term of the employment agreement, or the Company’s policies, his fiduciary duties to the Company, CWAN Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates, or of any law, statute, or regulation, (ii) misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company, CWAN Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates, either monetarily or otherwise, or which impairs his ability to effectively perform his duties or responsibilities, (iii) personal conduct which materially impairs his ability to perform his duties or manage subordinate employees, including but not limited to the abuse of alcohol or controlled substances, sexual harassment and discrimination, (iv) habitual or repeated neglect of his duties or responsibilities, (v) failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the board of directors of the Company, which failure has a material impact on the Company, (vi) appropriation of (or attempted appropriation of) a business opportunity of the Company, CWAN Analytics, LLC, or their affiliates, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with an transaction by the Company or its affiliates, (vii) commission or conviction for (or the procedural equivalent or conviction for), or entering of a guilty plea or plea of no content with respect to any felony or a crime, which in the Company’s reasonable judgment, involves moral turpitude, (viii) willful unauthorized disclosure (or attempted disclosure) of confidential information, (ix) intentional injury of another employee or any person in the course of performing services for the Company, or (x) any conflict of interest, including, but not limited to solicitation of business on behalf of a competitor or potential competitor or breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company, CWAN Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates. With respect to clauses (i) through (iii), if capable of cure, Mr. Sahai must be given a reasonable opportunity to comply with such policy or cure his failure or misconduct to the satisfaction of the board of directors of Company within the reasonable time prescribed by the board of directors of the Company to cure such failure or misconduct as set forth in a written notice of such breach from board of directors of the Company.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under Mr. Cox’s, Mr. Erickson’s and Mr. Price’s employment agreements, “cause” generally means any of the named executive officer’s: (i) material breach by the named executive officer of any term of the employment agreement, or the Company’s policies, his fiduciary duties to the Company, Clearwater Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates, or of any law, statute or regulation, (ii) misconduct which is injurious to the Company, Clearwater Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates, either monetarily or otherwise, or which impairs his ability to effectively perform his duties or responsibilities, (iii) personal conduct which reflects poorly on the Company, Clearwater Analytics, LLC or named executive officer, or which impairs his ability to perform his duties or manage subordinate employees, including but not limited to the abuse of alcohol or controlled substances, sexual harassment and discrimination, (iv) habitual or repeated neglect of his duties or responsibilities, (v) his failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Company or the chief executive officer of the Company, (vi) appropriation of (or attempted appropriation of) a business opportunity of the Company, Clearwater Analytics, LLC or their affiliates, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with any transaction by the Company or its affiliates, (vii) commission or conviction for (or the procedural equivalent or conviction for), or entering of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to any felony or a crime, which in the Company’s reasonable judgment, involve moral turpitude, (viii) his willful unauthorized disclosure (or attempted disclosure) of confidential information, (ix) intentional injury of another employee or any person in the course of performing services for the Company or (x) any conflict of interest, including, but not limited to solicitation of business on behalf of a competitor or potential competitor or breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company, Clearwater Analytics, LLC or any of their affiliates. With respect to clauses (i) through (iii), if capable of cure, each name executive officer must be given a reasonable opportunity to comply with such policy or cure his failure or misconduct to the satisfaction of the Company within the reasonable time prescribed by the Company to cure such failure or misconduct as set forth in a written notice of such breach from the Company.

Under Mr. Sahai’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) a reduction, without Mr. Sahai’s consent, of his base salary or target annual bonus opportunity, unless the reduction is generally applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company, (ii) a relocation of Mr. Sahai’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles, (iii) material breach of the employment agreement by the Company or (iv) a substantial diminution in Mr. Sahai’s authority or duties that is materially inconsistent with his position of chief executive officer without his consent.

Under Mr. Cox’s, Mr. Erickson’s and Mr. Price’s employment agreements, “good reason” generally means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) a material reduction, without the employee’s consent of his base salary or target annual bonus opportunity, unless the reduction is generally applicable to substantially all senior employees of the Company, (ii) a material breach of the employment agreement by the Company, or (iii) a substantial diminution in the employee’s authority or duties that is materially inconsistent with his position without his consent.

Each named executive officer is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and non-hire covenants during employment and for 12 months thereafter, as well as perpetual confidentiality, assignment of inventions covenants and non-disparagement covenants.

TRA Bonus Agreements

As described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” we intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering. In addition, we intend to enter into TRA Bonus Agreements substantially concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering, pursuant to which certain executive officers, including our named executive officers, will, subject to the terms and conditions of his or her TRA Bonus Agreement, be eligible to receive a cash bonus payment (the “TRA Bonus”). The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by us to certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, collectively, of 85% (less payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of the Tax Attributes. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% (taking into account amounts paid pursuant to the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the tax benefits, if any, that

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we may actually realize. Pursuant to the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements, when the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders are paid pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement (including in the event of a change of control (as defined in the TRA Bonus Agreements)), the TRA Bonus recipients, including our named executive officers, will be eligible to receive an amount up to 4.6% in the aggregate of the payments that would have been made to certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement but for the amounts payable under the TRA Bonus Agreements (the “TRA Bonus Pool”), subject to each TRA Bonus recipient’s continued employment through the applicable payment date. Assuming (i) no material changes in relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and (ii) each TRA Bonus recipient, including our named executive officers, remains employed with us for a period of 15 years, we expect that the aggregate TRA Bonus payable to Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson and Price over such period will be $14,612,573, $5,169,955, $3,378,611 and $2,857,080, respectively. Upon a termination of employment of the TRA Bonus recipients, including our named executive officers (i) by the Company without cause, (ii) by the TRA Bonus recipient for good reason or (iii) due to the TRA Bonus recipient’s death or disability (each as defined in the TRA Bonus Agreements) that occurs during the six month period prior to a change in control, the TRA Bonus recipient, including our named executive officers, will be eligible to receive his or her share of the TRA Bonus.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

As noted above, our named executive offices received awards of options to purchase Class B Common Units of CWAN Holdings, LLC pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with the consummation of this offering, outstanding options to purchase Class B Common Units granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock, and the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be cancelled and terminated, and these converted options will be governed under the terms of our 2021 Plan.

Share Reserve

A maximum number of 28,299,532 Class B Common Units are available for grant under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Class B Unit Pool”). For purposes of the Class B Unit Pool, if an award expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Class B Common Units covered by the award having been issued, or is settled in cash, the expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce the number of Class B Common Units that may be available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. If any Class B Common Units issued under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited back to or repurchased by CWAN Holdings, LLC, then the Class B Common Units will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, any Class B Common Units reacquired by CWAN Holdings, LLC in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on an award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of an award will again become available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

Termination

The board of CWAN Holdings, LLC may amend, alter or discontinue the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan at any time; however, the board may not, without the participant’s consent, amend, alter or discontinue an award so as to affect adversely the participant’s economic rights.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, members of the board, or any person engaged by us to provide consulting or advisory services and is compensated for those services are eligible to receive grants of (i) an option to purchase Class B Common Units and (ii) profits interest units, which are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the provisions of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the board has the authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Equity Incentive Compensation

Summary of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2021 Plan”)

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board has adopted, and our shareholders will approve, the 2021 Plan, pursuant to which employees, consultants and directors of our company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, will be eligible to receive awards. We anticipate that the 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our shareholders. The following description of the 2021 Plan is based on the form we anticipate will be adopted, but as the 2021 Plan has not yet been adopted, the provisions remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final 2021 Plan once adopted, a copy of which in substantially final form will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

In connection with its approval by the board and adoption by our shareholders, we will reserve 45,369,737 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2021 Plan, which amount shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2021 Plan commencing with the 2022 fiscal year by 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or a lesser amount determined by the board. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2021 Plan:

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and

 

   

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).

Administration

The 2021 Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 2021 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2021 Plan. Awards under the 2021 Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. The Compensation Committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with the award.

Term

The 2021 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date our board approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board.

Award Forms and Limitations

The 2021 Plan authorizes the award of stock awards and performance awards. An aggregate of 45,369,737 shares will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan.

Stock Options

The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. Nonqualified options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each option to purchase stock must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10% or more shareholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2021 Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2021 Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and any unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. The Compensation Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

Restricted stock unit awards give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of our common stock (or cash amount) subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash or delivery of stock or property as deemed approved by the Compensation Committee. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock unit award will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and any unvested restricted stock unit award will be forfeited. The Compensation Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of a restricted stock unit award on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

Performance Awards

A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Other Cash-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

Additional Provisions

Awards granted under the 2021 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our Compensation Committee, awards that are non-ISOs or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant, the participant’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

participant who has acquired the non-ISOs or SARs by a permitted transfer. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant or the participant’s guardian or legal representative.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of the awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise the awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of the division of stock and similar transactions.

Equity Awards Under the 2021 Plan

Following the consummation of this offering, we will grant each of our named executive officers an award of restricted stock units of Clearwater (“IPO RSUs”) under the 2021 Plan. We will grant Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson, and Price 430,308, 152,209, 99,488, and 84,122 IPO RSUs, respectively, which will consist of 50% time-vesting IPO RSUs and 50% performance-vesting IPO RSUs. The time-vesting IPO RSUs will generally vest in 25% installments on each of the first four anniversaries of January 1, 2022, in each case, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The performance-vesting IPO RSUs will vest in 33.33% installments on each of the first three anniversaries of January 1, 2022, based on the achievement of our annual revenue growth rate during the applicable year and, in each case, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. During each annual performance-vesting period, 0% of the performance-vesting IPO RSUs will vest if our annual revenue growth is less than 18%, 80% of the performance-vesting IPO RSUs will vest if our annual revenue growth is between 18% and 20%, 100% of the performance-vesting IPO RSUs will vest if our annual revenue growth is between 20% and 23%, and 110% of the performance-vesting IPO RSUs will vest if our annual revenue growth is between 23% and 26%. In addition, our named executive officers will be eligible to receive an annual grant of restricted stock units beginning with the 2022 fiscal year. We anticipate granting restricted stock units for the 2022 fiscal year to our named executive officers concurrently with the IPO RSUs. These restricted stock units will be subject to the same vesting terms as the IPO RSUs. For the 2022 fiscal year, in addition to the IPO RSUs, we will grant to Messrs. Sahai, Cox, Erickson, and Price 320,582, 273,154, 151,902, and 41,275 restricted stock units, respectively.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In order to incentivize employees of the Company, its designated affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Designated Companies”), our board of directors has adopted, and our shareholders will approve, the ESPP, the material terms of which are summarized below, prior to the completion of this offering. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The ESPP includes two components: a “Section 423 Component” and a “Non-Section 423 Component.” The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, the ESPP will authorize the grant of options under the Non-Section 423 Component, which need not qualify as options granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such options granted under the Non-Section 423 Component will be granted pursuant to separate offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the administrator of the ESPP and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for eligible employees and the Designated Companies in locations outside of the United States. Except as otherwise provided or

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

determined by the ESPP administrator, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the ESPP administrator at or prior to the time of such offering.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of 3,472,178 shares of our Class A common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased annually on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in and including 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1.0% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our Board. Our Board or a committee of our Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

We expect that all of our employees and employees of any Designated Company will be eligible to participate in the ESPP, with certain exclusions as determined by the ESPP administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

Under the ESPP, participants will be offered the option to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount during one or more offering periods, which may be successive or overlapping and will be selected by the ESPP administrator in its sole discretion with respect to which options shall be granted to participants. No offering will commence prior to the date on which our registration statement on Form S-8 is filed with the SEC in respect of the ESPP. The ESPP administrator will designate the terms and conditions of each offering in writing, including the offering period and the purchase period, and may change the duration and timing of offering periods in its discretion. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

Option Price

The option purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on (a) the applicable grant date and (b) the applicable exercise date, or such other price determined by the administrator.

ESPP Amendment and Termination

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement, after giving effect to the Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” with respect to:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% of any class of our outstanding shares;

 

   

each member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and each named executive officer; and

 

   

the members of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and our executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to the Transactions set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class D common stock and LLC Interests (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be) to be issued and outstanding after giving effect to the Transactions (other than this offering) and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class D common stock and LLC Interests (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be) to be issued and outstanding after giving effect to the Transactions, including the use of the net proceeds from our sale of Class A common stock to purchase LLC Interests from the Other Continuing Equity Owners, and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The table below does not reflect any shares of our Class A common stock that may be purchased in this offering by directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, through the Reserved Share Program described in “Underwriting” or the shares of our Class A common stock that may be purchased in the offering by certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more funds and/or accounts affiliated with Calculated DF Holdings, L.P., Durable Capital Master Fund LP and DCP CA Blocker LLC through the indications of interest described in “The Offering—Indications of Interest.”

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that each person or entity named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that he, she or it beneficially owns, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Except as otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., 777 W. Main Street, Suite 900, Boise, Idaho 83702.

 

     Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)(2)
    Class D Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)(3)
    Combined Voting Power(4)  
     Prior to the
Transactions
    After the
Transactions,
Assuming No
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option
    After the
Transactions,
Assuming Full
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option
    Prior to the
Transactions
    After the
Transactions,
Assuming No
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option
    After the
Transactions,
Including Full
Option
Exercise
    After the
Transactions,
Assuming No
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option
    After the
Transactions,
Assuming Full
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option
 
Name of Beneficial Owner    Shares      %     Shares      %     Shares      %     Shares      %     Shares      %     Shares      %     %     %  

5% Stockholders:

                                  

Entities affiliated with Welsh Carson(5)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         111,015,690        62.6     111,015,690        62.6     111,015,690        62.6     60.7     60.6

Entities affiliated with Permira(6)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         33,222,826        24.8     33,222,826        24.8     33,222,826        24.8     18.2     18.1

Entities affiliated with Warburg Pincus(7)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         33,222,826        24.8     33,222,826        24.8     33,222,826        24.8     18.2     18.1

Entities affiliated with Dragoneer(8)

     8,828,717        68.6     8,828,717        20.6     8,828,717        18.6     —          —         —          —         —          —         *       *  

Entities affiliated with Durable(9)

     4,037,371        31.4     4,037,371        9.4     4,037,371        8.5     —          —         —          —         —          —         *       *  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                                  

Sandeep Sahai

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Jim Cox

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Scott Erickson

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

James Price

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Eric Lee(5)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Jacques Aigrain

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Kathleen A. Corbet

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Cary Davis(7)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Anthony J. deNicola(5)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Christopher Hooper(5)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Marcus Ryu

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

Andrew Young(6)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

All executive officers as a group (individuals)

     —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —          —         —         —    

 

*

Represents less than 1.0% of outstanding shares or voting power, as applicable.

(1)

Each holder of Class C common stock and Class D common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and each holder of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. Our Class B common stock and Class C common stock do not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) associated with our Class A common stock and Class D common stock.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)

The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that all LLC Interests (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) held by such Other Continuing Equity Owners have been exchanged for shares of Class A common stock.

(3)

The numbers of shares of Class D common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that all LLC Interests (together with the corresponding shares of Class C common stock) held by such Principal Equity Owners have been exchanged for shares of Class D common stock.

(4)

Percentage of voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock voting together as a single class (subject to class-specific weightings) and as calculated on a fully diluted basis. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

(5)

Includes 43,799,730 shares of Class D common stock and 21,189,928 shares of Class C common stock held by WCAS XII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P., 23,875,745 shares of Class D common stock and 20,535,340 shares of Class C common stock held by WCAS XIII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P. and 1,614,949 shares of Class C common stock held by WCAS GP CW LLC, which are collectively referred to herein as Welsh Carson. Mr. Lee and Mr. Hooper each serve as General Partners at Welsh Carson and Mr. DeNicola is the Chairman and a General Partner of Welsh Carson. The general partner of WCAS XII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P. is WCAS XII Associates LLC (“WCAS XII Associates”). The general partner of WCAS XIII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P. and the manager of WCAS GP CW LLC is WCAS XII Associates LLC (“WCAS XIII Associates”). The managing members of WCAS XII Associates and WCAS XIII Associates are Thomas A. Scully, Sean Traynor, Anthony J. deNicola, D. Scott Mackesy, Brian Regan, Michael Donovan, Eric Lee, Christopher Hooper, Christopher Solomon, Edward Sobol, Gregory Lau, Frances Higgins, Nicholas O’Leary, Jonathan Rather and Ryan Harper. Each of the above listed persons may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned of record by Welsh Carson. However, each of the above listed persons expressly disclaims ownership of the securities reported by Welsh Carson and its affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing persons is c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, 599 Lexington Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(6)

Includes 33,222,826 shares of Class D common stock held by Galibier Purchaser LLC, an affiliate of Permira. Mr. Young is affiliated with Permira and its affiliates and disclaims ownership of the securities reported by Permira and its affiliates except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing persons is c/o Permira Advisers LLC, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 1, Suite 170, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(7)

Includes 33,222,826 shares of Class D common stock held by WP CA Holdco, L.P. (“WP Holdco”). The general partner of WP Holdco is WP CA Holdco GP, LLC (“WP Holdco GP”). The managing members of WP Holdco GP are Warburg Pincus (Callisto) Global Growth (Cayman), L.P. (“WP Callisto”) and Warburg Pincus Financial Sector (Cayman), L.P. (“WP FS”, and together with WP Callisto, the “Holdco GP Managers”). Warburg Pincus LLC (“WP LLC”) is the manager of the Holdco GP Managers. Warburg Pincus (Cayman) Global Growth GP, L.P., (“WP GG Cayman GP”), is the general partner of WP Callisto. Warburg Pincus (Cayman) Financial Sector GP, L.P., (“WP FS Cayman GP”), is the general partner of WP FS. Warburg Pincus (Cayman) Global Growth GP LLC, (“WP GG Cayman GP LLC”), is the general partner of WP GG Cayman GP. Warburg Pincus (Cayman) Financial Sector GP LLC, (“WP FS Cayman GP LLC”), is the general partner of WP FS Cayman GP. Warburg Pincus Partners II (Cayman), L.P., (“WPP II Cayman”), is the managing member of each of WP GG Cayman GP LLC and WP FS Cayman GP LLC. Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity GP Ltd., is the general partner of WPP II Cayman. The members of such committee, all of whom expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares, are Mark M. Colodny, Timothy F. Geithner, Steven G. Glenn, Charles R. Kaye, Vishal Mahadevia, Michael Martin, James Neary, and Daniel Zilberman. All indirect holders of the above referenced shares, as well as Mr. Davis, who is affiliated with WP LLC, disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing persons is c/o Warburg Pincus LLC, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Additionally, all shares of Class D common stock held by WP

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Holdco are pledged to secure obligations of affiliates of Warburg Pincus under a loan agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”). In the case of an event of default, Wells Fargo or any transferee (in the event that Wells Fargo had assigned or otherwise transferred its rights under the pledge to a non-affiliate) may exercise its rights under the applicable loan agreement to foreclose on and sell shares pledged to cover the amount due under the loan, provided that no sales of the pledged shares may be made to third parties until 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
(8)

Includes 8,828,717 shares of Class A common stock held by Calculated DF Holdings, LP, whose ultimate general partner is controlled by Marc Stad. Mr. Stad may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by such entity. The business address for Calculated DF Holdings, LP and Mr. Stad is c/o Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129.

(9)

Includes 2,207,179 shares of Class A common stock held by Durable Capital Master Fund LP (“Durable Master Fund”) and 1,830,192 shares of Class A common stock held by DCP CA Blocker LLC (“Durable CA Blocker”). Durable Capital Partners LP (“Durable Capital Partners”) is the investment adviser to Durable Master Fund, which is the sole member of DCP CA Blocker. Durable Capital Partners GP LLC (“Durable GP”) is the general partner of Durable Capital Partners, and Henry Ellenbogen is the chief investment officer of Durable Capital Partners and the managing member of Durable GP. The principal business address of Durable Master Fund is c/o Durable Capital Partners, 5425 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 802, Chevy Chase, MD 20815.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions to which we are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Services Agreements with Entities Affiliated with the Principal Equity Owners

We receive professional, consulting and advisory services from WCAS XIII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P. and WCAS Management Corporation, each of which are affiliates of Welsh Carson, and from Warburg Pincus LLC, and from Permira. In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, CWAN Holdings, LLC recognized management fees to such affiliates of Welsh Carson, Warburg Pincus LLC, and Permira of approximately $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, CWAN Holdings, LLC recognized management fees to such affiliates of Welsh Carson, Warburg Pincus LLC, and Permira of approximately $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively. During January 2021, CWAN Holdings, LLC made payments in relation to management fees of $6 million to Welsh Carson and $1.8 million to each of Warburg Pincus and Permira. These prepaid management fees relate to the four year period subsequent to the completion of the recapitalization transaction in November 2020 and are being amortized and recognized as expense over four years. The services agreements pursuant to which such fees have been paid will terminate in accordance with their terms upon consummation of this offering, and no such services will be provided afterward.

LLC Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and the Continuing Equity Owners entered into the LLC Agreement.

As a result of the Transactions, including the entry into the LLC Agreement, we hold LLC Interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC and are the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Accordingly, we operate and control all of the business and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, conduct our business.

As the sole managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of LLC Interests and the amount of any such distributions (subject to the requirements with respect to the tax distributions described below). If Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Interests, including Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of CWAN Holdings, LLC.

Upon the consummation of the Transactions, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will become a holding company and its principal asset will be a controlling equity interest in CWAN Holdings, LLC. As such, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will have no independent means of generating revenue. CWAN Holdings, LLC will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of LLC Interests, including Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. Accordingly, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. will incur income taxes on its allocable share of any net taxable income of CWAN Holdings, LLC and also may incur expenses related to its operations. The LLC Agreement will require “tax distributions,” as that term is defined in the LLC Agreement, to be made by CWAN Holdings, LLC to its “members,” as that term is defined in the LLC Agreement, unless certain exceptions apply. Tax distributions generally will be made quarterly to each member of CWAN Holdings, LLC including us, on a pro rata basis among the holders of LLC Interests based on CWAN Holdings, LLC’s net taxable income and without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code, which means that the amount of tax distributions will be determined based on the holder of LLC Interests who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per LLC Interest basis and at a tax rate that

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

will be determined by us, but will be made pro rata based on ownership of LLC Interests. Thus, CWAN Holdings, LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. The tax rate used to determine tax distributions will apply regardless of the actual final tax liability of any such member. Tax distributions will also be made only to the extent all distributions from CWAN Holdings, LLC for the relevant period were otherwise insufficient to enable each member to cover its tax liabilities as calculated in the manner described above. Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. intends to cause CWAN Holdings, LLC to make distributions or, in the case of certain expenses, payments in an amount sufficient to allow Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. to pay its taxes and operating expenses, including distributions to fund any ordinary course payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The LLC Agreement generally does not permit transfers of LLC Interests by Continuing Equity Owners, except for transfers to Permitted Transferees, transfers pursuant to the redemption right described below and transfers approved in writing by us, as sole managing manager, and other limited exceptions. Permitted Transferees include (a) with respect to any Principal Equity Owner, any of such Principal Equity Owner’s affiliates and (b) with respect to any Other Continuing Equity Owners, any such Other Continuing Equity Owner’s affiliates or, in the case of individuals, members of their immediate family. In the event of a permitted transfer, such Continuing Equity Owner will be required to simultaneously transfer shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock (as the case may be) to such transferee equal to the number of LLC Interests that were transferred. The LLC Agreement also provides that, as a general matter, a Continuing Equity Owner will not have the right to transfer LLC Interests if Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. determines that such transfer would be prohibited by law or regulation, would violate other agreements with Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. to which such Principal Equity Owner or Continuing Equity Owner, as applicable, may be subject or would cause or increase the possibility for CWAN Holdings, LLC to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as further described in the LLC Agreement.

The LLC Agreement will allow holders of LLC Interests to exchange their LLC interests for shares of Class A common stock or, if applicable, shares of Class D common stock, on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of such shares, as calculated in accordance with the LLC Agreement though we may settle any such exchange in cash only to the extent that we have cash available at least equal to the cash price that was received pursuant to a contemporaneous public offering or private sale.

The Continuing Equity Owners may from time to time (subject to the terms of the LLC Agreement) exercise a right to require redemption of LLC Interests in exchange for cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A or Class D common stock (as the case may be) on a one-for-one basis. We may alternatively acquire such LLC Interests for cash in connection with any exercise of such right. We intend to treat such acquisitions of LLC Interests as direct purchases of LLC Interests from the Continuing Equity Owners for U.S. federal income and other applicable tax purposes. CWAN Holdings, LLC (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) intends to have in place an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Interests for Class A common stock or Class D common stock (as the case may be) or cash occurs. As a result, an exchange of LLC Interests is expected to result in (1) an increase in our proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries and (2) an adjustment in the tax basis of the assets of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries reflected in that proportionate share (“Basis Adjustments”).

Any increases in our share of the tax basis of the assets of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries as a result of the purchase of LLC Interests or LLC Interest exchanges will generally have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise be obligated to pay thereafter to various tax authorities. Such basis increases may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

Each Continuing Equity Owner’s exchange and redemption rights are subject to certain customary limitations, including the expiration of any contractual lock-up period relating to the shares of our Class A

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

common stock and Class D common stock (as the case may be) that may be applicable to such Continuing Equity Owner (including a lock-up period of not more than 180 days in connection with any registration of our equity securities) and the absence of any liens or encumbrances on such LLC Interests redeemed. In addition, Continuing Equity Owners cannot exercise exchange or redemption rights during applicable blackout periods. We may impose additional restrictions on exchanges or redemptions that we determine to be necessary or advisable so that CWAN Holdings, LLC does not risk being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

As a holder exchanges LLC Interests and Class B common stock or Class C common stock for shares of Class A common stock or Class D common stock, respectively, or a redemption transaction is effected, the number of LLC Interests held by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LLC Interests or funds the redemption transaction, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock or Class C common stock are cancelled.

The LLC Agreement also requires that CWAN Holdings, LLC take actions with respect to its LLC Interests, including issuances, reclassifications, distributions, divisions, or recapitalizations, such that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us, directly or indirectly, for each share of Class A common stock or Class D common stock issued by us, and (ii) CWAN Holdings, LLC at all times maintains (a) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock or Class D common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (b) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock owned by the Continuing Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing Equity Owners. As such, in certain circumstances we, as sole managing member, have the authority to take all actions such that, after giving effect to all issuances, transfers, deliveries, or repurchases, the number of outstanding LLC Interests we own equals, on a one-to-one basis, the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class D common stock.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of LLC Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders. The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by us to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders, collectively, of 85% (less amounts paid pursuant to the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of the Tax Attributes. The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon any Continuing Equity Owner or Blocker Shareholder maintaining a continued ownership interest in us or CWAN Holdings, LLC and the rights of the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement are assignable. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% (taking into account amounts paid pursuant to the TRA Bonus Agreements) of the tax benefits, if any, that we may actually realize. For a description of the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements, see “Executive Compensation—TRA Bonus Agreements.”

For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the tax benefit deemed realized by us will generally be computed by comparing our actual cash income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no Tax Attributes; provided that, for purposes of determining the tax benefit with respect to state and local income taxes, we will use simplifying assumptions. The Tax Receivable Agreement will generally apply to each of our taxable years, beginning with the taxable year that the Tax Receivable Agreement is entered into. There is no maximum term for the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an agreed-upon amount equal to the estimated present value of the remaining

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

payments to be made under the agreement (calculated with certain assumptions, including as to utilization of the Tax Attributes).

The actual Tax Attributes, as well as any amounts paid to the Continuing Equity Owners and the Blocker Shareholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of any future exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of any future exchanges—the Basis Adjustments (as defined therein) are directly related to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of future exchanges;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased tax deductions as a result of the Section 754 election mentioned above will not be available to generate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

   

the amount, timing and deductibility of payments under TRA Bonus Agreements—under current law, payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements generally would be expected to give rise to compensatory tax deductions unless certain statutory limitations apply. Because these deductions constitute Tax Attributes, the amounts, timing and deductibility of such payments is not known;

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will require us to pay 85% of the tax benefits from the Tax Attributes as and when those benefits are treated as realized by us under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. If we do not have taxable income in a particular taxable year, we generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for that taxable year because no tax benefits will have been actually realized. Nevertheless, any tax benefits with respect to the Tax Attributes that do not result in realized tax benefits in a given taxable year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate tax benefits in future (and possibly previous) taxable years. The utilization of any such tax attributes will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; and

 

   

applicable tax rates—the tax rates in effect at the time a tax benefit is recognized.

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements are obligations of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and not of CWAN Holdings, LLC. Any payments made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us or to CWAN Holdings, LLC, and to the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by us. We anticipate funding ordinary course payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements from cash flow from operations of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, borrowings under our credit facilities and/or available cash.

We expect that the aggregate payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the purchase by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. of LLC Interests from CWAN Holdings, LLC and the acquisition of the Blocker Entities from the Blocker Shareholders in connection with this offering to range over the next 15 years from approximately $9 million to $75.5 million and decline thereafter. These estimates are based on an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Future payments in respect of subsequent exchanges or financing would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement and TRA Bonus Agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the Tax Attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements and/or distributions to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. by CWAN Holdings, LLC are not sufficient to permit Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or the TRA Bonus Agreements after it has paid taxes.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if (1) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control were to occur; (2) we materially breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement; or (3) at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate, and our obligations, or our successor’s obligations, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements will accelerate and become due and payable, based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and, to the extent applicable, that any LLC Interests that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of termination.

As a result of a change in control, material breach or our election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, (1) we could be required to make cash payments to the Continuing Equity Owners, the Blocker Shareholders and certain executive officers that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements and (2) we would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement discounted in accordance with the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control. We may not be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA Bonus Agreements will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or the use of the Tax Attributes, we will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to certain of our Continuing Equity Owners and Blocker Shareholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits initially claimed by us are subsequently disallowed, in whole or in part, by the IRS or other applicable taxing authority. For example, if the IRS later asserts that we did not obtain a tax basis increase, among other potential challenges, then we would not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to certain of our Continuing Equity Owners and Blocker Shareholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such tax benefits that we had initially claimed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Nevertheless, any tax benefits initially claimed by us with respect to the Tax Attributes may not be disallowed for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient future cash payments against which to net. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules are complex, and the IRS or a court may disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to the Tax Attributes that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings therefrom.

Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we are required to provide to certain Continuing Equity Owners a schedule setting forth the calculation of payments that are due under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the TRA

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bonus Agreements with respect to each taxable year in which a payment obligation arises within 120 days after filing our U.S. federal income tax return for such taxable year. This calculation will be based upon the advice of our tax advisors. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally be made within five business days after this schedule becomes final pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus 100 basis points and (ii) 6.5% (the “Agreed Rate”) from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Any late payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue to accrue interest at the Agreed Rate until such payments are made, generally including any late payments that we may subsequently make because we did not have enough available cash to satisfy our payment obligations at the time at which they originally arose.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Tax Receivable Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a second amended and restated registration rights agreement, or the “Registration Rights Agreement,” with certain of the Continuing Equity Owners, including certain members of our management. Subject to certain conditions, the Registration Rights Agreement will provide certain of the Continuing Equity Owners with “long-form” demand registrations and “short-form” demand registration rights, as well as shelf registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide certain of the Continuing Equity Owners with customary “piggyback” registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will contain provisions that require the parties thereto to coordinate with one another with respect to sales of our common stock and will contain certain limitations on the ability of certain of the Continuing Equity Owners and certain members of our management party to the Registration Rights Agreement to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses of these holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Stockholders’ Agreement

Effective upon the completion of the offering, we will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with the Principal Equity Owners (and their respective permitted transferees thereunder party thereto from time to time). Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, for so long as the Company is a “controlled company” under the NYSE standards, the board of directors of the Company will be comprised of no more than ten directors, and (i) Welsh Carson will have the right to designate five nominees for election to our board of directors, of which one must be an “independent director,” as defined under the rules of NYSE and qualify as an independent director for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and NYSE rules requiring us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock (an “Audit Committee Independent Director”), (ii) Permira will have the right to designate one nominee so long it owns at least 33.3% of the shares of our common stock that it holds immediately following the consummation of this offering (the “Closing Shares”), (iii) Warburg Pincus will have the right to designate one nominee so long as it owns at least 33.3% of its Closing Shares, (iv) Permira and Warburg Pincus will each have the right to designate (by mutual agreement for so long as both have such right and if only one of Warburg Pincus or Permira have such right, the one that has such right) one nominee who would qualify as an Audit Committee Independent Director so long as each owns at least 50% of its Closing Shares, (v) Welsh Carson, Permira and Warburg Pincus will each have the right to designate (by mutual agreement so long as more than one shareholder has such right and if only one of Welsh Carson, Warburg Pincus or Permira have such right, the one that has such right) one nominee who would qualify as an Audit Committee Independent Director so long as, in the case of Permira and Warburg Pincus, it owns at least 33.3% of its Closing Shares and (vi) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company must be nominated as a director. After

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the closing of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will continue to control a majority of our voting power and, as a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. After giving effect to the multi-class common stock structure in which each share of our Class C common stock and each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, we expect that we will remain a “controlled company” for so long as the Principal Equity Owners hold at least approximately 9.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock.

For so long as the Company is not a “controlled company” under the NYSE standards, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, the board of directors of the Company would be comprised of no more than eleven directors, and (i) Welsh Carson will have the right to designate two nominees so long as it owns at least 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (ii) Permira will have the right to designate one nominee so long as it owns at least the greater of 33.3% of its Closing Shares and 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (iii) Warburg Pincus will have the right to designate one nominee so long as it owns at least the greater of 33.3% of its Closing Shares and 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and (iv) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company must be nominated as a director.

The Stockholders’ Agreement will also generally provide that (i) so long as Permira beneficially owns at least 50% of its Closing Shares and is otherwise entitled to designate at least one nominee under the Stockholders’ Agreement, one Permira director nominee will be entitled to be on all committees and Permira will be entitled to appoint up to two non-voting observers at Board meetings; (ii) so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns at least 50% of its Closing Shares and is otherwise entitled to designate at least one nominee under the Stockholders’ Agreement, one Warburg Pincus director nominee will be entitled to be on all committees and Warburg Pincus will be entitled to appoint up to two non-voting observers at Board meetings; and (iii) the Welsh Carson director nominees will be entitled to be on all committees and, so long as Welsh Carson is otherwise entitled to designate at least one nominee under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Welsh Carson will be entitled to appoint up to two non-voting observers at Board meetings. The committee designation rights are subject to exceptions with respect to any such committee whose function relates solely to arrangements with the relevant Principal Equity Owner and to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or the NYSE standards.

The Principal Equity Owners will each additionally agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the directors nominated pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, and will each be entitled to propose the replacement of any of its board nominees whose board service ceases for any reason regardless of each Principal Equity Owner’s beneficial ownership of our common stock at the time of such vacancy. No board member designated in connection with the Stockholders’ Agreement will be required to immediately tender his or her resignation upon the loss of rights by any Principal Equity Owner responsible for his or her designation, and each such director may continue to serve until the end of his or her then current term. The board member designation rights pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to the Trigger Event, directors nominated by a Principal Equity Owner and serving as a director shall not be removed by the other Principal Equity Owners without cause.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify the Principal Equity Owners, and various affiliated persons and indirect equityholders of the Principal Equity Owners from certain losses arising out of any threatened or actual litigation by reason of the fact that the indemnified person is or was a holder of our common stock or, prior to the completion of the Transactions, of equity interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Stockholders’ Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Reserved Share Program

At our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers and employees through the Reserved Share Program. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Indications of Interest

Prior to the date hereof, certain investors, including certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more funds and/or accounts affiliated with Calculated DF Holdings, L.P., Durable Capital Master Fund LP and DCP CA Blocker LLC have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of $150 million in shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Calculated DF Holdings, L.P., Durable Capital Master Fund LP and DCP CA Blocker LLC may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Calculated DF Holdings, L.P., Durable Capital Master Fund LP and DCP CA Blocker LLC. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the funds and/or accounts affiliated with Calculated DF Holdings, L.P., Durable Capital Master Fund LP and DCP CA Blocker LLC.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each as expected to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, will provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. For further information, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Indemnification and Limitations on Directors’ Liability.” We intend to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

The audit committee of our board of directors will have primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related parties. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transactions.

We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed, is a general partner or principal or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Our audit committee is expected to determine that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee or beneficial owner of less than 5% of that company’s shares, transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock (on an as-adjusted basis) and all holders of our common stock (on an as-exchanged basis) received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and transactions available to all employees generally.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreement or instrument, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus. You should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which will be filed with the SEC once available.

Existing Credit Agreement

On September 1, 2016, Clearwater Analytics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower, and Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, entered into that certain credit agreement with the lenders party thereto from time to time and Ares Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, a Lender and Issuing Lender. The credit agreement was amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2016, that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2018, that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2019, that certain Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2019 and that certain Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2020 (the credit agreement, as amended, the “Existing Credit Agreement”). The loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement will be repaid in full, without premium, in connection with this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Existing Term Loan Facility and Revolving Line of Credit.”

New Credit Agreement

Clearwater Analytics, LLC has entered into negotiations with respect to a $55 million New Term Loan and a $125 million New Revolving Facility. The New Facilities will be pursuant to a new credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent thereunder, which is expected to be entered into substantially concurrently with this offering.

It is anticipated that the proceeds of the New Term Loan (and if necessary, cash on hand) will be used to refinance the loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay certain transaction expenses. The New Revolving Facility will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including acquisitions permitted under the New Credit Agreement).

The interest rates applicable to the loans under the New Credit Agreement are anticipated to be based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to a base rate plus an applicable margin of 0.75% or a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.75%, in each case with a step-up of 0.25% if certain secured net leverage levels are not achieved. The applicable margin is adjusted after the completion of each full fiscal quarter based upon the pricing grid in the New Credit Agreement. It is anticipated that the revolving commitment will have an unused commitment fee of 25 basis points, stepping up to 30 basis points if certain secured net leverage levels are not achieved.

It is anticipated that under the New Credit Agreement, the term loans will amortize at a rate of 5.00% per annum, paid quarterly. The New Credit Agreement is anticipated to contain mandatory prepayments to the extent the company incurs certain indebtedness or receives proceeds from certain dispositions or casualty events.

The obligations of the Borrower under the New Credit Agreement are anticipated to be jointly and severally guaranteed by its direct parent and certain of its subsidiaries. The obligations of the Loan Parties are anticipated to be secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of their assets, subject to customary exceptions.

The New Credit Agreement is anticipated to contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, without limitation, covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, make investments, make restricted payments or dispose of assets, and customary events of default. Specifically, we are required to maintain a consolidated secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA ratio of not more than 4.75:1.00 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2021.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and we will adopt our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize capital stock consisting of:

 

   

1,500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share;

 

   

500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share;

 

   

500,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share ;

 

   

500,000,000 shares of Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share ; and

 

   

100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

We are selling 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering (34,500,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock). We are issuing for nominal consideration 11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock, 43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock and 134,121,127 shares of Class D common stock in connection with the Transactions.

The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an antitakeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interests, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our Class A common stock.

Common Stock

We have four classes of common stock: Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D. The Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock will vote together with holders of our Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Dividend Rights. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred stock.

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Matters. Our certificate of incorporation will not entitle holders of our Class A common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A common stock are, and the shares of our Class A common stock offered in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holders to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Issuance of Shares. Upon the completion of this offering, the Other Continuing Equity Owners will own 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by any such Other Continuing Equity Owner being equivalent to the number of LLC Interests held by such Other Continuing Equity Owner. Shares of Class B common stock will be issued in the future only to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of LLC Interests held by the Other Continuing Equity Owners and the number of shares of Class B common stock issued to such Other Continuing Equity Owners. Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. Only Permitted Transferees of LLC Interests held by the Other Continuing Equity Owners will be Permitted Transferees of Class B common stock. Each share of Class B common stock and accompanying LLC Interest is required to be converted into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by an Other Continuing Equity Owner or any of its affiliates or Permitted Transferees to a non-Permitted Transferee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

Dividend and Distribution Rights. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon dissolution or liquidation.

Exchange rights. Each share of our Class B common stock will be redeemed and canceled by us if the holder exchanges one LLC Interest and such share of Class B common stock for cash or one share of Class A common stock pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

Conversion. Each share of our Class B common stock transferred to a non-Permitted Transferee will automatically convert into a share of our Class A common stock immediately prior to such transfer.

Other Matters. Our certificate of incorporation will not entitle holders of our Class B common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Class C Common Stock

Voting Rights. Each share of our Class C common stock entitles its holders to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class C common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class D common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Issuance of Shares. Upon the completion of this offering, the Principal Equity Owners will own 100% of our outstanding Class C common stock, with the number of shares of Class C common stock held by any such Principal Equity Owner being equivalent to the number of LLC Interests held by such Principal Equity Owner.

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Shares of Class C common stock will be issued in the future only to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of LLC Interests held by the Principal Equity Owners and the number of shares of Class C common stock issued to the Principal Equity Owners. Shares of Class C common stock are transferable only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. Only Permitted Transferees of LLC Interests held by the Principal Equity Owners will be permitted transferees of Class C common stock. Each share of Class C common stock and accompanying LLC Interest is required to be converted into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by a Principal Equity Owner or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees to a non-permitted transferee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

Dividend and Distribution Rights. Holders of our Class C common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon dissolution or liquidation.

Exchange rights. Each share of our Class C common stock will be redeemed and canceled by us if the holder exchanges one LLC Interest and such share of Class C common stock for cash or one share of Class A common stock or, if requested by a Principal Equity Owner, Class D common stock, pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—LLC Agreement.”

Conversion. Shares of our Class C common stock may be exchanged at any time, at the option of the holder, for newly issued shares of our Class B common stock, on a one-for-one basis (in which case their shares of our Class C common stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance). Each share of our Class C common stock will automatically convert into a share of our Class B common stock upon the earlier of (i) the date that affiliates of Welsh Carson own less than 5% of our common stock and (ii) the date that is seven years following the closing of our initial public offering. Each share of our Class C common stock transferred to a non-permitted transferee will automatically convert into a share of our Class A common stock immediately prior to such transfer.

Other Matters. Our certificate of incorporation will not entitle holders of our Class C common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class C common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class C common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Class D Common Stock

Voting Rights. Holders of shares of our Class D common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held of record on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class D common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Dividend Rights. Holders of shares of our Class D common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred stock.

Conversion. Shares of our Class D common stock may be exchanged at any time, at the option of the holder, for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock, on a one-for-one basis (in which case their shares of our

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Class D common stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance). Each share of Class D common stock is required to be converted into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by a Principal Equity Owner or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees to a non-permitted transferee. Each share of our Class D common stock will automatically convert into a share of our Class A common stock upon the earlier of (i) the date that affiliates of Welsh Carson own less than 5% of our common stock and (ii) the date that is seven years following the closing of our initial public offering.

Other Matters. Our certificate of incorporation will not entitle holders of our Class D common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class D common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class D common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. Upon the completion of this offering the Principal Equity Owners will own 100% of our outstanding Class D common stock, with the number of shares of Class D common stock held by any such Principal Equity Owner being equivalent to the number of LLC Interests held by such Principal Equity Owner.

LLC Interests

Distributions. So long as CWAN Holdings, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to the extent that it has funds available for distribution without violation of applicable law or any contractual obligation, holders of LLC Interests are entitled to certain tax distributions in an amount of cash to be determined in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

Liquidation Rights. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CWAN Holdings, LLC, the assets legally available for distribution will be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class D common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the payment of liquidation preferences.

Exchanges. A holder of LLC Interests may, subject to certain exceptions, periodically at its option require CWAN Holdings, LLC to redeem all or a portion of its LLC Interests in exchange for, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), newly issued shares of our Class A common stock (in the case of Other Continuing Equity Owners) and shares of our Class D common stock (in the case of the Principal Equity Owners) on a one-for-one basis or for an amount in cash, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement; provided that, at our election (determined solely by a majority of our directors who are disinterested), we may effect a direct exchange by Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. of such Class A common stock, Class D common stock or cash, as applicable, for such LLC Interests.

Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of NYSE, which would apply as long as our Class A common stock is listed on NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the combined voting power of our Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

Unless required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and could thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Indemnification and Limitations on Directors’ Liability

Section 145 of the DGCL grants each Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of serving or having served in any such capacity, if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may similarly indemnify any such person in actions by or in the right of the corporation if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action was brought determines that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court shall deem proper.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for such limitation of liability.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will indemnify our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation also allows our board of directors to indemnify other employees. This indemnification will extend to the payment of judgments in actions against officers and directors and to reimbursement of amounts paid in settlement of such claims or actions and may apply to judgments in favor of the corporation or amounts paid in settlement to the corporation. This indemnification will also extend to the payment of attorneys’ fees and expenses of officers and directors in suits against them where the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. This right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which the officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions that are normal and customary for policies of this type.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and insurance policies are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers. However, these

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

provisions may discourage derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required or allowed by these limitation of liability and indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents as to which indemnification is sought from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in an indemnification claim.

Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be effective upon consummation of the offering could make the acquisition of the Company more difficult and could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including takeover attempts that might result in the payment of a premium to stockholders over the market price for their shares. These provisions also may promote the continuity of our management by making it more difficult for a person to remove or change the incumbent members of our board of directors.

Multi-class Common Stock Structure. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, each share of our Class C common stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share and each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally.

Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval except as required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Board Classification. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders are not permitted to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called, prior to the Trigger Event, only by or at the direction of our board of directors or our Chairman at the request of holders of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock and, from and after the Trigger Event, only by or at the direction of our board of directors or our Chairman.

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent from and after the Trigger Event.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Nomination of Directors. Our bylaws will require stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate individuals for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders to provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be sent to and received by our Secretary both (1) at our principal executive offices by hand delivery, overnight courier service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, and (2) by electronic mail, as provided in the bylaws, no later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 70 days after the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such notice will be timely only if received no earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and no later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and the 10th day following the date on which a public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made by us. Our bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our meetings of stockholders. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the potential acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies. Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that from and after the Trigger Event, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to the Trigger Event, directors nominated by a Principal Equity Owner and serving as a director shall not be removed by the other Principal Equity Owners without cause. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will also provide that from and after the Trigger Event, any newly created directorship on our board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in our board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

Supermajority Provisions. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation. From and after the Trigger Event, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of our Company required therein, our bylaws or applicable law, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

   

the provisions regarding Section 203 of the DGCL;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director and governing forum selection; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 of the DGCL provides that, subject to certain stated exceptions, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans in which participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

An “interested stockholder” is any person (other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary) who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date of determination, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

We intend to opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain substantially similar provisions. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Principal Equity Owners and their affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees, and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on NYSE under the symbol “CWAN.”

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. Future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, and the availability of shares for future sale, could adversely affect the market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nonetheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the future, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Upon consummation of the offering, we will have outstanding 42,866,089 shares of Class A common stock (or a maximum of 47,366,089 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares), 11,151,110 shares of Class B common stock and 43,340,216 shares of Class C common stock and 134,121,127 shares of Class D common stock. Of these shares, 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, all of the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, provided that up to 2,396,437 shares will be eligible to be sold at the commencement of the first trading day after 60 days from the date of this prospectus and up to an additional 2,002,049 shares will be eligible to be sold during the lock-up period as a result of the vesting of outstanding awards.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities, provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, (2) we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8, which will become effective immediately upon filing, under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. Shares covered by the Form S-8 will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements.

The lock-up agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by the representatives of the underwriters on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including, but not necessarily limited to, the market price of the Class A common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the Class A common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering and after the expiration of the 180 day lock-up period, the holders of an aggregate of 177,461,343 shares of our common stock or their transferees will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act will result in these shares becoming freely tradable immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate tax laws, gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

 

   

persons holding our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

persons that are subject to the “applicable financial statement” rules under the Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2) of the Code) and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

If any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner,

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our Class A common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock.

INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING AUTHORITY OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the U.S. any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of all substantial decisions of the trust is by one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a nontaxable return of capital up to (and will reduce, but not below zero) a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock. Any excess amounts generally will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such Non-U.S. Holder is not a “United States person” as defined in the Code and qualifies for a reduced treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S.

Any such effectively connected dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules in their particular circumstances.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our Class A common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder for that taxable year (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-USRPIs and our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or that will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our Class A common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other taxable disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

constructively, 5% or less of our Class A common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. If we were to become a USRPHC and our Class A common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules in their particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, generally by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI (or a successor form), or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our Class A common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such dividend, sale, or other taxable disposition. Proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides, is established or is organized.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the Non-U.S. Holder timely files the appropriate claim with the IRS and furnishes any required information to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding rules with respect to an investment in our Class A common stock.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Subject to the discussion below regarding the Proposed Regulations (defined below), withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “nonfinancial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or nonfinancial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the nonfinancial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or nonfinancial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions or branches thereof located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Although FATCA withholding could apply to gross proceeds on the disposition of our Class A common stock, on December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations (the “Proposed Regulations”) the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers may rely on them pending finalization. The Proposed Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. There can be no assurance that the Proposed Regulations will be finalized in their present form.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of our Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

  

D.A. Davidson & Co.

  

AmeriVet Securities, Inc.

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  

Penserra Securities LLC

  

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

  

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     30,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 4,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 4,500,000 additional shares.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $9.5 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $30,000 for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this offering. In addition, the underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses in connection with the offering.

We and our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) at least 120 days have elapsed from the date of this prospectus and (ii) the Lock-up Period is scheduled to expire during a Blackout Period or within five trading days prior to a Blackout Period, the Lock-up Period will end on the 10th trading date prior to commencement of the Blackout Period.

The restrictions set forth above applicable to our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our common stock are subject to specified exceptions, including the following:

(a) transfers (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts or as charitable contributions (provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value), (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party (provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value), or (iii) to any beneficiary of or estate of a beneficiary of the lock-up party pursuant to a trust, will, other testamentary document or intestate succession or applicable laws of descent (provided that the beneficiary or the estate of a beneficiary, as applicable, agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value);

(b) transfers to a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity of which the lock-up party and the immediate family of the lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, provided that such partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value;

(c) transfers by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order of a court (including a divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement) or regulatory agency, provided that the transferee or transferees agree to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions;

(d) transfers in transactions relating to shares of Class A common stock acquired in this offering (if the lock-up party is not one of our officers or directors) or in market transactions after the completion of this offering;

(e) transfers by (i) the exercise of stock options solely with cash granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described herein, and the receipt from us by the lock-up party of shares of our common stock upon such exercise, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock to us upon the “net” or “cashless” exercise of stock options or other equity awards granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described herein, (iii) transfers of shares of common stock to us for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to any award of equity-based compensation granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described herein or (iv) forfeitures of shares of common stock to us to satisfy tax withholding requirements of the lock-up party or the Company upon the vesting, during the Lock-up Period, of equity based awards granted under equity incentive plans or pursuant to other stock purchase arrangements, in each case described herein, provided that, in each case, the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement, and provided further that no filings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-up Period and, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes the nature of the transaction;

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(f) transfer pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock after the consummation of this offering and approved by our board of directors, the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, CWAN Holdings, LLC or any of the Company’s stockholders and their affiliates as of immediately prior to such transaction, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, provided that, in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the lock-up party’s shares shall remain subject to the lock-up provisions;

(g) transfer to us in connection with the repurchase by us from the lock-up party of shares of common stock pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the lock-up party’s employment with us, provided that such repurchase right is pursuant to contractual agreements with us, and provided further that no filings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period and, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction;

(h) if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) distributions of shares of common stock to limited partners, general partners, members, stockholders or holders of similar interests in the lock-up party (or, in each case, its nominee or custodian) or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by or under common control or common investment management with the lock-up party or (ii) transfers of shares of common stock to affiliates or other entities controlled or managed by the lock-up party or any of its affiliates (other than the Company, CWAN Holdings, LLC or any of their subsidiaries), provided that each distributee and transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value; or

(i) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be made by or on behalf of the lock-up party or us regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

provided that, in the case of clause (a), (b), (c), (d) and (h) above, no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Schedule 13G (or 13G/A) or Form 13F (or 13F/A) filing or a filing on Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date of this prospectus).

The lock-up restrictions described above do not apply to us with respect to certain transactions, including in connection with (1) the sale of our Class A common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement; (2) the issuance of options to purchase our common stock or other equity incentive compensation, in each case pursuant to our equity plans described herein, or under equity plans or similar plans of companies acquired by us in accordance with clause (5) in effect on the date of acquisition; (3) the issuance of our common stock upon the exercise of options, the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities, or the settlement of restricted stock units or other equity-based compensation outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such option, restricted stock unit or other security is disclosed herein; (4) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of our equity plans described herein; and (5) the issuance of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination, provided that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this clause (5) during the Lock-Up Period shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering.

At our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

directors, officers and employees through the Reserved Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares of Class A common stock, it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Any shares sold in the Reserved Share Program to a party who has entered into a lock-up agreement shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreement.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to quote the shares of our Class A common stock on NYSE under the symbol “CWAN.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of shares of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the shares. As a result, the price of the shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each EEA Member State (each a “Relevant Member State”), no shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the company or any underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘offer to the public’ in relation to the shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offering contemplated hereby will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and the company that:

 

  a)

it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; and

 

  b)

in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or have been acquired in other circumstances falling within the points (a) to (d) of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation and the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where the shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Regulation as having been made to such persons.

The company, the underwriters and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified investor and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire shares in the offering.

United Kingdom

This prospectus and any other material in relation to the shares described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, and any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to, and will be engaged in only with persons who are (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of investment professionals in Article 19(5) of the FPO; or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the FPO; (iii) outside the UK; or (iv) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any shares may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated, (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Persons”). The shares are only available in the UK to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire the shares will be engaged in only with, the Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the UK. Any person in the UK that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA.

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the company and/or any underwriters or any of their affiliates to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

Each person in the UK who acquires any shares in the offering or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the company, the underwriters and their affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.

Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this document (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”)

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

India

This document has not been and will not be filed as a prospectus or placement document / private placement offer cum application or letter of offer with any regulatory authority in India. Neither this document nor any other offering document or material relating to the offering has been circulated or distributed nor will it be circulated or distributed to the public or any members of the public in India. This document does not constitute an offer to the public in India to subscribe for or otherwise acquire the securities. This document is for the exclusive use of the persons to whom it is delivered and should not be circulated or distributed or forwarded to any other person.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $9.5 million.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates are our clients. Additionally, Clearwater Analytics, LLC intends to enter into the New Credit Agreement in connection with this offering. We expect that affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will be lenders under the New Credit Agreement, and will receive customary fees and expenses for serving in such roles.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher  & Flom LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years then ended have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, included elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. as of May 18, 2021 have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, included elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or other document referred to in or filed as an exhibit to this registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at https://clearwater-analytics.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on these websites is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of these website addresses in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited) and May 18, 2021

     F-3  

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June  30, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Deficit for the six month period ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

     F-9  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-11  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12  

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholder and Board of Directors

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of May 18, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of May 18, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

Boise, Idaho

June 10, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CLEARWATER ANALYTICS HOLDINGS, INC.

Balance Sheet

($ in dollars)

 

     June 30, 2021      May 18, 2021  

ASSETS

    

(unaudited)

 

Cash

   $ 10      $ —    

Related party receivable

     —          10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10      $ 10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding

   $ 10      $ 10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

   $ 10      $ 10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

1. Organization

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 18, 2021. The Corporation’s fiscal year end is December 31. Pursuant to a planned reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Corporation will hold equity ownership of CWAN Holdings, LLC.

The Corporation will be the managing member of CWAN Holdings, LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of CWAN Holdings, LLC and, through CWAN Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these entities.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity or because the single transaction is fully disclosed below.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, and the related footnotes are unaudited. The unaudited interim balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited balance sheet includes all the adjustments necessary to state fairly the Company’s position as of June 30, 2021. Separate interim statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity or because the single transaction is fully disclosed below.

3. Stockholder’s Equity

The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”). Under the corporation’s certificate of incorporation in effect as of May 18, 2021, all shares of Common Stock are identical. In exchange for a related party receivable of $10, the Corporation has issued 1,000 shares of Common Stock, all of which were held by CWAN Holdings, LLC as of May 18, 2021.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 10, 2021, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

The related party receivable was collected on June 9, 2021.

Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In preparing the unaudited balance sheet and the related footnotes as of June 30, 2021, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 13, 2021, which is the date these unaudited financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members and Board of Directors

CWAN Holdings, LLC:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CWAN Holdings, LLC (formerly known as Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Boise, Idaho

June 10, 2021, except for the third and fourth paragraphs of Note 14, as to which the date is August 13, 2021, and the eighth paragraph of Note 14, as to which the date is September 14, 2021

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

     June 30,     December 31,  
     2021     2020     2019  
     (unaudited)              

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,031     $ 61,088     $ 20,254  

Accounts receivable, net

     45,075       32,882       26,557  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     14,233       7,550       6,002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     100,339       101,520       52,813  

Property and equipment, net

     9,330       8,849       7,094  

Deferred contract costs, non-current

     4,021       4,580       3,799  

Debt issuance costs – line of credit

     403       420       262  

Other non-current assets

     6,405       190       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 120,498     $ 115,559     $ 63,968  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 601     $ 1,340     $ 1,140  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     24,677       33,789       16,620  

Notes payable, current portion

     3,077       3,077       2,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     28,355       38,206       20,560  

Notes payable, less current maturities and unamortized debt issuance costs of $9,327 and $6,229 and $8,370 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and June 30, 2021, respectively

     421,245       421,827       244,071  

Other long-term liabilities

     136       134       59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     449,736       460,167       264,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

      

Total members’ deficit

     (329,238     (344,608     (200,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 120,498     $ 115,559     $ 63,968  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended June, 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
           2021                 2020                 2020                 2019        
     (unaudited)              

Revenue

   $ 117,770     $ 95,109     $ 203,222     $ 168,001  

Cost of revenue

     29,898       26,891       53,263       47,145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     87,872       68,218       149,959       120,856  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     32,576       24,069       55,262       39,275  

Sales and marketing

     16,025       8,600       22,243       19,082  

General and administrative

     18,727       10,974       43,874       36,802  

Recapitalization compensation expenses

     —         —         48,998       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,328       43,643       170,377       95,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     20,544       24,575       (20,418     25,697  

Interest and other expense, net

     (17,024     (10,730     (22,910     (17,892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,520       13,845       (43,328     7,805  

Income taxes

     320       210       902       73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,200     $ 13,635     $ (44,230   $ 7,732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
           2021                  2020                 2020                 2019        
     (unaudited)              

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,200      $ 13,635     $ (44,230   $ 7,732  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     16        (149     71       85  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,216      $ 13,486     $ (44,159   $ 7,817  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Class A and
Class B Units
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Members’ Deficit  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     165,628,092     $ (141,179   $ (98   $ (209,308   $ (350,585

Issuance of common units

     31,136,364       137,000       —         —         137,000  

Repurchase of common units

     (718,622     (3,780     —         —         (3,780

Exercise of options to purchase common units

     648,333       2,593       —         —         2,593  

Equity-based compensation

     —         6,233       —         —         6,233  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         —         85       —         85  

Net income

     —         —         —         7,732       7,732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     196,694,167     $ 867     $ (13   $ (201,576   $ (200,722

Repurchase of common units

     (102,736     (567     —         —         (567

Exercise of options to purchase common units

     4,503,388       424       —         —         424  

Dividend to unitholders

     —         (163,258     —         —         (163,258

Distributions to unitholders for taxes

     —         (9,926     —         —         (9,926

Contributions from selling unitholders

     —         48,998       —         —         48,998  

Equity-based compensation

     —         24,602       —         —         24,602  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         —         71       —         71  

Net loss

     —         —         —         (44,230     (44,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     201,094,819     $ (98,860   $ 58     $ (245,806   $ (344,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     Class A and B
Units
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Members'
Deficit
 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     196,694,167     $ 867     $ (13   $ (201,576   $ (200,722

Equity-based compensation (unaudited)

     —         4,988       —         —         4,988  

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

     —         —         (149     —         (149

Net income (unaudited)

     —         —         —         13,635       13,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     196,694,167     $ 5,855     $ (162   $ (187,941   $ (182,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Six Months Ended June 30, 2021  
     Class A and B
Units
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Members'
Deficit
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     201,094,819     $ (98,860   $ 58     $ (245,806   $ (344,608

Issuance of common units (unaudited)

     125,807       1,560       —         —         1,560  

Repurchase of common units (unaudited)

     (50,464     (626     —         —         (626

Exercise of options to purchase common units (unaudited)

     196,059       251       —         —         251  

Options withheld for minimum tax obligations for net unit settlement (unaudited)

     (47,364     (587     —         —         (587

Equity-based compensation (unaudited)

     —         11,556       —         —         11,556  

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

     —         —         16       —         16  

Net income (unaudited)

     —         —         —         3,200       3,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     201,318,857     $ (86,706   $ 74     $ (242,606   $ (329,238
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
          2021                 2020                 2020                 2019        
    (unaudited)              

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,200     $ 13,635     $ (44,230   $ 7,732  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation

    1,412       1,047       2,271       2,019  

Equity-based compensation

    11,556       4,988       24,602       6,233  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs

    1,511       998       2,340       1,369  

Amortization of debt issuance costs, included in interest expense

    974       1,347       2,506       1,698  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable, net

    (12,193     (2,802     (6,325     (5,660

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (11,433     (897     (767     589  

Accounts payable

    50       (574     67       166  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (4,247     (2,472     9,746       4,175  

Deferred commissions

    (1,245     (663     (4,092     (3,495

Accrued sales tax liability

    (5,379     —         9,102       692  

Deferred revenue

    (603     2       (5     428  

Accrued interest on debt

    45       (3,070     (1,776     4,025  

Other long-term liabilities

    —         (4     75       —    

Accrued legal matters

    —         —         —         (250,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (16,352     11,535       (6,486     (230,029
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,231     (2,386     (3,806     (3,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,231     (2,386     (3,806     (3,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Contributions from selling unitholders

    —         —         48,998       —    

Proceeds from issuance of common units

    1,560       —         —         137,000  

Proceeds from exercise of options

    251       —         424       2,593  

Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net unit settlement

    (587     —         —         —    

Dividend distributed to unitholders

    —         —         (163,258     —    

Distributions to unitholders for taxes

    —         —         (9,926     —    

Repurchase of common units

    (626     —         (567     (3,780

Proceeds from borrowings

    —         —         202,688       105,000  

Repayment of borrowings

    (1,539     (525     (21,557     (463

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 

—  

 

 

    (5,761     (2,635

Payment of costs associated with offering

    (400     —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(525

 

 

    51,041       237,715  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

(133

 

 

 

 

 

(158

 

    85       87  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalent during the period

    (20,057     8,466       40,834       4,401  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

    61,088       20,254       20,254       15,853  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

  $ 41,031     $ 28,720     $ 61,088     $ 20,254  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 15,769     $ 12,389     $ 22,182     $ 12,252  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 57     $ 65     $ 429     $ 68  

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expense

  $ —       $ —       $ 489     $ 255  

Direct costs incurred with the offering included in other assets and accrued expenses

  $ 1,172       —         —         —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Business

CWAN Holdings, LLC (FKA Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) provides a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) solution for investment data aggregation, accounting, analytics, and reporting services to insurers, investment managers, corporations, institutional investors and government entities. The SaaS is provisioned to customers via a web-based user interface (“UI”).

The Company’s headquarters are located in Boise, Idaho, with operations in the United States (“U.S.”), United Kingdom (“UK”), India and Singapore.

Clearwater Analytics LLC began operations in 2004. On September 1, 2016, the Company facilitated the merger of Carbon Analytics Merger Sub LLC into Clearwater Analytics LLC (the “Merger”), both wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. As a result of the Merger and related transactions, investment funds associated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (“WCAS”) acquired a controlling interest in the Company through WCAS XII Carbon Analytics Acquisition L.P. (the “acquirer”).

Liquidity

In 2020, the Company incurred a loss from operations and negative cash flows primarily as a result of the recapitalization transactions described in Note 11 to these financial statements (the “Recap”).

In 2019, the Company incurred negative operating cash flows from legal fees and settlement of outstanding legal matters. The Company secured additional borrowing capacity through the third and fourth amendment to its credit facility and raised additional capital from existing investors to fund the legal matter and related fees. There are no longer any contingencies related to this legal matter.

Management anticipates that the Company’s available cash, future operating cash flow and revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet all operating obligations for at least twelve months from the date of issuance.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated through consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), members’ deficit, and cash flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the related footnotes, are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all the adjustments necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2021 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six month periods are unaudited. The results for the six month period ended June 30, 2021 is not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021, or any future period.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Items subject to estimates and assumptions include the useful lives and recoverability of long-lived assets, the average period of benefit associated with deferred contract costs, allowances for doubtful accounts, sales reserves, accruals for sales tax liabilities, and the fair value of equity awards. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the result of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments, or assumptions and actual results, the Company’s consolidated financial statements will be affected.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company earns revenue primarily from providing access to its SaaS platform solution to its customers, and to a lesser degree, from services that support the implementation on the SaaS platform. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies performance obligations under the terms of the contract in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for the services. The Company determines the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized using the following steps: (i) identification of contracts with customers, (ii) identification of the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determination of transaction price, (iv) allocation of contract transaction price to the performance obligations, and (v) recognition of revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Often contracts contain more than one performance obligation. Performance obligations are the unit of accounting for revenue recognition and generally represent the distinct services that are promised to the customer.

The Company typically bills its customers monthly in arrears based on a percentage of the average of the daily value of the assets within a customer’s accounts on the platform. Payment terms may vary by contract but generally include a requirement of payment within 30 days following the month in which services were provided. Customers generally have the right to cancel with 30 days’ notice with no penalty.

The Company’s SaaS services allow the customer to access the services without taking possession of the software. Non-refundable fees invoiced in advance of the delivery of the Company’s performance obligations are deemed set up activities and are deferred as a material right and recognized over time, typically 12 months. After set up activities, customers typically receive benefits from implementation services prior to the “go live” date, at which point they can use the platform as intended in the arrangement. We have determined these implementation services are generally a separate performance obligation. As the Company’s platform must stand ready to provide the services throughout the contract period, revenues are recognized as the services are provided over time beginning on the date the service is made available as intended in the arrangement.

Costs Incurred to Obtain Revenue Contracts

The Company’s incremental direct costs of obtaining a contract consist of sales commissions which are deferred and amortized ratably over the term of economic benefit, which the Company has determined to be four years. These deferred contract costs are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when the Company expects to recognize the expense. The current and non-current portions of deferred commissions are included in

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

prepaid expenses and other current assets, and deferred contract costs, non-current, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company had $7.7 million, $5.7 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of deferred contract costs.

Recoverability of these costs is subject to various business risks. The Company compares the carrying value of these assets with the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by them to determine if there is impairment. No impairment losses were recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited).

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue (as reflected in accrued expenses and other current liabilities – see Note 4 to these Financial Statements) generally consists of non-refundable fees invoiced during the period in which the Company is performing set-up activities. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue. At each of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $1.4 million of deferred revenue recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the financial statements. At June 30, 2021 (unaudited) the Company had $0.8 million of deferred revenue recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds, purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains the vast majority of its cash with United States financial institutions of high credit quality. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the credit standing of such institutions.

Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. This allowance is based upon historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with delinquent accounts. Receivables are written-off and charged against its recorded allowance when the Company has exhausted collection efforts without success.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company did not have any clients that contributed more than 10% of revenue. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company did not have any clients that accounted for 10% or more of total accounts receivable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and notes payable. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value as of the balance sheet dates, due to the short period of time to maturity. Accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for the Company’s notes payable approximates fair value because the interest rate is variable and reflects current market values. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company has not elected the fair value option for any financial assets or liabilities for which such an election would have been permitted.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company measures financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy that requires the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid by the Company to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

 

   

Level I – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level II – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level III – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company classifies its cash equivalents, which are made up of money market accounts, within Level 1 because the Company values these assets using quoted market prices.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of related improvements. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense in the period incurred.

Costs associated with the development of internal use software incurred during the application and development stage are capitalized and recorded as part of property and equipment, net. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if the expenditures will result in adding functionality to the software.

Depreciation and amortization periods for property and equipment are as follows:

 

Property and Equipment

   Estimated Useful Life  

Computer equipment

     3 years  

Furniture and fixtures

     3 – 5 years

Internally developed software

     4 years  

Leasehold improvements

    
Lesser of estimated useful life or
remaining lease term
 
 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If a long-lived asset is considered impaired, the impairment equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. There were no events or changes in business circumstances during the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019, and the six month period ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited), that indicated the carrying amounts of any long-lived assets were not fully recoverable.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Lease Obligations

The Company has entered into various operating lease agreements for its offices. The Company recognizes operating lease costs on a straight-line basis over the term of each agreement, taking into account provisions such as free or escalating base monthly rental payments or deferred payment terms.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses that are related to delivery of revenue generating services, including expenses associated with client services, global delivery, reconciliation, and agreements related to the purchase of data used in the provision of the Company’s services. Certain personnel expenses associated with supporting these functions, including associated allocated overhead expenses, are also included in cost of revenue.

Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the related software, which is generally four years, and are recorded as cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Research and Development

Research and development costs consist of personnel expenses, including salaries and benefits, bonuses, equity-based compensation and related overhead costs for employees engaged in the design, development and maintenance of the Company’s offerings and other internally used systems and applications.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes equity-based compensation expense for instruments based on the estimated fair value of equity-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, which is generally consistent with the vesting of the awards, based on the estimated fair value of the equity-based awards issued to employees and directors that are expected to vest. Equity-based compensation that vests on a performance event, such as annual targets for the Company, begins to be recognized at the date that the performance event becomes probable, and compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over any remaining service period. If there are any modifications of equity-based awards, the Company may be required to accelerate, increase, decrease, or reverse any equity-based compensation expense on the unvested awards.

Income Taxes

The Company was formed as a limited liability company and elected taxation as a partnership for federal U.S. tax purposes. Earnings and losses are included in the income tax returns of the member and taxed depending on its tax strategies. Accordingly, the Company will likely not incur significant income tax obligations.

As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the unrecognized tax benefit accrual was $0.

The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred.

The international subsidiaries of the Company are corporations and therefore, subject to income taxes. The international subsidiaries earn revenue by providing services to the Company on a “cost plus markup” basis. Income taxes are recorded at the statutory rate within income tax expense on the consolidated statement of

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

operations and income taxes payable on the consolidated balance sheet due to the minimal temporary differences between book expense and the amount of taxes paid within these regimes. Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

US Income (loss)

   $ 2,168      $ 13,244      $ (46,923    $ 6,926  

Foreign Income

     1,352        601        3,595        879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $    3,520      $  13,845      $ (43,328    $    7,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average statutory tax rate of foreign subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is 23% and 22%, respectively. The average statutory tax rate of foreign subsidiaries for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited) is 25% and 23%, respectively.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are amortized over the period the related obligation is outstanding using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs related to the term note are included within notes payable on the consolidated balance sheet. Debt issuance costs associated with the line of credit are included as a non-current asset on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of debt issuance costs are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of two elements: net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to income or (losses) that are recorded as an element of members’ deficit but are excluded from the Company’s net income (loss). For all periods presented, the Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments related to its foreign subsidiaries.

Foreign Currency

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are their local currencies. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date, and the consolidated statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting unrealized cumulative translation adjustment is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in members’ deficit.

The Company has transactions in foreign currencies other than the functional currency. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time the transactions occur. Subsequent changes in exchange rates result in transaction gains and losses which are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as unrealized (based on the applicable period-end exchange rate) or realized upon settlement of the transactions. Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in interest and other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized net foreign currency losses of $38,000 and $89,000 , respectively. During the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company recognized net foreign currency losses of $13,000 and net foreign currency gain of $40,000, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”. This update eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2020 and the impact of the adoption was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

As an Emerging Growth Company, the Company has elected to defer compliance with new or revised financial accounting standards until the Company is required to comply with such standards based on adoption dates for non-issuers.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases”. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the assets and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs That is A Service Contract”. This update provides guidance for determining if a cloud computing arrangement is within the scope of internal-use software guidance and would require capitalization of certain implementation costs. The standard is effective for the Company beginning January 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Revenue recognition

The Company is applying the optional exemption to not disclose transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations as the Company’s performance obligations are part of contracts that have an expected original duration of one year or less.

Of the total revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020, $1.4 million was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2019. Of the total revenue recognized for the six month period ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited), $0.6 million was included in deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2020. Revenues recognized from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods were not material. Revenue by geography as presented in Note 12 Segment and Geographic Information is determined based on the billing address of the customer.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) in accordance with the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2021  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 41,031      $      —        $      —        $ 41,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 41,031      $ —        $ —        $ 41,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2020  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 60,886      $ —        $ —        $ 60,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 60,886      $ —        $ —        $ 60,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2019  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 17,761      $ —        $ —        $ 17,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 17,761      $ —        $ —        $ 17,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the six month period ended June 30, 2021 (unaudited), there were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

5. Balance Sheet Components

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Unbilled accounts receivable

   $ 23,448      $ 23,715      $ 18,114  

Billed accounts receivable

     21,662        9,200        8,486  

Allowance for doubtful accounts and reserves

     (35      (33      (43
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 45,075      $ 32,882      $ 26,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The majority of invoices included within unbilled accounts receivable balance are issued within the first few days of the month directly following the period of service.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Prepaid expenses

   $ 8,462      $ 4,141      $ 3,130  

Deferred contract costs, current portion

     3,196        2,903        1,932  

Deferred costs associated with offering

     1,572        —          —    

Other current assets

     1,003        506        940  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 14,233      $   7,550      $   6,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Computer equipment

   $ 13,265      $ 12,248      $ 10,133  

Leasehold improvements

     3,029        2,965        2,568  

Furniture and fixtures

     981        818        660  

Internally developed software

     2,184        1,538        497  

Construction in process

     360        508        179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     19,819         18,077         14,037  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (10,489      (9,228      (6,943
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 9,330      $ 8,849      $ 7,094  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $2.3 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Depreciation expense was $1.4 million and $1.0 million for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

Other Non-current Assets

Other Non-current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Prepaid management fee to investors

   $ 5,617      $ —        $ —    

Long term deposits

     180        112        —    

Prepaid IT costs

     608        78        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

   $ 6,405      $    190      $    —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2021      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Accrued sales tax liability

   $ 4,615      $ 9,994      $ 891  

Accrued interest

     2,350        2,306        4,082  

Accrued bonus

     3,456        4,023        2,563  

Accrued vendor liabilities

     5,247        2,369        1,555  

Accrued benefits and retirement

     2,390        2,562        1,528  

Deferred revenue

     816        1,420        1,424  

Accrued commissions

     1,052        2,371        1,119  

Deferred rent

     1,385        1,238        970  

Accrued reimbursement to unitholders (Note 11)

     —          4,880        —    

Other current liabilities

     3,366        2,626        2,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 24,677      $ 33,789      $ 16,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has a contractual right to collect and remit sales or other related taxes from customers. Any taxes are the responsibility of the customer. In 2019, after considering the evolving changes to many states’ assessment of the taxability of SaaS services, management recorded a reserve for unremitted sales tax. The reserve included an estimate of customers’ self-assessment and self-reporting of their tax liability. Throughout 2020, the Company conducted a comprehensive review of its sales tax reporting obligations across all relevant jurisdictions including contacting customers to determine customer self-assessment of their obligations. After completing the review, management learned that customer self-assessment was much lower than estimated and determined it would not enforce its right to collect past unremitted sales tax from customers. Therefore, the estimated potential sales tax liability for the period prior to December 31, 2019 was increased by $3.9 million. This was accounted for as a change in estimate and recorded in 2020. Beginning in January 2021, the Company commenced collecting and remitting taxes from those customers with obligations.

6. Credit Agreement

On September 1, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Ares Capital Corporation and Golub Capital LLC (the “Credit Agreement”) that included both a $20 million revolving line of credit (“LC”) and a $175 million term note (“Term Note”). Under the original Credit Agreement, the LC and Term Note were to mature on September 1, 2022. The net proceeds of the Term Note were used to fund the merger with Carbon Analytics Merger Sub LLC. All proceeds from the note went directly from the bank to an escrow agent for disbursement to owners of Clearwater Analytics, LLC. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either the Company selected LIBOR Rate (subject to a 1% floor) or the Index Rate (Prime Rate quoted from the Wall Street Journal), plus the applicable margin. All borrowings are collateralized by all property and assets of the Company. Interest is due at the end of the selected LIBOR period or at the end of the index rate loan term. The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $6.2 million on September 1, 2016.

On March 27, 2018 the Company amended the Credit Agreement to modify the applicable margin rate from 7.5% to 5% for both the Term Note and LC. The Company incurred $2.2 million in debt issue costs related to the modification.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On July 3, 2019 and December 3, 2019, the Company entered into the Third and Fourth Amendments to the Credit Agreement. The lenders provided incremental Term Loans of $80 million and $25 million, respectively. The proceeds were used to finance the payment of fees and expenses related to legal matters. The Company incurred a closing fee equal to 2.50% on the incremental term commitments and an amendment fee of 0.25% of the aggregate principal outstanding in the Third Amendment and a closing fee equal to 2.00% in the Fourth Amendment. The Company incurred additional debt issuance costs as a result of the third and fourth amendment in the amount of $2.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

On October 19, 2020, the Company entered into the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement. The lenders provided an incremental Term Loan of $202.7 million and increased the amount available to borrow from the LC by $10 million. The proceeds were used to fund distributions to unitholders and a $0.83 per unit dividend to all Class A and B unitholders. The Company incurred a closing fee equal to 2.64% on the incremental term commitment. The Company incurred additional debt issuance costs as a result of the fifth amendment in the amount of $5.8 million. The Amended Credit Agreement extended the maturity of the Credit Agreement and the LC and Term Note now mature on October 31, 2025.

LC

The LC provides available borrowings of up to $30 million, of which the facility was increased by $10 million under the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement. There were no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Borrowings under the line of credit are subject to certain covenants and restrictions on indebtedness. For each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred an unused commitment expense of $0.3 million recorded in interest and other expenses, net. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company incurred an unused commitment expense of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, recorded in interest and other expenses, net.

Term Note

Amounts outstanding on the Term Note totaled $434.2 million and $253.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The interest rates as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 7.250% and 7.654%, respectively. The effective interest rates as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 7.63% and 8.40%, respectively. Interest on the term note is due at the end of the selected LIBOR period or at the end of the index rate loan term. The Term Note requires a minimum quarterly principal payment of 0.25% of the outstanding principal. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company paid $22.2 million, $12.3 million, $15.8 million and $12.4 million in interest, respectively. Borrowings are collateralized by all property and assets of the Company.

The LC and term note agreements, including each amendment, contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, make investments, make acquisitions, enter into transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or make distributions. The Company is also required to maintain compliance with a consolidated net leverage ratio. The line of credit and term note agreements also includes customary events of default.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Future maturities of debt as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2021

   $ 3,077  

2022

     3,077  

2023

     3,077  

2024

     3,077  

2025

     421,923  
  

 

 

 

Total principal debt

     434,231  

Unamortized loan costs

     (9,327
  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 424,904  
  

 

 

 

Future maturities of debt as of June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Period Ending June 30 (unaudited),

      

Remainder of 2021

   $ 1,539  

2022

     3,077  

2023

     3,077  

2024

     3,077  

2025

     421,923  
  

 

 

 

Total principal debt

     432,692  

Unamortized loan costs

     (8,370
  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 424,322  
  

 

 

 

7. Employee Retirement Plan

The Company’s U.S. 401K and international pension plans are defined contribution plans (“the Plans”) that are available to employees that meet certain eligibility requirements. Company cash contributions to the Plans are based on a percentage of employee contributions subject to an annual limitation. The Company reserves the right to amend the Plans at any time.

The Company made contributions of $3.4 million, $2.7 million, $2.1 million and $1.5 million during the periods ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space for its headquarters in Boise, Idaho, sales offices in New York City, London, and San Francisco, and client service offices in Edinburgh, U.K. and Noida, India under non-cancelable operating leases.

The Boise, Idaho headquarters office has a 10-year lease with two optional 5-year renewal periods. Annual payments are $2.4 million, with a 2% annual increase. The other sales and client service offices have annual payments of $1.0 million a year, some of which have contractual annual increases.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under the Company’s non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2021

   $ 3,109  

2022

     3,179  

2023

     3,229  

2024

     3,198  

2025

     2,999  

Thereafter

     3,471  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 19,185  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense was $3.4 million and $2.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

During the six month period ended June 30, 2021, the Company entered into new lease agreements in Bellevue, Seattle, Paris, France and Frankfurt, Germany. The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under the Company’s non-cancellable leases as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Period Ending June 30 (unaudited),

      

Remainder of 2021

   $ 1,713  

2022

     3,737  

2023

     3,653  

2024

     3,603  

2025

     3,464  

Thereafter

     3,859  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 20,029  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense was $1.8 million and $1.6 million for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

Purchase Obligations

The Company has future minimum purchase obligations under arrangements with third parties who provide hosting infrastructure services, cloud services, and SaaS accounting solutions.

The following is a schedule of future minimum purchase obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2021

   $ 5,142  

2022

     4,510  

2023

     4,436  
  

 

 

 

Total future purchase obligations

   $ 14,088  
  

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), there were no other material changes to the Company’s purchase commitments since December 31, 2020.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Litigation

From time to time, in the course of its operations, the Company is party to litigation matters and claims. Litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict, and the Company’s view of these matters may change in the future as the litigation and events related thereto unfold. An unfavorable outcome in any legal matter, if material, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operation in the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs and potentially in future periods. The Company reviews the status of each legal matter or other claim and records a provision for the liability when it is considered both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company expenses any legal expenses as incurred.

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $0.3 million and $14.8 million of legal fees which are reflected in General and Administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. During the six month periods ended June 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company incurred $0.1 million and $0 million of legal fees which are reflected in General and Administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

9. Equity-Based Compensation

The Company has an equity incentive plan, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), a total of 22,500,000 and 28,299,532 units, respectively, were authorized for issuance under the Equity Plan. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the total number of units available for future grants under the Equity Plan was 3,012,902 units and 62,638 units, respectively. Under the Equity Plan, any options that are exercised, purchased, forfeited or used to fulfill tax obligations but do not result in the issuance of a unit do not result in a reduction in the number of units authorized for issuance under the Equity Plan.

Under the Equity Plan, the Company may grant option awards to purchase Class B units or restrictive stock units (“RSUs”) to Company employees, directors and contractors at exercise prices not less than the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the Equity Plan expire ten years from the date of grant and are either subject to vesting generally over a five-year period and carry both time-based and performance-based vesting schedules, or generally over a four-year period which carry a time-based vesting schedule. The options were accounted for under ASC 718 as equity-classified awards.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Unit activity related to options under the Equity Plan is as follows:

 

     Units
Activity
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Unit
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(In Years)
 

Balance – December 31, 2018

     13,093,333      $ 4.52        9.25  

Granted

     4,566,250        5.72     

Exercised

     (648,333      4.00     

Forfeited

     (1,170,000      4.60     
  

 

 

       

Balance – December 31, 2019

     15,841,250      $ 4.88        8.55  

Granted

     6,626,141        5.12     

Exercised

     (6,796,126      4.24     

Forfeited

     (778,130      4.24     
  

 

 

       

Balance – December 31, 2020

     14,893,135      $ 4.60        9.19  

Granted (unaudited)

     9,169,556        12.88     

Exercised (unaudited)

     (262,136      4.08     

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (530,855      7.32     
  

 

 

       

Balance – June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     23,269,700        7.80        8.50  
  

 

 

       

Options vested – December 31, 2020

     4,321,980      $ 4.24        7.68  

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2020

     14,893,135      $ 4.60        9.19  

Options vested – June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     6,381,089      $ 4.28        7.25  

Options vested and expected to vest –June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     23,269,700      $ 7.80        8.50  

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited), total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options was $14.9 million and $56.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.24 years and 3.56 years, respectively.

Of the 6,796,126 options which were exercised for the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 2,292,737 options withheld to fulfill the exercise price obligation and did not result in the issuance of a unit (see Note 10, Members’ Deficit).

In general, options which vest over a five-year period are subject to two types of vesting conditions, based on continuous employment over the five-year period:

Time-based vesting – 40% of the units awarded are eligible to vest in substantially equal annual installments on each of the first five anniversaries of employment.

Performance-based vesting – 60% of the units awarded are eligible to vest in equal annual installments upon the achievement of annual targets for the Company determined by the Compensation Committee. The units vest annually when the Compensation Committee approves that annual targets have been achieved. The measurement date of the performance-based vesting portion of employee options is deemed to be the date that the performance vesting targets for the upcoming year are communicated, typically in January.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In general, options which vest over a four-year period are subject to time-based vesting conditions based on continuous employment over the four-year period:

Time-based vesting – 25% of the units awarded are eligible to vest on the first anniversary of employment, and 75% are subsequently eligible to vest on a monthly basis over the remaining three-year period of employment.

During June 2021, the Company began to grant RSUs to employees. The summary of RSU activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Units
Activity
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Unvested units as of December 31, 2020

          $ —        $ —    

Granted (unaudited)

     375,000        14.28     

Released (unaudited)

     —          —       

Cancelled (unaudited)

     —          —       
  

 

 

       

Unvested units as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     375,000         $ 1,335  

The aggregate intrinsic value of unexercised options is calculated using the fair value of equity awards of $17.84 at June 30, 2021 (unaudited).

As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), there was $5.4 million of unrecognized equity-based compensation expense related to RSUs.

Determination of Fair Value

The Company estimates the fair value of each option awarded on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the assumptions noted below:

Fair Value of Units – the fair value of the common unit underlying the equity-based awards was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, with input from management and third-party valuations.

Expected Term – the expected term represents the period that the awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company issues “plain vanilla,” awards and the Company determines the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

Expected Volatility – the expected unit price volatility for the Company’s units are determined by examining the historical volatilities of its public industry peers, as the Company does not have any trading history of its common units.

Risk-Free Interest Rate – the risk-free interest rate is calculated using the average of the published interest rates of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that approximate the expected term.

Dividend Rate – the dividend yield assumption is zero, although the Company made a special one-time dividend in conjunction with the recapitalization transaction, the Company has no history of making regular dividends, nor plans to make future dividend payments.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of options granted to employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,    Year Ended December 31,
     2021    2020    2020    2019
     (unaudited)          

Weighted-average grant date fair value per option

   $5.08    $1.40    $1.60    $1.88

Fair value of units

   $12.40 – $14.28    $4.40    $4.40 – $12.40    $5.04 – $5.76

Expected term (in years)

   6.00 – 6.25    6.25    6.25    6.5

Expected volatility

   40%    30%    30%    30%

Risk-free interest rates

   0.6 – 1.1%    0.5 –1.7%    0.4 – 1.7%    1.7 – 2.5%

In addition to the Black-Scholes assumptions discussed immediately above, the forfeiture rate may also have a significant impact on the related equity-based compensation. The forfeiture of options is recognized as forfeitures occur.

Equity-based Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense related to all employee awards was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,272      $ 550      $ 1,669      $ 564  

Research and development

     3,686        1,379        4,208        1,722  

Sales and marketing

     2,127        732        3,911        922  

General and administrative

     4,471        2,327        14,814        3,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation

   $ 11,556      $ 4,988      $ 24,602      $ 6,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No income tax benefits have been realized or recognized from equity-based compensation expense.

Modification of option awards

In January 2020, the Company offered to option holders a one-time modification to reduce the exercise price of all equity options with exercise prices greater than $4.40 per unit to $4.40, the ‘fair value’ at the date of modification. In total, 8,778,750 options had their exercise price reduced for 68 option holders who accepted the repricing. The option awards subject to repricing were accounted for as modified awards due to the change in exercise price of option awards as a result of the repricing. The incremental compensation charge resulting from the modification is $1.9 million. For vested option awards, $0.7 million was recognized on the date of modification and for unvested option awards $1.2 million will be recognized over the remaining requisite service period.

In October 2020, in conjunction with the recapitalization transaction described in Note 11, the Company accelerated the vesting on 4,150,845 options for 27 employees. The total incremental expense associated with the acceleration was $18.8 million, recognized on the date of modification. The option awards subject to acceleration were accounted for as modified awards due to the change in the vesting period of existing awards.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10. Members’ Deficit

The Company is managed through its Board of Directors (“the Board”) and is governed by the Carbon Analytics Holding LLC Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement (“LLC Agreement”).

The Board has sole authority and right to manage the business and affairs of the Company. Authorized units in the Company consist of Class A and Class B common units. Unitholders do not have any voting, approval or consent rights under the LLC Agreement with respect to matters of governance of the Company. Common unitholders are entitled one vote per common unit on matters submitted to a vote of the common unitholder. All distributions to unitholders, other than tax distributions, and including those in connection with a liquidity event, will be made to the Class A and Class B common unitholders pro rata based on the number of units held by such unitholders.

At each of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had 190,960,379 outstanding Class A common units. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had outstanding 10,134,440 and 5,733,788 Class B common units, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Company had 190,960,379 outstanding Class A common units and 10,358,478 outstanding Class B common units.

In November 2019, the Board elected to repurchase 263,622 units from certain unitholders’ interests in the Company.

On December 13, 2019, the Company completed a rights offering to issue 31,136,364 units at a price of $4.40 per unit to raise gross proceeds of $137 million.

On October 9, 2020, the Board declared a dividend. On October 27, 2020, the Company issued a dividend of $0.83 per unit in respect of 196,694,167 existing Class A and Class B units for a total dividend of $163.3 million. The Company funded the dividend with proceeds from the Company’s Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement described in Note 6.

On October 28, 2020, the Company distributed $9.9 million to certain Class A unitholders to fulfill tax distribution agreements with those unitholders.

On November 2, 2020 as part of the recapitalization transaction (see Note 11, Recapitalization), certain employees of the Company who were option holders exercised 6,693,390 options of which 2,292,737 were withheld to fulfill the exercise price obligation and 4,400,652 new Class B common units were issued.

During March 2021, the Company issued 125,807 Class B common units to newly appointed Directors at a price of $12.40 per unit (unaudited).

11. Recapitalization

On November 2, 2020, the Company completed a recapitalization transaction on behalf of existing unitholders. The transaction allowed existing unitholders to sell their units to new investors. In addition, option holders were offered the opportunity to exercise and sell a portion of their vested options, which were accelerated in certain cases (See Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation – Modification of option awards). In total 132,658,542 units transferred ownership. After completion of the recapitalization transaction, entities ultimately controlled by WCAS maintained a majority interest in and control of the Company.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In connection with the transaction, selling unitholders contributed $49.0 million for bonuses paid to employees and related payroll taxes in 2020. These amounts have been recorded as an expense in the recapitalization compensation expenses category within the consolidated statement of operations and as a contribution in members’ deficit.

The bonuses relate to employees from departments which have historically been recorded as expenses in the below categories in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Cost of revenue

   $ 6,205  

Research and development

     8,891  

Sales and marketing

     7,951  

General and administrative

     25,951  
  

 

 

 

Total recapitalization compensation

   $ 48,998  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company calculated the actual costs incurred with the recapitalization compensation expenses and accrued $4.9 million to be reimbursed to unitholders as an excess contribution. The amounts were reimbursed in 2021 (unaudited).

12. Segment and Geographic information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The Company’s CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and makes decisions and allocates resources based on the Company as a whole. The Company has one business activity as a provider of a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) solution for investment data aggregation, accounting, analytics, and reporting services. Accordingly, the Company operates as one operating segment, and all required segment financial information is found in the consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by geography, based on billing address of the customer (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
     2021      2020      2020      2019  
     (unaudited)                

United States

   $ 107,346      $ 85,477      $ 183,745      $ 152,112  

Rest of World

     10,424        9,632        19,477        15,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 117,770      $ 95,109      $ 203,222      $ 168,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has no significant long-lived assets held outside of the United States.

13. Transactions with Related Parties

In each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized a management fee to its owners of $1.4 million. In the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company recognized a management fee to its owners of $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

During January 2021 the Company paid $9.6 million (unaudited) in relation to management fees to its owners which is recorded as prepaid management fees within prepaid expenses and other current assets and non-current assets. The prepaid management fees relate to the four-year period subsequent to the completion of the recapitalization transaction and are being amortized over four years.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company provided services to Clearwater Advisors, a company owned by a significant shareholder of the Company that transferred a significant majority of their shareholdings as a part of the recapitalization described in Note 11. Revenue related to services provided was $0.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the six month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 10, 2021, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

The Company authorized the issuance of approximately 1 million options to Company employees that vest over a five-year period and 5.4 million options to employees that vest over a four-year period. These options were authorized primarily in conjunction with the Company’s annual grant to refresh employee options. The options are granted consistent with the Company’s accounting practices and policies disclosed (see Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation).

In addition to the annual grant to refresh employee options, the Company has issued a further 1.5 million options to newly appointed Directors and new employees that vest over a four-year period.

The unrecognized compensation expense associated with these awards is $38.8 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.2 years.

Since December 31, 2020, the Board authorized the increase in the option pool by 4.9 million units.

In April 2021, the Company incorporated a subsidiary in France as Clearwater Analytics France SAS.

In May 2021, the Company changed its name from Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC to CWAN Holdings, LLC.

In connection with preparing for an initial public offering, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a four-for-one reverse unit split of the Company’s Common Unit. The reverse unit split was effective on September 4, 2021. All unit and per unit amounts in the financial statements and notes 6, 9, 10, 11 and 14 have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse unit split.

Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In preparing the unaudited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and for the six month period ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 14, 2021, which is the date these unaudited financial statements were available for issuance.

Since June 30, 2021, the Company has issued 0.8 million options to Company employees. The unrecognized compensation expense associated with these awards is $6.0 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.9 years.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

30,000,000 Shares

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Bookrunners

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan

Morgan Stanley

 

 

Credit Suisse

RBC Capital Markets

Wells Fargo Securities

Oppenheimer & Co.

Piper Sandler

William Blair

Co-Managers

BNP PARIBAS

D.A. Davidson & Co.

AmeriVet Securities

Loop Capital Markets

Penserra Securities LLC

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

Siebert Williams Shank

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All expenses will be borne by the registrant. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 60,223  

FINRA filing fee

     82,800

NYSE listing fee

     150,000

Printing

     250,000

Legal fees and expenses

     4,000,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,250,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     15,000

Miscellaneous expenses

     3,691,977  
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 9,500,000
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s Board of Directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the amended and restated bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that:

 

   

The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

The registrant is not obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

The registrant also maintains directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

The registrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and the registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and the registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this registration statement, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify the Principal Equity Owners, and various affiliated persons and indirect equityholders of the Principal Equity Owners from certain losses arising out of any threatened or actual litigation by reason of the fact that the indemnified person is or was a holder of our common stock or, prior to the completion of the Transactions, of equity interests in CWAN Holdings, LLC.

The underwriting agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2018 through the filing date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 28,379,447 units of Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $7.72 per unit.

Since January 1, 2018 through the filing date of this registration statement, we issued to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 4,851,901 units of Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC pursuant to the exercise of equity options for aggregate consideration of $20,531,244.

Since January 1, 2018 through the filing date of this registration statement, we granted to an officer 375,000 restricted stock units of Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

The equity options and the units issued upon the exercise of equity options described in this Item 15 were issued, and the restricted stock units described in this Item 15 were granted, pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors, advisors, and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 17.

Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

Item 16. Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Document

1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1***   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.
3.2***   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.
3.3**   Form of Third Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC
5.1**   Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1+***   2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.2**   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.3#***   Form of Stockholders’ Agreement
10.4***   Form of Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
10.5+***   Form of 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.6#***   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.7¥#***   Credit Agreement, dated as of September  1, 2016, by and among Carbon Analytics Merger Sub LLC and Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrowers, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and issuing lender, and Golub Capital LLC, as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent.
10.8¥***   Amendment No. 1, dated as of December  23, 2016, by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, lender and issuing lender.
10.9¥***   Amendment No. 2, dated as of March  27, 2018, by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, lender and issuing lender.
10.10¥#***   Amendment No. 3, dated as of July  3, 2019, by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, lender and issuing lender.
10.11¥***   Amendment No. 4, dated as of December  3, 2019, by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, lender and issuing lender.
10.12¥#***   Amendment No. 5, dated as of October  19, 2020, by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, Carbon Analytics Acquisition LLC, as holdings, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, lender and issuing lender.
10.13+#***   Employment Agreement by and between Sandeep Sahai and Clearwater Analytics, LLC.
10.14+#***   Employment Agreement by and between James S. Cox Jr. and Clearwater Analytics, LLC.
10.15+***   Employment Agreement by and between Scott Erickson and Clearwater Analytics, LLC.
10.16+#***   Employment Agreement by and between James Price and Clearwater Analytics, LLC.
10.17**   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement Bonus Letter

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

 

Document

10.18***   Form of Notice of Amendment to Option Agreement (2017 Equity Incentive Plan)
10.19#***   Form of Credit Agreement by and among Clearwater Analytics, LLC, as borrower, CWAN Acquisition,  LLC, as holdings, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and revolver agent.
21.1***   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1**   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.
23.2**   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as to CWAN Holdings, LLC.
23.3**   Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1***   Power of Attorney (included in signature page)

 

**

Filed herewith

***

Previously filed

¥

Schedules (or similar attachments) have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplemental copies of any omitted schedules (or similar attachments) to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

+

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

#

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boise, State of Idaho, on September 14, 2021.

 

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.
By:   /s/ Sandeep Sahai
  Name: Sandeep Sahai
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sandeep Sahai

Sandeep Sahai

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 14, 2021

/s/ Jim Cox

Jim Cox

  

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  September 14, 2021

*

Eric Lee

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Jacques Aigrain

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Kathleen A. Corbet

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Cary Davis

  

Director

  September 14, 2021


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Anthony J. deNicola

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Christopher Hooper

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Marcus Ryu

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

*

Andrew Young

  

Director

  September 14, 2021

 

*    

/s/ Sandeep Sahai

  Sandeep Sahai
  Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 1.1

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

c/o     Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o     J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o     Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares of Stock (the “Optional Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program, at the direction of the Company, are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.


On the date hereof, the business of the Company is conducted through CWAN Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Clearwater LLC”), and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The transactions described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined below) under “Organizational Structure—Transactions” are referred to collectively as the “Reorganization Transactions”, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will become the sole managing member of Clearwater LLC and will control the business and affairs of Clearwater LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The documents set forth on Schedule IV hereto, which have been, or will be, amended and restated or entered into, as applicable, pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions, are referred to as the “Reorganization Documents”. Any term used and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Pricing Prospectus.

A portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement will be used to purchase common units of Clearwater LLC (the “LLC Interests”) from Clearwater LLC at a price per unit equal to the purchase price paid by the Underwriters for the Shares as set forth in Section 2 hereof and to repay certain of Clearwater LLC’s outstanding indebtedness, as further described in the Pricing Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”.

1. Each of the Company and Clearwater LLC represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-259155) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to the Representatives, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

 

2


(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed, in all material respects, to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•] [a.m.][p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule II(b) hereto;

(v) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects, to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(vi) None of the Company, Clearwater LLC and any of Clearwater LLC’s direct or indirect subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries”) has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business, taken as a whole, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business)

 

3


that is material to the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s and Clearwater LLC’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon conversion of the Company’s and Clearwater LLC’s securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the performance by the Company and Clearwater LLC of its respective obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vii) The Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all material personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries;

(viii) Each of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(ix) (i) Each of the Company and Clearwater LLC has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus; (ii) all of the Stock has been duly and validly authorized and (x) in the case of the Shares, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein and (y) in the case of the Stock to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions, upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and conform, in all material respects, to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) all of the issued equity

 

4


interests of Clearwater LLC have been duly and validly authorized and issued; (iv) all of the LLC Interests have been duly and validly authorized and, upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, will be duly and validly issued; and (v) all of the issued shares of capital stock of each other Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign Subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform, in all material respects, to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(xi) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company, Clearwater LLC and each Subsidiary with this Agreement and the Reorganization Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus, including the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, Clearwater LLC or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary or any of their properties, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (A) and (C), for such conflicts, defaults, breaches or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing of the Shares on the Exchange (as defined below) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xii) None of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organization document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

5


(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders Of Class A Common Stock”, under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, and under the captions “Organizational Structure—Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, insofar as they purport to describe the Reorganization Transactions and the Reorganization Documents, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company or Clearwater LLC is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company or Clearwater LLC is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary (or such officer or director), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others; there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus that are not so described therein; and there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus;

(xv) Neither the Company nor Clearwater LLC is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvii) KPMG LLP, who have audited and certified certain financial statements of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries, is an independent public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xviii) The Company and Clearwater LLC maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) has been designed by the respective principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles

 

6


and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company’s and Clearwater LLC’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and neither the Company nor Clearwater LLC is aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xix) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s, as applicable, internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) The Company and Clearwater LLC maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s or Clearwater LLC’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and Clearwater LLC;

(xxii) Each of the Reorganization Documents has been duly authorized by the Company and Clearwater LLC, to the extent party thereto, and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its respective terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and Clearwater LLC, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability;

(xxiii) None of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary has (i) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (ii) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”); the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws;

 

7


(xxiv) The operations of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries, threatened;

(xxv) None of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries, nor any of their directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Company or Clearwater LLC, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any of the Subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are, (i) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), (ii) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; none of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries is knowingly engaged in, or has, at any time, knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with or involving any Person that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction; the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries have instituted, and maintain, policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions;

(xxvi) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects and in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein. The summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial

 

8


measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable. The pro forma financial information and the related notes included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Act and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(xxvii) The Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries (i) own or otherwise possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and registrations and applications thereof, licenses, know-how, software, systems and technology (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures and other intellectual property) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, (ii) do not, through the conduct of their respective businesses, infringe, violate or conflict with any such right of others and (iii) have not received any written notice of any claim of infringement, violation or conflict with, any such rights of others, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxviii) The Company’s, Clearwater LLC’s and the Subsidiaries’ respective information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform, in all material respects, as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants; the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries have implemented and maintained reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same; the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries are presently in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification;

(xxvix) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

 

9


(xxx) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company or Clearwater LLC that has caused the Company or Clearwater LLC to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(xxxi) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, to the extent compliance is required;

(xxxii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(xxxiii) The Company, Clearwater LLC and each of the Subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries have received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiv) The Company, Clearwater LLC and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged and as required by law;

(xxxv) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package and any Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program;

(xxxvi) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered;

(xxxvii) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 9(f) to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (x) a customer or supplier of the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, Clearwater LLC or the Subsidiaries or (y) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products;

(xxxviii) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”); and

 

10


(xxxix) There are no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth above (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of

 

11


DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on [•], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(k) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, One Manhattan West, New York, NY 10001 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [•] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

 

12


(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify the Representatives and upon their request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon the Representatives’ request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock, any LLC Interests, shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, Class D Common Stock (together with the Stock, the “Common Stock”) or any other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Common Stock or any such substantially similar securities, (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or any LLC Interests or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above, without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of options to purchase shares of Common Stock, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options,

 

13


and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock or restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and stock-based awards, in each case pursuant to the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or under equity plans or similar plans of companies acquired by the Company in accordance with clause (E) in effect on the date of acquisition, (C) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options, the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities, or the settlement of restricted stock units or other equity-based compensation outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such option, restricted stock unit or other security is disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (D) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 with the Commission relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and (E) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this clause (E) during the Company Lock-Up Period shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the initial public offering contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further that, in the case of any issuance pursuant to clause (E), any recipient of shares of Common Stock shall have executed and delivered to the Representatives a lock-up letter as described in Section 8(i). The Company also agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any of the securities described in clause (B) or (C) prior to the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period, other than (x) if such holder of securities executes and delivers to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up letter on substantially the same terms as described in Section 8(i) for the remainder of the Company Lock-Up Period or (y) upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Company’s 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan);

(ii) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders ‘ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided, however, that no reports or financial information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives as soon as they are available, copies of any public reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided, however, that no reports or financial information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

 

14


(h) To use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its reasonable best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred or extended to any person other than such Underwriter;

(m) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery;

(n) To deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing Certification; and

(o) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

6. (a) Each of the Company and Clearwater LLC represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

 

15


(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. The Company and Clearwater LLC covenant and agree with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company and Clearwater LLC will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the reasonable and documented filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of the sale of the Shares, provided that the amount payable by the Company and Clearwater LLC pursuant to this clause (v) for the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters shall not exceed $30,000 and provided further that the Underwriters shall provide reasonable supporting documentation to the Company and Clearwater LLC for all amounts payable by the Company and Clearwater LLC pursuant to this clause (v); and (b) the Company and Clearwater LLC will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; if applicable; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. In addition, the Company and Clearwater LLC shall pay or cause to be paid all fees and

 

16


disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program. It is understood, however, that the Company and Clearwater LLC shall bear the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and Clearwater LLC herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and Clearwater LLC shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Representatives’ reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representatives such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at or around 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered at each Time of Delivery shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Time of Delivery;

 

17


(e) (i) Neither the Company, Clearwater LLC nor any Subsidiary shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Subsidiary to perform their obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(f) [reserved];

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each officer, director, and stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule III hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(k) The Company and Clearwater LLC shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and Clearwater LLC, respectively, satisfactory to the Representatives as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and Clearwater LLC, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and Clearwater LLC of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and the Company and Clearwater LLC shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section 8; and

 

18


(l) The Reorganization Transactions shall have been completed prior to or simultaneously with the First Time of Delivery, on the terms set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under “Organizational Structure—Transactions.”

9. (a) The Company and Clearwater LLC, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and Clearwater LLC shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and Clearwater LLC against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or Clearwater LLC may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and Clearwater LLC for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or Clearwater LLC in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [•] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the [•] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

 

19


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and Clearwater LLC bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or Clearwater LLC on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or

 

20


prevent such statement or omission. The Company, Clearwater LLC and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Clearwater LLC under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and Clearwater LLC may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and Clearwater LLC (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company and Clearwater LLC) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or Clearwater LLC within the meaning of the Act.

(f)

(i) The Company and Clearwater LLC, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Act (“Morgan Stanley Entities”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (a) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company and Clearwater LLC for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (b) that arise out of, or are based upon, the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase, or (c) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

 

21


(ii) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(f)(i), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company and Clearwater LLC in writing and the Company and Clearwater LLC, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company and Clearwater LLC may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (a) the Company and Clearwater LLC shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (b) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of the parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company and Clearwater LLC shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company and Clearwater LLC shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without their written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company and Clearwater LLC agree to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company and Clearwater LLC to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company and Clearwater LLC agree that they shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without their written consent if (a) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company and Clearwater LLC of the aforesaid request and (b) the Company and Clearwater LLC shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company and Clearwater LLC shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(iii) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(f)(i) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company and Clearwater LLC in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (a) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (b) if the allocation provided by clause 9(f)(iii)(a) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(f)(iii)(a) above but also the relative fault of the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission

 

22


or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company and Clearwater LLC on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company and Clearwater LLC or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(iv) The Company, Clearwater LLC and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(f)(iii). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(f), no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 9(f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(v) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9(f) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (a) any termination of this Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company or Clearwater LLC, their officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or Clearwater LLC, and (c) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company that the Representatives have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

23


(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, Clearwater LLC and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company or Clearwater LLC, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company or Clearwater LLC, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor Clearwater LLC shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company and Clearwater LLC will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and Clearwater LLC shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives jointly or by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Representatives.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

24


All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department, to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: [***], and to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Alphonse Valbrune, Chief Legal Officer, with a copy to: Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Joshua N. Korff and Ross M. Leff (Fax: [***]; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(i) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule III hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by the Representatives on request; provided further that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room, at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: [***], and at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and Clearwater LLC and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company or Clearwater LLC and each person who controls the Company, Clearwater LLC or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. Each of the Company and Clearwater LLC acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and Clearwater LLC, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or Clearwater LLC, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or Clearwater LLC with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or Clearwater LLC on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or Clearwater LLC except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) each of the Company and Clearwater LLC have consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (v) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. Each of the Company and Clearwater LLC agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or Clearwater LLC, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

25


17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, Clearwater LLC and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. Each of the Company, Clearwater LLC and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and Clearwater LLC are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and Clearwater LLC relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

26


(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by the Representatives, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and Clearwater LLC. It is understood that the Representatives’ acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and Clearwater LLC for examination, upon request, but without warranty on the Representatives’ part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

27


Very truly yours,
Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CWAN Holdings, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted as of the date hereof

in New York, New York:

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number of
Firm Shares

to be Purchased
     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

     

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

     

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

     

Piper Sandler & Co.

     

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

     

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

     

D.A. Davidson & Co.

     

AmeriVet Securities, Inc.

     

Loop Capital Markets LLC

     

Penserra Securities LLC

     

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

     

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Schedule I-1


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

Electronic Roadshow dated [•]

(b) Additional documents incorporated by reference

None

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[•]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•]

(d) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[•]

 

Schedule II-1


SCHEDULE III

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Address

[•]    [•]

 

Schedule III-1


SCHEDULE IV

(a) Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC.

(b) Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto.

(c) Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto.

(d) Stockholders’ Agreement by and among Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto.

 

Schedule IV-1


ANNEX I

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

[Date]

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the recent public sale of [•] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], 20[•], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Annex I-1


ANNEX II

[FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

[•], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

 

c/o

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

c/o

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

  Re:

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.—Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and CWAN Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Clearwater LLC”), providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock,” and such shares, the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The undersigned further understands that, prior to the consummation of the public offering of the Shares, the Company will be authorized to issue, in addition to the Class A Common Stock, shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), and shares of Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class D Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class C Common Stock, the “Common Stock”).

 

Annex II-1


In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any common units of Clearwater LLC (the “LLC Interests”), or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company or the LLC Interests, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company or the LLC Interests (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned (collectively, the “Securities”), (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of the Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Lock-Up Agreement, if (i) 120 days have elapsed since the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares and (ii) the Lock-Up Period is scheduled to end during a Blackout Period (as defined below) or within five Trading Days (as defined below) prior to a Blackout Period, the Lock-Up Period shall end on the 10th Trading Day prior to the commencement of the Blackout Period (such later date, the “Blackout-Related Expiration”), provided that the Company shall notify the Representatives of the date of the impending Blackout-Related Expiration promptly upon the Company’s determination of the date of the Blackout-Related Expiration and in any event at least seven Trading Days in advance of the date of the Blackout-Related Expiration, and shall announce the date of the expected Blackout-Related Expiration through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, at least two Trading Days in advance of the Blackout-Related Expiration, and provided further that the Blackout-Related Expiration shall not occur unless the Company shall have publicly released its earnings results for the quarterly period during which the Offering occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Lock-Up Period end earlier than 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities. For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “Blackout Period” shall mean a broadly applicable and regularly scheduled period during which trading in the Company’s securities would not be permitted under the Company’s insider trading policy.

 

Annex II-2


If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

(1) Transfer the undersigned’s Securities:

(i) if the Shares to be sold by the undersigned are pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and any reclassification, conversion or exchange in connection with such sale of Shares,

(ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, or as charitable contributions, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value,

(iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value,

(iv) to any beneficiary of or estate of a beneficiary of the undersigned pursuant to a trust, will, other testamentary document or intestate succession or applicable laws of descent, provided that the beneficiary or the estate of a beneficiary thereof, as applicable, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value,

(v) to a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, provided that such partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value,

 

Annex II-3


(vi) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order of a court (including a divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement) or regulatory agency, provided that the transferee or transferees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein,

(vii) in transactions relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock acquired in the Offering (if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company) or in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering,

(viii) by (A) the exercise of stock options solely with cash granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement, and the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise, (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock to the Company upon the “net” or “cashless” exercise of stock options or other equity awards granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement, (C) transfers of shares of Common Stock to the Company for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to any award of equity-based compensation granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement or (D) forfeitures of shares of Common Stock to the Company to satisfy tax withholding requirements of the undersigned or the Company upon the vesting, during the Lock-Up Period, of equity based awards granted under equity incentive plans or pursuant to other stock purchase arrangements, in each case described in the Registration Statement, provided that, in each case, the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement, and provided further that no filings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period and, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction,

(ix) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock after the consummation of the Offering, involving a “change of control” (as defined below) of the Company, provided that, in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement,

(x) to the Company in connection with the repurchase by the Company from the undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the undersigned’s employment with the Company, provided that such repurchase right is pursuant to contractual agreements with the Company, and provided further that no filings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period and, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction,

 

Annex II-4


(xi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, by (A) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any Derivative Instrument to limited partners, general partners, members, stockholders or holders of similar interests in the undersigned (or, in each case, its nominee or custodian) or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by or under common control or common investment management with the undersigned or (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any Derivative Instrument to affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or other entities controlled or managed by the undersigned or any of its affiliates (other than the Company, Clearwater LLC or any of their subsidiaries), provided that each distributee and transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value,

[(xii) to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements, including any bona fide purpose (margin) or bona fide non-purpose loan, in each case, that is in effect on the date hereof (including any replacement, amendment or modification thereof) (any such bona fide purpose (margin) or bona fide non-purpose loan, a “Permitted Loan”), between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the undersigned and/or its affiliates or any similar arrangement relating to a financing agreement for the benefit of the undersigned and/or its affiliates, provided that, following foreclosure or other transfer (but not the pledge itself), the pledgee or other party agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein,]1 or

[(xii)/(xiii)] with the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters,

provided that, in the case of clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (xi) above, no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Schedule 13G (or 13G/A) or Form 13F (or 13F/A) filing or a filing on Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares). For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and “change of control” shall mean any bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the board of directors of the Company, the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, Clearwater LLC or any of the Company’s stockholders and their affiliates as of immediately prior to such transaction, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; or

(2) Establish a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with any duly appointed transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

1 

Applicable to WP CA Holdco, L.P. only.

 

Annex II-5


This Lock-Up Agreement will automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the date that the Company advises the Representatives, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the date that the Representatives advise the Company, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that the Underwriters have determined not to proceed with the Offering, (iii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the closing of the Offering, or (iv) November 30, 2021 if the Offering has not been completed by such date.

[Signature page follows]

 

Annex II-6


Very truly yours,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:       IF AN ENTITY:
By:   

 

     

 

   (duly authorized signature)       (please print complete name of entity)
Name:   

 

      By:   

 

   (please print full name)          (duly authorized signature)
         Name:   

 

            (please print full name)
         Title:   

 

            (please print full title)

 

Annex II-7

Exhibit 3.3

K&E Draft 9/11/21

 

 

 

 

 

CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of __________ __, 2021

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     13  

2.1

  Formation of the Company      13  

2.2

  Limited Liability Company Agreement      14  

2.3

  Name      14  

2.4

  Purpose      14  

2.5

  Principal Office; Registered Office      14  

2.6

  Term      14  

2.7

  No State-Law Partnership      14  

ARTICLE III CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     15  

3.1

  Unitholders      15  

3.2

  Negative Capital Accounts      20  

3.3

  No Withdrawal      20  

3.4

  Loans From Unitholders      20  

3.5

  Distributions In-Kind      20  

3.6

  Transfer of Capital Accounts      20  

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND REDEMPTIONS

     23  

4.1

  Distributions      23  

4.2

  Allocations      24  

4.3

  Tax Allocations      26  

4.4

  Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder      27  

ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT

     27  

5.1

  Authority of Manager; Officer Delegation; Sole Authority.      27  

5.2

  Actions of the Manager      28  

5.3

  Resignation; No Removal      28  

5.4

  Vacancies      29  

5.5

  Transactions Between the Company and the Manager      29  

5.6

  Reimbursement for Expenses      29  

5.7

  Delegation of Authority      29  

5.8

  Limitation of Liability of Manager.      30  

5.9

  Investment Company Act      31  

 

-i-


ARTICLE VI RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF UNITHOLDERS AND MEMBERS

     31  

6.1

  Limitation of Liability      31  

6.2

  Lack of Authority      31  

6.3

  No Right of Partition      31  

6.4

  Indemnification      32  

6.5

  Unitholders Right to Act      35  

6.6

  Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest      36  

6.7

  Interested Transactions      36  

6.8

  Confidentiality      36  

ARTICLE VII BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

     37  

7.1

  Records and Accounting      37  

7.2

  Tax Reports      37  

7.3

  Transmission of Communications      37  

ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS

     38  

8.1

  Preparation of Tax Returns      38  

8.2

  Tax Elections      38  

8.3

  Tax Controversies      38  

ARTICLE IX TRANSFER OF UNITS

     39  

9.1

  Required Consent      39  

9.2

  Approved Sale      39  

9.3

  Effect of Assignment      41  

9.4

  Additional Restrictions on Transfer      41  

9.5

  Legend      42  

9.6

  Transfer Fees and Expenses      43  

9.7

  Void Transfers      43  

9.8

  Vesting, Forfeiture and Repurchase of Units      43  

9.9

  Exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock      43  

9.10

  Adjustment of Exchange Rate.      48  

9.11

  Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock to be Delivered upon Exchange.      49  

9.12

  Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.      51  

9.13

  No Transfer of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock      51  

9.14

  Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to the Public Offering Entity      51  

ARTICLE X ADMISSION OF MEMBERS

     52  

10.1

  Substituted Members      52  

10.2

  Additional Members      52  

ARTICLE XI WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

     52  

11.1

  Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders      52  

 

-ii-


ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     53  

12.1

  Dissolution      53  

12.2

  Liquidation and Termination      53  

12.3

  Securityholders Agreement      54  

12.4

  Cancellation of Certificate      54  

12.5

  Reasonable Time for Winding Up      54  

12.6

  Return of Capital      54  

12.7

  Hart-Scott-Rodino      54  

ARTICLE XIII VALUATION

     55  

13.1

  Valuation of Subsidiary Securities      55  

13.2

  Valuation of Other Assets and Company Securities      55  

13.3

  Valuation of Other Securities      55  

ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     55  

14.1

  Power of Attorney      55  

14.2

  Amendments      56  

14.3

  Title to Company Assets      56  

14.4

  Successors and Assigns      56  

14.5

  Severability      56  

14.6

  Counterparts; Binding Agreement      57  

14.7

  Descriptive Headings; Interpretation      57  

14.8

  Applicable Law; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver      57  

14.9

  Addresses and Notices      58  

14.10

  Creditors      58  

14.11

  Waiver      58  

14.12

  Further Action      58  

14.13

  Entire Agreement      58  

14.14

  Opt-in to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code      58  

14.15

  Delivery by Facsimile or PDF      58  

14.16

  Survival      59  

14.17

  Tax and Other Advice      59  

14.18

  Acknowledgments      59  

 

-iii-


CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ __, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the Company (f/k/a Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC), Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Public Offering Entity”), as the managing member of the Company, and each of the Unitholders (as defined herein).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time (the “Delaware Act”) pursuant to a Certificate of Formation of the Company (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Certificate”), which was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 25, 2016 under the name Carbon Analytics Holdings, LLC.

WHEREAS, the initial limited liability company agreement of the Company was entered into by and among WCAS XII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the Company on July 25, 2016, which was amended and restated in its entirety on September 1, 2016, which was further amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to the terms of a certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of November 2, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the adoption of this Agreement and the IPO (as defined below), the Company has recapitalized all of its Units into a single class of Class A Common Units of the Company (the “Recapitalization”), has changed its name to CWAN Holdings, LLC, and undertaken certain other reorganization transactions pursuant to which, among other matters, the Public Offering Entity was admitted as the managing member of the Company.

WHEREAS, the Public Offering Entity will sell shares of Class A Common Stock to public investors in the IPO and will use the net proceeds received from the IPO (the IPO Net Proceeds”) to acquire newly-issued Class A Common Units of the Company (the “IPO Unit Acquisition”).

WHEREAS, the Unitholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety to set forth the rights, powers and interests of the Unitholders with respect to the Company and their respective interests therein and to provide for the management of the business and operations of the Company, including to reflect, as of the Effective Date, among other things, (A) the Recapitalization, (B) the addition of the Public Offering Entity as a Unitholder and its designation as sole Manager of the Company and (C) the rights and obligations of the Unitholders, the Company, the Manager and the Public Offering Entity, all as more fully set forth herein.

 

-1-


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings:

Additional Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means, with respect to any Person’s Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, the balance of such Person’s Capital Account (a) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6), and (b) increased for any amount such Person is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to Minimum Gain).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any particular Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such particular Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, including any investment vehicle or fund or any other corporation, trust, limited liability company, general or limited partnership controlled by or managed by a particular Person (but not any portfolio company thereof). For purposes of this Agreement, the Company, the Public Offering Entity and their respective Subsidiaries, on the one hand, shall not be considered Affiliates of any Unitholder, on the other (and vice versa).

Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or waived from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Approved Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).

Assignee” means a Person to whom Units have been Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, but who has not become a Member pursuant to Article X.

Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Member, an amount equal to the excess of (i) the product of (A) the Distribution Tax Rate multiplied by (B) the estimated or actual cumulative taxable income or gain of the Company, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, allocated to such Member (or its predecessor) for full or partial Taxable Years commencing on or after January 1, 2021, less prior losses of the Company allocated to such Member (or its predecessor) for full or partial Fiscal Years commencing on or after January 1,

 

-2-


2021, in each case, as determined by the Manager, and to the extent such prior losses are available to reduce such income over (ii) the cumulative Tax Distributions made to such Member after the closing date of the IPO pursuant to Sections 4.1(a)(i), 4.1(a)(ii) and 4.1(a)(iii); provided that, in the case of the Public Offering Entity, such Assumed Tax Liability (x) shall be computed without regard to any increases to the tax basis of the Company’s property pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code and (y) to the extent permitted under any agreements to which the Company is subject and applicable Law, shall in no event be less than an amount that will enable the the Public Offering Entity to meet both its tax obligations and its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement for the relevant Taxable Year; provided further that, in the case of each Member, and for the avoidance of doubt, such Assumed Tax Liability shall take into account any Code Section 704(c) allocations (including any “reverse” 704(c) allocations) to the Member.

Base Rate” means, on any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to a security, any Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

Book Value” means, with respect to any Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted, in the case of permitted adjustments (to the extent the Company makes such permitted adjustments), by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g) and (s).

Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in Boise, Idaho or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.1(d).

Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property that a Unitholder contributes or is deemed to contribute (including any with respect to units of the Company that existed prior to the date hereof) with respect to any Unit pursuant to Section 3.1, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company for such Unitholder in connection with such contribution and net of any liabilities to which the assets contributed by such Unitholder are subject.

Cash Redemption Price means, with respect to any Exchange, the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or any other exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P., or its successor, for each of the twenty (20) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the last full Trading Day immediately prior to the applicable Exchange Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system as of any particular Exchange Date, then the Manager (through a majority of its directors who are disinterested) shall determine the Cash Redemption Price in good faith.

 

-3-


Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

Certificate” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Certificated Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events after the date hereof:

(a) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (i) the WCAS Investors or any of their Affiliates or a group of Persons that includes the WCAS Investors or any of their Affiliates thereof and (ii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Public Offering Entity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Public Offering Entity, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Public Offering Entity representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Public Offering Entity’s then outstanding Voting Securities;

(b) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Public Offering Entity with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the Voting Securities of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(c) the adopting of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Public Offering Entity by the stockholders of the Public Offering Entity or an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity of all or substantially all of the Public Offering Entity’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Public Offering Entity of all or substantially all of the Public Offering Entity’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Public Offering Entity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) and clause (c) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Public Offering Entity immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

-4-


Class A Common Unit” means a unit representing a fractional part of the interest of a Unitholder in Distributions and the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Class A Common Units in this Agreement.

Class A Unitholder” means any holder of Class A Common Units other than the Public Offering Entity.

Class A Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Class C Common Stock” means the Class C Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Class D Common Stock” means the Class D Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Co-Investment Vehicle” means (i) a pooled investment fund that is formed primarily to invest, directly or indirectly, alongside a Fund Vehicle in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any alternative investment vehicles related to that pooled investment fund and (ii) any investment vehicle directly or indirectly wholly owned by a fund described in the foregoing clause (i).

Combined Unit” means, collectively, (i) a Class A Common Unit or other interest in the Company that may be issued by the Company in the future or for which a Class A Common Unit has been converted or exchanged, excluding in each case any unvested Class A Common Unit, and (ii) a share of Noneconomic Stock.

Company” means CWAN Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto (whether by merger, conversion, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise).

Company Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

Company Interest” means the interest of a Unitholder in Profits, Losses and Distributions.

Confidential Information” means confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of any Group Company, including, but not limited to, confidential information of any Group Company regarding identifiable, specific and discrete business opportunities being pursued by any Group Company.

 

-5-


Continuation Fund” means any Fund Vehicle, Co-Investment Vehicle or single company continuation fund that is established to hold, directly or indirectly, investments in one or more portfolio companies that are acquired, in whole or in part, from an Affiliate of such Fund Vehicle or Co-Investment Vehicle.

Corporate Board” means the board of directors of the Public Offering Entity.

Delaware Act” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, and any successor thereto. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the DGCL shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Direct Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(iv).

Disability” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Person’s corresponding Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with any Group Company, or if no such definition is provided in such Person’s Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with any Group Company, then “Disability” means a permanent and total disability as determined under such Group Company’s long-term disability plan applicable to such Group Company’s employees, interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with all applicable laws, including laws regarding workers’ compensation, disability, and family and medical leave laws.

Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6.

Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Unitholder, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption or repurchase; provided, that any recapitalization, exchange or conversion of Units, or any subdivision (by unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units shall not be a Distribution.

Distribution Tax Rate” means a rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined federal, state and local income tax rate for a Taxable Year applicable to corporate or individual taxpayers (whichever is higher) that may potentially apply to any Member (or, except in the case of the Public Offering Entity, its applicable direct or indirect Beneficial Owners) for such Taxable Year, taking into account the character of the relevant tax items (e.g., ordinary or capital) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such taxes are deductible under the Code), as reasonably determined by the Manager.

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Employment Agreement” means any employment agreement entered into from time to time among any Group Company and one of their executives, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to its terms.

 

-6-


Equity Agreement” means any unit grant agreement, subscription agreement, securities purchase agreement, senior management agreement, Employment Agreement and any other agreement, document or instrument evidencing or effecting the issuance or other Transfer of any Equity Securities or otherwise governing the terms and conditions with respect to any Equity Securities, in each case as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Equity Plan means any stock or equity purchase plan, restricted stock or equity plan, stock option plan, or other similar equity compensation plan now or hereafter adopted by the Company or the Public Offering Entity, including any Equity Agreement.

Equity Securities” means (a) units or other equity interests in the Company (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers, and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Manager, including rights, powers, and/or duties different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of units and other equity interests in the Company), (b) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into units or other equity interests in the Company, and (c) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire units or other equity interests in the Company.

Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.

Exchange” has meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(ii).

Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(ii).

Exchange Rate” means, at any time, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one (1) Combined Unit is entitled to be Exchanged at such time. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be one (1), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.10.

Expenses” means all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (a) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (b) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on an Indemnified Person as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis), and (c) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.

 

-7-


Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or equity interest, its fair market value determined according to Article XIII.

Family Group” means an individual’s current and former spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such individual and/or such individual’s current or former spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such individual.

Fiscal Period” means any interim accounting period within a Taxable Year established by the Manager and which is permitted or required by Code Section 706.

Fiscal Year” means the calendar year ending on December 31, or such other annual accounting period as may be established by the Manager.

Fund Vehicle” means (i) a private equity investment fund that makes investments in multiple portfolio companies and was not formed primarily to invest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any alternative investment vehicles related to that private equity investment fund and (ii) any investment vehicle directly or indirectly wholly owned by any fund (or funds under common control) described in clause (i).

Fund-to-Fund Transfer” means a Transfer of securities by the WCAS Unitholders to a successor Fund Vehicle or Co-Investment Vehicle.

Governmental Entity” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.

Group Company” means the Company, the Public Offering Entity and their respective direct and indirect Subsidiaries.

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

Investors” has the meaning set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Public Offering Entity (as amended and in effect from time to time).

IPO” means the initial underwritten public offering of shares of the Public Offering Entity’s Class A Common Stock.

IPO Net Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

IPO Unit Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Law” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any Governmental Entity.

 

-8-


Liabilities” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment, or result thereof.

Liquidation Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(b).

Losses” means items of Company loss and deduction determined according to Section 3.1(e).

Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iii).

Mandatory Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iii).

Mandatory Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iii).

Market Price” means, with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock as of a specified date, the last sale price per share of Class A Common Stock, regular way, or if no such sale took place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share of Class A Common Stock, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if the Class A Common Stock is not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in shares of Class A Common Stock selected by the Corporate Board or, in the event that no trading price is available for the shares of Class A Common Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Corporate Board.

Member” means each Person listed on the Unit Ownership Ledger and any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; but in each case only for so long as such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of one or more Units.

 

-9-


Minimum Gain” means the partnership minimum gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Noneconomic Stock” means Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock or any other interest in the Public Offering Entity that may be issued by the Public Offering Entity in the future or for which Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock has been converted or exchanged.

Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14.

Optionee” means a Person to whom a stock option is granted under any stock option plan.

Over-Allotment Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii).

Partnership Representative” means the “partnership representative” of the Company for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code, together with any guidance issued thereunder, successor provisions and any similar provisions of state or local tax laws.

pdf” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.15.

Percentage Interest” means with respect to a Unitholder at a particular time, such Unitholder’s percentage interest in the Company determined by dividing the number of such Unitholder’s Class A Common Units by the total number of Class A Common Units of all Unitholders at such time. The Percentage Interest of each Unitholder shall be calculated to the 4th decimal place.

Permitted Transferee” means any Transfer by any Unitholder (i) who is an individual, to or among his or her Family Group; provided that such Transfer shall be a Transfer of the rights to Distributions only and not a Transfer of any other rights associated with such Units, including voting and Transfer rights; or (ii) that is an entity, to or among its Affiliates or the Persons entitled to receive the assets of such Unitholder upon its dissolution in accordance with its organizational documents (it being understood that no such dissolution shall be required for such Transfer to be permitted).

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.

Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which such Indemnified Person was, is or will

 

-10-


be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was a Representative of a Group Company, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by such Indemnified Person or of any action on such Indemnified Person’s part while acting as Representative of a Group Company or (iii) by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

Profits” means items of Company income and gain determined according to Section 3.1(e).

Public Offering Entity” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(e).

Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any director, manager, officer and employee, controlling person, member, managing member, principal, fiduciary or other agent of such Person.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Share Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

-11-


Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 10.1.

Takeover Law” means any moratorium, control share acquisition, business combination, fair price or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to any Exchange or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, intangibles, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever, including any transferee liability and any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Public Offering Entity, the Company and the recipients party thereto (the “TRA Recipients”), as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Tax Returns” means any reports, filings, tax returns or other disclosures in any form or manner with respect to federal, state, local or foreign income.

Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for U.S. federal income tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 8.2.

Trading Day” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, quoted or admitted to trading, is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

Transfer” means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest or other disposition or encumbrance of a Unit or other property, or any interest therein (including by operation of law and whether with or without consideration), or the acts thereof, but explicitly excluding conversions or, to the extent the Company is a party thereto, exchanges of one class of Equity Securities to or for another class of Equity Securities; provided, further, that (i) any Transfer of equity interests in any Fund Vehicle or Co-Investment Vehicle or any Person that holds a direct or indirect interest in such Fund Vehicle or Co-Investment Vehicle, in each case, that is not otherwise a Fund-to-Fund Transfer for value or a Transfer to a Continuation Fund by a Unitholder for value or (ii) any pledge or other encumbrance (and any related foreclosure or transfer to a lender or counterparty in lieu of foreclosure), including in connection with any fund financing, back-leverage or other financing arrangement (each a “Permitted Loan”), in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), shall not be considered a “Transfer” except for the purposes of Sections 9.4(c) and (f) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the action described in clause (i), and any pledge or other encumbrance described in clause (ii) above, shall not be considered to reduce the holdings of a Unitholder or its Permitted Transferee for any purpose under this Agreement). The terms “Transferee,” “Transferred” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have correlative meanings.

 

-12-


Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date hereof. Such term shall be deemed to include any future amendments to such regulations and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations.

Unit” means a unit in the Company representing a fractional part of the interests in any Profits, Losses, and Distributions and shall include Class A Common Units; provided, that any class, group or series of Units issued shall have the relative rights, powers and duties set forth in this Agreement.

Unit Ownership Ledger” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Unitholder” means any owner of one or more Units, but in each case only to the extent such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of such Units as of the applicable date; provided that a Unitholder that has one or more Units re-registered in the name of a lender, counterparty, custodian or similar party to a Permitted Loan, solely as nominee or securities intermediary, shall not cease to be a Unitholder for so long as the Unitholder or its Affiliates continues to beneficially own such Units. For purposes of the Delaware Act, the Unitholders shall constitute the “members” (as defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company.

Value” means (a) for any stock option, the Market Price for the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of exercise of a stock option and (b) for any award other than a stock option, the Market Price for the Trading Day immediately preceding the Vesting Date.

Vesting Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(c)(ii).

Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Public Offering Entity which are entitled to vote generally in matters submitted for a vote of the Public Offering Entity’s stockholders or generally in the election of the Corporate Board.

WCAS Investor” means each of and collectively WCAS XIII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P., WCAS XII Carbon Analytics Acquisition, L.P. and WCAS GP CW LLC.

WCAS Unitholders” means each of and collectively the WCAS Investors and any of their respective Permitted Transferees that holds any Units.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

2.1 Formation of the Company. The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Delaware Act and shall be continued in accordance with this Agreement. The rights and liabilities of the Unitholders shall be determined pursuant to the Delaware Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Unitholders are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement, to the extent not prohibited by the Delaware Act, shall control over the Delaware Act. This Agreement shall constitute the “limited liability company agreement” for purposes of the Delaware Act.

 

-13-


2.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Unitholders hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6, the rights, powers and obligations of the Unitholders with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, except where the Delaware Act provides that such rights, powers and obligations specified in the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect and such rights, powers and obligations are set forth in this Agreement, the Delaware Act; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Contractual Appraisal Rights”) and Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply or be incorporated into this Agreement (but with it being understood that this proviso shall not affect the obligations of the Company under Article VII). To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Unitholder are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Delaware Act, control.

2.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be “CWAN Holdings, LLC”. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. Notification of any such change shall be given to all Unitholders. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Manager.

2.4 Purpose. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Delaware Act.

2.5 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Manager may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Manager deems advisable. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

2.6 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until termination and dissolution thereof in accordance with the provisions of Article XII.

2.7 No State-Law Partnership. The Unitholders intend that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Unitholder be a partner or joint venturer of any other Unitholder by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Unitholder relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise so long as the Company has more than one Member for tax purposes. The Unitholders intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and that each Unitholder and the Company shall file all Tax returns and shall otherwise take all Tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

 

-14-


ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 Unitholders.

(a) Capital Contributions; Unit Ownership Ledger. The Manager shall create and maintain a ledger (the “Unit Ownership Ledger”) setting forth the name and address of each Unitholder, the number of each class of Units held of record by each such Unitholder, and the amount of the Capital Contribution made with respect to each class of Units and the date of such Capital Contribution. Upon any change in the number or ownership of outstanding Units (whether upon an issuance of Units, a Transfer of Units, a cancellation of Units or otherwise), the Manager shall amend and update the Unit Ownership Ledger. Absent manifest error, the ownership interests recorded on the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be conclusive record of the Units that have been issued and are outstanding. Each Unitholder named in the Unit Ownership Ledger has made (or shall be deemed to have made) Capital Contributions to the Company as set forth in the Unit Ownership Ledger in exchange for the Units specified in the Unit Ownership Ledger. Any reference in this Agreement to the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be deemed a reference to the Unit Ownership Ledger as amended and in effect from time to time. The Company may (but need not) issue certificates representing the Units (such Units then being “Certificated Units”). The Company may issue fractional Units. The ownership by a Member of Units shall entitle such Member to allocations of net Profits and net Losses and Distributions of cash and other property as set forth in Article IV.

(i) In order to effect the Recapitalization, the number of Units that were issued and outstanding and held by the Unitholders prior to the IPO are hereby converted, as of the consummation of the IPO, and after giving effect to such conversion and the other transactions related to the Recapitalization, into the number of Class A Common Units set forth opposite the name of the respective Member on the Unit Ownership Ledger, and such Class A Common Units are hereby issued and outstanding and the holders of such Class A Common Units are Members hereunder.

(ii) To the extent the underwriters in the IPO exercise the over-allotment option in whole or in part, upon the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Public Offering Entity will contribute a portion of the net proceeds thereof to the Company in exchange for newly issued Class A Common Units, and such issuance of additional Class A Common Units shall be reflected on the Unit Ownership Ledger (the Over-Allotment Contribution”). The number of Class A Common Units issued in the Over-Allotment Contribution, in the aggregate, shall be equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by the Public Offering Entity in such exercise of the over-allotment option. Immediately following the consummation of the IPO, the Public Offering Entity shall use the IPO Net Proceeds to effect the IPO Unit Acquisition.

 

-15-


(b) Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units. Except as otherwise determined by the Manager in connection with a contribution of cash or other assets by the Public Offering Entity to the Company, the Company and the Public Offering Entity shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Common Units, on the one hand, and the Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock, as applicable, on the other, to maintain at all times (i) a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned by the Public Offering Entity, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock, collectively, and (ii) a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned by Members (other than the Public Offering Entity and its subsidiaries), directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, collectively, owned by such Members, directly or indirectly, in each case, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (A) shares of common stock of the Public Offering Entity issuable pursuant to awards of any type granted pursuant to an incentive plan or agreement that are not vested pursuant to the terms thereof, (B) treasury stock or (C) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including, without limitation, warrants, options or rights) issued by the Public Offering Entity that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock (except to the extent the net proceeds from such other securities, including any exercise or purchase price payable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, has been contributed by the Public Offering Entity to the equity capital of the Company). Except as otherwise determined by the Manager in connection with a contribution of cash or other assets by the Public Offering Entity to the Company, in the event the Public Offering Entity issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the Manager and the Public Offering Entity shall take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries or repurchases, the number of outstanding Class A Common Units owned, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity will equal on a one-for-one basis the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Manager in connection with a contribution of cash or other assets by the Public Offering Entity to the Company, in the event the Public Offering Entity issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases or redeems the Public Offering Entity’s preferred stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the Manager and the Public Offering Entity shall take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries, repurchases or redemptions, the Public Offering Entity, directly or indirectly, holds (in the case of any issuance, transfer or delivery) or ceases to hold (in the case of any repurchase or redemption) equity interests in the Company which (in the good faith determination by the Manager) are in the aggregate substantially economically equivalent to the outstanding preferred stock of the Public Offering Entity so issued, transferred, delivered, repurchased or redeemed. Except as otherwise determined by the Manager in its reasonable discretion, the Company and the Public Offering Entity shall not undertake any subdivision (by any Class A Common Unit split, stock split, distribution, stock distribution, reclassification, division, recapitalization or similar event) or combination (by reverse Class A Common Unit split, reverse stock split, reclassification, division, recapitalization or similar event) of the Class A Common Units, Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, Class D Common Stock or Class A Common Units, as

 

-16-


applicable, to maintain at all times (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock or (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned by Members (other than the Public Offering Entity and its Subsidiaries) and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, in each case, unless such action is necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between either the number of Class A Common Units owned, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock or the number of Class A Common Units owned by Members (other than the Public Offering Entity and its subsidiaries) and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock as contemplated by the first sentence of this Section 3.1(b). Except as otherwise determined by the Manager in connection with the use of cash or other assets held by the Public Offering Entity, if at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock are repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the Public Offering Entity for cash, then the Manager shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, to redeem a corresponding number of Class A Common Units held (directly or indirectly) by the Public Offering Entity, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Public Offering Entity (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Public Offering Entity. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make any repurchase or redemption if such repurchase or redemption would violate any applicable Law.

(c) Certain Representations and Warranties by Unitholders. By executing this Agreement (or, after the date hereof, any counterpart or joinder to this Agreement) and in connection with the issuance of Equity Securities to such Unitholder, each Unitholder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) Such Unitholder has, in the case of an entity, all of the necessary corporate or other entity power and authority, or, in the case of an individual, the legal capacity, to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed by such Unitholder, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(ii) The Equity Securities being acquired by such Unitholder pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise will be acquired for such Unitholder’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and such Equity Securities will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

-17-


(iii) Such Unitholder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and/or such Unitholder has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and business matters as to enable such Member to evaluate the merits and risks of such Unitholder’s investment in the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

(iv) Such Unitholder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of such Equity Securities and has had full access to such other information concerning any Group Company as he, she or it has requested.

(v) Such Unitholder is able to bear the economic risk of his, her or its investment in the Equity Securities for an indefinite period of time because the Equity Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and are subject to substantial restrictions on Transfer set forth herein and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available and in compliance with such restrictions on Transfer.

(vi) Such Unitholder has received and carefully read a copy of this Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed by such Unitholder (including any Equity Agreement) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Unitholder, enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles), and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and such other agreements do not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which such Unitholder is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which such Unitholder is subject or create any conflict of interest with any Group Company, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any of their present or former customers or other business relations.

(vii) Such Unitholder has been given the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel regarding his, her or its rights and obligations under this Agreement and has consulted with such independent legal counsel regarding the foregoing (or, after carefully reviewing this Agreement, has freely decided not to consult with independent legal counsel), fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and therein and intends for such terms to be binding upon and enforceable against him, her or it.

(d) Maintenance of Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Unitholder according to the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). For this purpose, the Company may, in the Manager’s discretion, upon the occurrence of the events specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), increase or decrease the Capital Accounts in accordance with the rules of such regulation and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect a revaluation of Company property and shall, if required, adjust them as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s).

 

-18-


Without limiting the foregoing, each Unitholder’s Capital Account shall be adjusted:

(i) by adding any additional Capital Contributions made by such Unitholder in consideration for the issuance of Units;

(ii) by deducting any amounts paid to such Unitholder in connection with the redemption or other repurchase by the Company of Units;

(iii) by adding Profits allocated in favor of such Unitholder and subtracting any Losses of deduction and allocated in favor of such Unitholder; and

(iv) by deducting any Distributions paid in cash or other assets to such Unitholder by the Company.

(e) Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in calculating the net Profit and net Loss to be allocated pursuant to Article IV and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided, that:

(i) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(ii) If the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) or (s), then the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property.

(iii) Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

(iv) Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

(v) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

(vi) Items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be excluded.

 

-19-


3.2 Negative Capital Accounts. No Unitholder shall be required to pay to any other Unitholder or the Company any deficit or negative balance that may exist from time to time in such Unitholder’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company).

3.3 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

3.4 Loans From Unitholders. Loans by Unitholders to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If (with the consent of the Manager) any Unitholder loans funds to the Company, then the making of such loan shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Unitholder. The amount of any such loan shall be a debt of the Company to such Unitholder and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loan is made.

3.5 Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Unitholders, the Company shall be treated as making a Distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 4.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value and any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Unitholders’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Sections 4.2 through 4.4. Any Distribution of property-in kind shall be made to each Member in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unitholder, as determined by the Manager in good faith.

3.6 Transfer of Capital Accounts. The original Capital Account established for each Substituted Member shall be in the same amount as the Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Substituted Member succeeds, at the time such Substituted Member is admitted to the Company. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the Company shall be increased or decreased by means of the Transfer to it of all or part of the Units of another Member shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution to a Member that has succeeded any other Member shall include any Capital Contributions or Distributions previously made by or to the former Member on account of the Units of such former Member transferred to such Member.

3.7 Corporate Equity Plans.

(a) Options Granted to Persons other than Company Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, a stock option granted over shares of Class A Common Stock to a Person other than a Company Employee is duly exercised the following events will be deemed to have occurred:

(i) The Public Offering Entity shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price paid to the Public Offering Entity by such exercising Person in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

 

-20-


(ii) Notwithstanding the amount of the Capital Contribution actually made pursuant to Section 3.7(a)(i), the Public Offering Entity shall be deemed to have contributed to the Company as a Capital Contribution, in lieu of the Capital Contribution actually made and in consideration of additional Class A Common Units, an amount equal to the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock as of the date of such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then being issued by the Public Offering Entity in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

(iii) The Public Offering Entity shall receive in exchange for such Capital Contributions (as deemed made under Section 3.7(a)(ii)), a number of Class A Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which such option was exercised.

(b) Options Granted to LLC Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, a stock option granted over shares of Class A Common Stock to an employee of, or other service provided to, the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries, each a “Company Employee”) is duly exercised the following transactions will be deemed to occur:

(i) The Optionee shall acquire from the Public Offering Entity, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan and award agreement governing such stock option (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the consideration payable by such Optionee for such stock), the number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to such stock option less any shares of Class A Common Stock, if any, withheld to cover the exercise price or any taxes associated with the exercise of such stock option at the time of such exercise.

(ii) The Public Offering Entity shall sell to the Optionee, and the Optionee shall purchase from the Public Offering Entity, for a cash price per share equal to the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of the exercise, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the exercise price payable by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of such stock option divided by (y) the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of such exercise.

(iii) The Public Offering Entity shall sell to the Company (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary, the Public Offering Entity shall sell to such Subsidiary), and the Company (or such Subsidiary, as applicable) shall purchase from the Public Offering Entity, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the difference between (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock as to which such stock option is being exercised minus (y) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock withheld from or otherwise sold by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of such option as described in to Section 3.7(b)(i) hereof. The purchase price per share of Class A Common Stock for such sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company (or such Subsidiary) shall be the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock as of the date of exercise of such stock option.

(iv) The Company shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to a Subsidiary, the Subsidiary shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost to such Company Employee and as additional compensation (and not a distribution) to such Company Employee, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock described in Section 3.7(b)(ii). For the avoidance of doubt, the Employee shall not be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock under both this Section and Section 3.7(b)(i).

(v) The Public Offering Entity shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to all proceeds received (from whatever source, but excluding any payment in respect of payroll taxes or other withholdings) by the Public Offering Entity in connection with the exercise of such stock option. The Public Offering Entity shall receive for such Capital Contribution a number of Class A Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which such option was exercised.

 

-21-


(c) Equity Awards Other than Options Granted to Persons other than Company Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, any shares of Class A Common Stock are issued to a Person other than a Company Employee (including any shares of Class A Common Stock that are subject to forfeiture in the event such Person terminates his or her services with the Company or any Affiliate) in consideration for services performed for the Company or any Affiliate (any such award an “Incentive Equity Award”) the following transactions are deemed to occur:

(i) The Public Offering Entity shall issue such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as are to be issued to such Person in accordance with the Equity Plan in respect of such Incentive Equity Award;

(ii) On the date or dates that any portion of such Incentive Equity Award becomes vested, the following events will occur: (1) the Public Offering Entity shall sell a number of shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company equal to the number of shares in respect of such Incentive Equity Award which so vested for a purchase price equal to the Value of such shares of Class A Common Stock, and (2) the Public Offering Entity shall contribute the purchase price for such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company as a Capital Contribution; and

(iii) The Company shall issue to the Public Offering Entity on such vesting date a number of Class A Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued under Section 3.7(c)(i) in consideration for a Capital Contribution that the Public Offering Entity is deemed to make to the Company pursuant to clause (2) of 1.1.1(d)(i) above.

(d) Equity Awards Other than Options Granted to Company Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, an Incentive Equity Award is issued to a Company Employee (including any shares of Class A Common Stock that are subject to forfeiture in the event such Company Employee terminates his or her employment with the Company or any Subsidiary) in consideration for services performed for the Company or any Subsidiary the following events will be deemed to have occurred:

(i) The Public Offering Entity shall issue such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as are to be issued to such Company Employee in accordance with the Equity Plan in respect of such Incentive Equity Award;

(ii) On the date or dates (such date(s), the “Taxable Date(s)”) that the Value of any portion of such Incentive Equity Award is includible in taxable income of such Company Employee, the following events will occur: (1) the Public Offering Entity shall sell such a number of shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company (or if such Company Employee is an employee of, or other service provider to a Subsidiary, to such Subsidiary) equal to the number of shares in respect of such Incentive Equity Award that so vested for a purchase price equal to the Value of such shares of Class A Common Stock, (2) the Public Offering Entity shall contribute the purchase price for such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company as a Capital Contribution, and (3) in the case where such Company Employee is an employee of a Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have contributed such amount to the capital of the Subsidiary; and

(iii) The Company shall issue to the Public Offering Entity on the Taxable Date a number of Class A Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued under 1.1.1(d) in consideration for a Capital Contribution that the Public Offering Entity is deemed to make to the Company pursuant to clause (2) of 1.1.1(d)(i) above.

(e) Future Stock Incentive Plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the Public Offering Entity from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees, directors or other business associates of the Public Offering Entity, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates. The Members acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the Public Offering Entity, amendments to this Section 3.7 may become necessary or advisable and that any approval or consent to any such amendments requested by the Public Offering Entity shall be deemed granted by the Manager and the Unitholders, as applicable, without the requirement of any further consent or acknowledgement of any other Unitholder.

(f) Anti-dilution Adjustments. For all purposes of this Section 3.7, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the corresponding number of Class A Common Units shall be determined after giving effect to all anti-dilution or similar adjustments that are applicable, as of the date of exercise or vesting, to the option, warrant, restricted stock or other equity interest that is being exercised or becomes vested under the applicable Equity Plan and applicable Equity Agreement or grant documentation.

 

-22-


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND REDEMPTIONS

4.1 Distributions.

(a) Tax Distributions.

(i) So long as the Company is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent that funds of the Company are or may be available for distribution by the Company without violation of applicable law or any applicable agreement to which the Company is a party, and subject to the retention and establishment of reserves, or payment to third parties, of such funds as the Manager deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion with respect to the reasonable needs and obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, with respect to each Taxable Year, the Company shall make Distributions to each Unitholder in an amount of cash (each, a “Tax Distribution”) in accordance with, and to the extent of, such Member’s Assumed Tax Liability. Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) shall be estimated by the Company on a quarterly basis and, to the extent feasible, shall be distributed to the Unitholders on a quarterly basis on or prior to April 15th, June 15th, September 15th and January 15th (of the succeeding year) (or such other dates for which individuals or corporations (whichever is earlier) are required to make quarterly estimated tax payments for U.S. federal income tax purposes) (each, a “Quarterly Tax Distribution”), provided, that the foregoing shall not restrict the Company from making a Tax Distribution on any other date. Quarterly Tax Distributions shall take into account the estimated taxable income or loss of the Company for the Taxable Year through the end of the relevant quarterly period. A final accounting for Tax Distributions shall be made for each Taxable Year after the allocation of the Company’s actual net taxable income or loss has been determined and any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions a Unitholder received for such Fiscal Year based on such final accounting shall promptly be distributed to such Unitholder.

(ii) To the extent a Unitholder otherwise would be entitled to receive less than its Percentage Interest of the aggregate Tax Distributions to be paid pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) (other than any distributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(v)) on any given date, the Tax Distributions to such Unitholder shall be increased to ensure that all Tax Distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) are made pro rata in accordance with the Unitholders’ respective Percentage Interests. If, on the date of a Tax Distribution, there are insufficient funds on hand to distribute to the Unitholders the full amount of the Tax Distributions to which such Unitholders are otherwise entitled, Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) shall be made to the Unitholders to the extent of available funds in accordance with their Percentage Interests and the Company shall make future Tax Distributions (pro rata in accordance with the Unitholders’ respective Percentage Interests) as soon as funds become available sufficient to pay the remaining portion of the Tax Distributions to which such Unitholders are otherwise entitled.

 

-23-


(iii) In the event of any audit by, or similar event with, a taxing authority that affects the calculation of any Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability for any Taxable Year beginning after December 31, 2020 (other than an audit conducted pursuant to the Revised Partnership Audit Provisions for which no election is made pursuant to Section 6226 thereof and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder), or in the event the Company files an amended tax return, each Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such event (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account interest or penalties). Any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the Unitholders and former Unitholders received for the relevant Taxable Years based on such recalculated Assumed Tax Liability promptly shall be distributed to such Unitholders and the successors of such former Unitholders, except, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Distributions were made to such Unitholders and former Unitholders pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) in the relevant Taxable Years sufficient to cover such shortfall.

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any distributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(v)), if any, shall be made to a Unitholder only to the extent all previous Tax Distributions to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.1(a) with respect to the Fiscal Year are less than the Tax Distributions such Unitholder otherwise would have been entitled to receive with respect to such Taxable Year pursuant to this Section 4.1(a).

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything to the contrary in this Agreement, following the Effective Date, no Member shall have any further right to any Tax Distributions (as defined in the Prior Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.1(a) of the Prior Agreement.

(b) Other Distributions. Subject to Section 4.1(a), the Manager may (but shall not be obligated to) cause the Company to make Distributions at any time or from time to time out of funds or property legally available therefor, and on such terms as the Manager in its sole discretion shall determine (including the payment date of such Distributions) and using the record date as the Manager may designate. Each Distribution shall be made to the holders of Class A Common Units pro rata in accordance with each Unitholder’s Percentage Interest.

(c) Exception. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.1, neither the Company nor the Manager shall be obligated to make any Distribution if Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act (or, if such Delaware Act is amended, any successor provision) prevents the Company from making such Distribution.

4.2 Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3 (and, to the extent applicable, Section 4.5), each Taxable Year, after adjusting each Unitholder’s Capital Account for all contributions and distributions with respect to such Taxable Year, net Profits or net Losses shall be allocated among the Unitholders in a manner such that, after such allocations have been made, each Unitholder’s Capital Account balance (which may be a positive, negative, or zero balance) will equal (a) the amount that would be distributed to each such Unitholder, determined as if the Company were to (i) dissolve and have its affairs wound up (ii) sell all of its assets for their Book Values, (iii) satisfy all of its liabilities in accordance with their terms with the proceeds from such

 

-24-


sale (limited, with respect to nonrecourse liabilities, to the Book Values of the assets securing such liabilities), and (iv) distribute the remaining proceeds pursuant to Section 4.1(b) to the Unitholder’s immediately after making such allocation, minus (b) the sum of (x) such Unitholder’s share of the Company Minimum Gain and partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)), computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be applied prior to any allocations under Section 4.2.

(a) Unitholder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), then Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Unitholders in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4). This Section 4.3(a) is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(b) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, then each Unitholder shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.3(b) is intended to be a Minimum Gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset. If any Unitholder that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has a negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) but before the application of any other provision of this Article IV, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Unitholder in proportion to, and to the extent of, such negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance. This Section 4.3(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated among the Unitholders in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unitholder.

(e) Regulatory Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a) through 4.3(d) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Unitholders intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Company or make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction, and loss shall be reallocated among the Unitholders so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and

 

-25-


thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Unitholders to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Unitholders anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Unitholders so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Unitholder is zero. In addition, if in any Taxable Year or portion thereof there is a decrease in partnership Minimum Gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt Minimum Gain, and application of the Minimum Gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 4.3(a) or Section 4.3(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Unitholders, then the Unitholders may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service to waive either or both of such Minimum Gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, then this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such Minimum Gain chargeback requirement.

(f) Company Loss Allocations. Company Losses shall not be allocated to a Unitholder if such allocation of Losses would cause the Unitholder to have a negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance. Company Losses that cannot be allocated to a Unitholder shall be allocated to the other Unitholders; provided, however, that if no Unitholder may be allocated Company Losses due to the limitations of this Section 4.3(f), then Company Losses shall be allocated to all Unitholders in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

4.3 Tax Allocations.

(a) Allocations Generally. The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company will be allocated for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Unitholders in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the Unitholders for computing their Capital Accounts; provided, that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Unitholders so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts. The Company shall, to the extent necessary, effect the “corrective allocations” described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(4), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

(b) Code Section 704(c) Allocations. Items of Company taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall be allocated among the Unitholders in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its Book Value using any permissible method under Section 704(c), subject to the last sentence in this Section 4.3(b). In addition, if the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) or (s), then subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value using any permissible method under Code Section 704(c), subject to the following sentence. The Manager shall determine all allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) using the traditional method under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b);

 

-26-


provided that the Manager may elect to make curative allocations of the resulting tax gain or loss from the sale or disposition of any property in a manner that is intended to offset the effect of the cumulative amount of any “ceiling rule limitations” with respect to allocations of depreciation or amortization deductions in respect of such property in the current and all prior Taxable Years, as outlined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(c)(3).

(c) Allocation of Tax Credits, Tax Credit Recapture, Etc. Allocations of Tax credits, Tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Unitholders according to their interests in such items as determined by the Manager taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

(d) Allocation of Certain Tax Items. Profits and Losses described in Section 3.1(e)(v) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

(e) Effect of Allocations. Allocations pursuant to Section 4.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local Taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Unitholder’s Capital Account or share of Profits and Losses, Distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

4.4 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1, if the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Unitholder or a Unitholder’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state personal property taxes, and state unincorporated business taxes), then such Unitholder shall indemnify and contribute to the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). The Manager may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 4.4. A Unitholder’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to the Company under this Section 4.4 shall survive the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 4.4, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Unitholder under this Section 4.4, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percent (3%) per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Period.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT

5.1 Authority of Manager; Officer Delegation; Sole Authority. Except for situations in which the approval of any Member(s) is specifically required by this Agreement, (i) all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Public Offering Entity as the sole managing member of the Company (the Public Offering Entity, in such capacity, the “Manager”), (ii) the Manager shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Company and (iii) no other Member shall have any right, authority

 

-27-


or power to vote, consent or approve any matter, whether under the Delaware Act, this Agreement or otherwise. The Manager shall be the “manager” of the Company for the purposes of the Delaware Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Manager of all such powers and rights conferred on the Members by the Delaware Act with respect to the management and control of the Company. Any vacancies in the position of Manager shall be filled in accordance with Section 5.4.

(b) Certain Actions. Without limiting the authority of the Manager to act on behalf of the Company, the day-to-day business and operations of the Company may be overseen and implemented by officers of the Company (each, an “Officer” and collectively, the “Officers”), subject to the limitations imposed by the Manager. An Officer may, but need not, be a Member. Each Officer shall be appointed by the Manager and shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any one Person may hold more than one office. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including in Section 5.7 below), the salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Manager. The authority and responsibility of the Officers shall be limited to such duties as the Manager may, from time to time, delegate to them. Unless the Manager decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such Person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. All Officers shall be, and shall be deemed to be, officers and employees of the Company. An Officer may also perform one or more roles as an officer of the Manager. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Manager.

(c) Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Manager shall have the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, conversion, division, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity, for the avoidance of doubt, without the prior consent of any Member or any other Person being required. The Manager shall have the power and authority to cash out fractional Units on such terms and at such times as it determines.

5.2 Actions of the Manager. The Manager may act through any Officer or through any other Person or Persons to whom authority and duties have been delegated pursuant to Section 5.7.

5.3 Resignation; No Removal. The Manager may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Members. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Members, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. For the avoidance of doubt, the Members have no right under this Agreement to remove or replace the Manager.

 

-28-


5.4 Vacancies. Vacancies in the position of Manager occurring for any reason shall be filled by the Public Offering Entity (or, if the Public Offering Entity has ceased to exist without any successor or assign, then by the holders of a majority in interest of the voting capital stock of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such cessation). For the avoidance of doubt, the Members (other than the Public Offering Entity) have no right under this Agreement to fill any vacancy in the position of Manager.

5.5 Transactions Between the Company and the Manager. The Manager may cause the Company to contract and deal with the Manager, or any Affiliate of the Manager. The Members hereby approve each of the contracts or agreements between or among the Manager, the Company and their respective Affiliates entered into on or prior to the date of this Agreement in accordance with the Prior Agreement or that the Manager of the Company or the Corporate Board has approved in connection with the Recapitalization or the IPO as of the date of this Agreement.

5.6 Reimbursement for Expenses. The Manager shall not be compensated for its services as Manager of the Company except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Members acknowledge and agree that, upon consummation of the IPO, the Manager’s Class A Common Stock will be publicly traded and, therefore, the Manager will have access to the public capital markets and that such status and the services performed by the Manager will inure to the benefit of the Company and all Members; therefore, the Manager shall be reimbursed by the Company for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, including without limitation all fees, expenses and costs associated with the IPO and all fees, expenses and costs of being a public company (including without limitation public reporting obligations, proxy statements, stockholder meetings, stock exchange fees, transfer agent fees, legal fees, accounting fees, SEC and FINRA filing fees and offering expenses, and other related fees) and maintaining its corporate existence. In the event that shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to underwriters in the IPO (or in any subsequent public offering) at a price per share that is lower than the price per share for which such shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to the public in the IPO (or in such subsequent public offering, as applicable) after taking into account underwriters’ discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions (such difference, the “Discount”) (i) the Manager shall be deemed to have contributed to the Company in exchange for newly issued Units the full amount for which such shares of Class A Common Stock were sold to the public and (ii) the Company shall be deemed to have paid the Discount as an expense. To the extent practicable, expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company shall be billed directly to and paid by the Company and, if and to the extent any reimbursements to the Manager or any of its Affiliates by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.6 constitute gross income to such Person (as opposed to the repayment of advances made by such Person on behalf of the Company), such amounts shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Members’ Capital Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not bear any income tax obligations of the Manager or any payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

5.7 Delegation of Authority. The Manager (a) may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons such authority and duties as the Manager may deem advisable, and (b) may assign titles (including, without limitation, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, senior vice president, vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer) and delegate certain authority and duties to such Persons which may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. Any number of titles may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of such agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Manager, subject to the other provisions in this Agreement.

 

-29-


5.8 Limitation of Liability of Manager.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein or in an agreement entered into by such Person and the Company, neither the Manager nor any of the Manager’s Affiliates or Manager’s officers, employees or other agents shall be liable to the Company, to any Member that is not the Manager or to any other Person bound by this Agreement for any act or omission performed or omitted by the Manager in its capacity as the sole managing member of the Company pursuant to authority granted to the Manager by this Agreement; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided herein, such limitation of liability shall not apply to the extent the act or omission was attributable to the Manager’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of Law or for any present or future material breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by the Manager or its Affiliates contained herein. The Manager may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent (so long as such agent was selected in good faith and with reasonable care). The Manager shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts, including financial advisors, and any act of or failure to act by the Manager in good faith reliance on such advice shall in no event subject the Manager to liability to the Company or any Member that is not the Manager.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that the Manager shall act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, “fair and reasonable” to the Company or any Member that is not the Manager, the Manager shall determine such appropriate action or provide such terms considering, in each case, the relative interests of each party to such agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable United States generally accepted accounting practices or principles, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or in any agreement contemplated herein or applicable provisions of Law or equity or otherwise.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or in any agreement contemplated herein or applicable provisions of Law or equity or otherwise, whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, the Manager is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Manager shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company, other Members or any other Person.

 

-30-


(d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or in any agreement contemplated herein or applicable provisions of law or equity or otherwise, whenever in this Agreement the Manager is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Manager shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or duty otherwise, existing at Law or in equity, and, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, so long as the Manager acts in good faith or in accordance with such other express standard, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the Manager shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or impose liability upon the Manager or any of the Manager’s Affiliates and shall be deemed approved by all Members.

5.9 Investment Company Act. The Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF UNITHOLDERS AND MEMBERS

6.1 Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Unitholder, Member or Manager shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Unitholder or acting as a Member or Manager of the Company. A Unitholder’s liability (in its capacity as such) for debts, liabilities and losses of the Company shall be limited to such Unitholder’s share of the Company’s assets; provided, that a Unitholder shall be required to return to the Company any Distribution made to it in clear and manifest accounting or similar error. The immediately preceding sentence shall constitute a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as required by applicable law, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Unitholders, Members or Managers for liabilities of the Company.

6.2 Lack of Authority. No Unitholder or Member, in its capacity as such, has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company in any manner or way, to bind the Company, or do any act that would be (or could be construed as) binding on the Company, in any manner or way, or to make any expenditures on behalf of the Company, unless such specific authority has been expressly granted to and not revoked from such Member by the Manager, and the Unitholders and Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Manager of the powers conferred on it by law and this Agreement.

6.3 No Right of Partition. No Unitholder or Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any the Company property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company.

 

-31-


6.4 Indemnification.

(a) Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. Subject to Section 4.4, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Person (each, an “Indemnified Person”) to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), against all Expenses and Liabilities reasonably incurred or suffered by such Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates) in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 6.4(b)), or any claim, issue or matter therein, by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Unitholder, Manager or Member or is or was serving as a Representative of any Group Company or is or was serving at the request of any Group Company as a Representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise so long as such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnified Person has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnified Person has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 6.4.

(b) Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to Section 4.4, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person or on such Indemnified Person’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section 6.4(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Indemnified Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnified Person has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnified Person has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 6.4(b).

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Without limiting the rights of any Indemnified Person under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (i) such Indemnified Person is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (ii) the Company is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify such Indemnified Person with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against such Indemnified Person, and (iii) such Indemnified Person is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding,

 

-32-


then the Company shall indemnify such Indemnified Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person or on such Indemnified Person’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 6.4(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that an Indemnified Person is, by reason of such Indemnified Person’s status as a Representative of the Company or any of its Affiliates, a witness in any Proceeding to which such Indemnified Person is not a party, such Indemnified Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by him/her or on his/her behalf in connection therewith

(e) Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 6.4(a), 6.4(b) or 6.4(c), the Company shall indemnify each Indemnified Person to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if such Indemnified Person is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Proceeding: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the Delaware Act that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the Delaware Act (but, in the case of any such amendment or replacement, only to the extent that such amendment or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the Delaware Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a limited liability may indemnify its officers, directors and managers.

(f) Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such Indemnified Person under any statute, insurance policy procured by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such Indemnified Person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which such Indemnified Person has consented);

 

-33-


(iii) initiated by such Indemnified Person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnified Person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees (not by way of defense), unless (A) the Manager authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding), (B) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (C) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement or applicable law, or (D) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(iv) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law in a final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal.

(g) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause such Indemnified Person to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding (including any appeal). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to such Indemnified Person’s ability to repay Expenses and without regard to such Indemnified Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Each Indemnified Person shall undertake to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. To obtain indemnification, an Indemnified Person shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein documentation and information as is reasonably available to such Indemnified Person and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent such Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification, and shall request payment thereof. The Company shall (i) pay Expenses on behalf of such Indemnified Person, (ii) advance to such Indemnified Person funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expense, or (iii) reimburse such Indemnified Person for such Expenses.

(h) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, law, vote of the Manager or otherwise. In addition, the Company hereby acknowledges that certain directors and officers affiliated with the Public Offering Entity may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Public Offering Entity or certain of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnified Person are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnified Person are secondary), (ii) that it

 

-34-


shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnified Person in accordance with this Section 6.4 without regard to any rights the Indemnified Person may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnified Person with respect to any claim for which the Indemnified Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnified Person against the Company.

(i) Insurance. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect any Indemnified Person against any expense, liability or loss described in this Section 6.4 whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Indemnified Person against such Expense or Liability under the provisions of this Section 6.4.

(j) Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (including in this Section 6.4), any indemnity by the Company relating to the matters covered in this Section 6.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Unitholder (unless such Unitholder otherwise agrees in writing or is found in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction to have personal liability on account thereof) shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to help satisfy such indemnity of the Company (except as expressly provided herein).

(k) Savings Clause. If this Section 6.4 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 6.4 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.4 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

6.5 Unitholders Right to Act. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or by non-waivable provisions of the Delaware Act, the Unitholders shall not have any voting or consent rights under this Agreement or the Delaware Act with respect to the Units held by such Person, including with respect to any matters to be decided by the Company or any other governance matters described in this Agreement, and each Unitholder, by its acceptance of Units, expressly waives any consent or voting rights (except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement) or other rights to participate in the governance of the Company, whether such rights may be provided under the Delaware Act or otherwise. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or non-waivable provisions of the Delaware Act, on all matters (if any) submitted to the Unitholders for a vote, the Public Offering Entity shall be entitled to one (1) vote per Class A Common Unit held by such holder, and all other holders of Class A Common Units shall be entitled to vote only to the extent described in this Agreement, including as described in Section 14.2. The actions by the Unitholders permitted hereunder may be taken at a meeting called by the Manager or by Unitholders holding a majority of the Units entitled to vote or consent on the matter on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice to the other Unitholders entitled to vote or consent thereon, which notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called. Each Member entitled to vote shall be allowed to participate in any such meeting of the Unitholders by means of telephone. The actions taken by the Unitholders entitled to vote or consent at any meeting (as opposed to by written consent), however called and noticed, shall be as valid as though

 

-35-


taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if (but not until), the Unitholders entitled to vote or consent as to whom it was improperly held appears at such meeting without protest, or either before, at or after the meeting, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The actions by the Unitholders entitled to vote or consent may be taken by vote of the Unitholders entitled to vote or consent at a meeting or by written consent (without a meeting and without a vote) so long as such consent is signed by the Unitholders having not less than the minimum number of Units that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Unitholders entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the action so taken without a meeting shall be given to those Unitholders entitled to vote or consent who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the Unitholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the Unitholders at a meeting thereof.

6.6 Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (subject to Section 5.8 with respect to the Manager), to the extent that, at Law or in equity, any Member (including without limitation, the Manager but subject to Section 5.8 with respect to the Manager) (or such Member’s Affiliate or any manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of such Member or of any Affiliate of such Member (each Person described in this parenthetical, a “Related Person”)) has duties (including fiduciary duties (other than any fiduciary duty owed by such Member or Related Person to the Public Offering Entity)) to the Company, to the Manager, to another Member, to any Person who acquires an interest in a Class A Common Unit or to any other Person bound by this Agreement, all such duties are hereby eliminated, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and replaced with the duties or standards expressly set forth herein, if any; provided, however, that each Member (including the Manager) shall have the duty to act in accordance with the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The elimination of such duties to the Company, the Manager, each of the Members, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Class A Common Unit and each other Person bound by this Agreement and replacement thereof with the duties or standards expressly set forth herein, if any, are approved by the Company, the Manager, each of the Members, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Company Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement.

6.7 Interested Transactions. The Manager may cause any Group Company to enter into any contracts or transactions with the Investors, the other Unitholders and their respective Affiliates as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion and no manager shall be deemed to have breached any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty or other duty to the Company, the Unitholders or any other Person with respect to any action or inaction in connection with or relating to any such transaction.

6.8 Confidentiality. Each Unitholder recognizes and acknowledges that it has and may in the future receive certain Confidential Information. Each Unitholder, on behalf of itself and, to the extent that such Unitholder would be responsible under principles of agency law for the acts of its directors, officers, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and members, agrees that it will not, during or after the term of this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly through an Affiliate or otherwise, disclose Confidential Information to any Person for any reason or purpose

 

-36-


whatsoever, except (a) to authorized directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees of any Group Company and as otherwise may be proper in the course of performing such Unitholder’s obligations, or enforcing such Unitholder’s rights, under this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby; or (b) as is required to be disclosed by order of a Governmental Entity, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by law, rule or regulation; provided, that to the extent permitted by law, the Unitholder required to make such disclosure shall provide to the Manager prompt notice of such disclosure. For purposes of this Section 6.8, Confidential Information shall not include any information that was or has become generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by any Group Company to the public. Nothing in this Section 6.8 shall in any way limit or otherwise modify any confidentiality covenants entered into between any Unitholder and any Group Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.8, the Public Offering Entity may disclose any Confidential Information pursuant to any disclosure obligation under any applicable law or stock exchange rule with no obligation to provide written notice to the Company or any other Member to whom such Confidential Information relates.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

7.1 Records and Accounting. The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.2 or pursuant to applicable laws. All matters concerning (a) the determination of the relative amount of allocations and Distributions among the Unitholders pursuant to Article III and Article IV and (b) accounting procedures and determinations, and other determinations not specifically and expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement, shall be determined by the Manager, whose determination shall be final and conclusive as to all of the Unitholders absent manifest error.

7.2 Tax Reports. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, to each Person who was a Unitholder at any time during such Fiscal Year all information necessary for the preparation of such Person’s United States federal and state income tax returns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, only holders of Class A Common Units who are not employed by, providing services to or otherwise partnered with any Person that is or is reasonably likely to become competitive with any Group Company shall be entitled to inspect, review, obtain or receive any information about the Group Companies under Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act, under this Agreement or otherwise, other than as set forth in this Section 7.2 and Section 8.2.

7.3 Transmission of Communications. Each Person that owns or controls Units on behalf of, or for the benefit of, another Person or Persons shall be responsible for conveying any report, notice or other communication received from the Company to such other Person or Persons.

 

-37-


ARTICLE VIII

TAX MATTERS

8.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Manager shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax returns required to be filed by the Company.

8.2 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year unless the Manager shall determine otherwise and, in any event, shall be as permitted or required by the Code. The Manager shall determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code, except as otherwise provided herein. Each Unitholder will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to such election.

8.3 Tax Controversies.

(a) The Public Offering Entity shall be the Partnership Representative, and shall be authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by Tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Company funds for professional services reasonably incurred in connection therewith. The Partnership Representative shall appoint a “designated individual” in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 301.6223-1(b)(3)(i), as applicable. Each Unitholder agrees to cooperate with the Company and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Company with respect to the conduct of such proceedings.

(b) Without limitation of any Unitholder’s entitlement to Tax Distributions under Section 4.3 hereof, but notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) with respect to any “imputed underpayment” pertaining to the Company within the meaning of Section 6225 of the Code, the Partnership Representative shall make a timely election under Section 6226(a) of the Code, and (ii) each Unitholder shall be liable for and, promptly upon demand by the Partnership Representative, pay to the Company such Unitholder’s share of any imputed underpayment of tax imposed on Unitholders in their capacities as such and any interest and penalties relating thereto imposed on the Company as a result of any partnership adjustment or other proceeding with substantially similar effect under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules; for the avoidance of doubt, the immediately preceding clause (ii) applies only to U.S. federal income taxes and related interest and penalties imposed under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules and state and local income taxes and related interest and penalties imposed under state and local tax laws or regulations that conform to or operate in substantially the same manner as the Partnership Tax Audit Rules with respect to any imputed underpayment and related interest and penalties.

(b) Promptly following the written request of the Partnership Representative, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, reimburse and indemnify the Partnership Representative for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Partnership Representative in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding (i) with respect to the Tax liability of the Company and/or (ii) with respect to the Tax liability of the Unitholders in connection with the operations of the Company. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive the termination of the Company or the termination of any Unitholder’s interest in the Company and shall remain binding on the Unitholders for as long a period of time as is necessary to resolve with the Internal Revenue Service (or similar state or local governmental authority) any and all matters regarding the taxation of the Company or the Unitholders.

 

-38-


ARTICLE IX

TRANSFER OF UNITS

9.1 Required Consent. No Unitholder shall Transfer (or offer or agree to Transfer) all or any part of any interest in any Equity Securities except in compliance with this Article IX and any other agreement binding upon such Unitholder that restricts the Transfer of Equity Securities (including any Equity Agreement and any underwriter lock-up agreement applicable to such Unitholder). In addition to complying with any other provisions regarding Transfer of Equity Securities set forth herein or in any applicable Equity Agreement, no Unitholder shall (directly or indirectly through a transfer of such Unitholder’s equity interests) Transfer (or offer or agree to Transfer) all or any part of any interest in any Equity Securities without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Manager, which consent may be withheld in the Manager’s sole discretion; provided, that such Unitholder may Transfer Equity Securities (without the Manager’s prior written consent, but subject to the other provisions of this Agreement or any applicable Equity Agreement) (i) pursuant to an Approved Sale, (ii) pursuant to any forfeiture or repurchase provisions set forth in any applicable Employment Agreement or Equity Agreement, (iii) pursuant to an Exchange effected pursuant to Section 9.9, or (iv) to such Unitholder’s Permitted Transferees subject to Sections 9.4(c) and (f); provided, however, that if such Unitholder Transfers any interests in any Units to a Permitted Transferee and such Person ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of such Unitholder, then such Person shall, upon ceasing to be a Permitted Transferee, Transfer such interest back to the Unitholder making such initial Transfer. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, it shall be a condition precedent to any Transfer of any Class A Common Unit that constitutes a portion of a Combined Unit that, concurrently with such Transfer, such transferring Member shall also Transfer to the transferee a corresponding share of Noneconomic Stock. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed a Transfer by such Member of Units in violation of this Agreement (and a breach of this Agreement by such Member) and shall be null and void ab initio. The certificate of incorporation of the Public Offering Entity (as amended and in effect from time to time) shall govern the redemption, exchange and conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, to Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, and a conversion pursuant to and in accordance with such certificate of incorporation of the Public Offering Entity shall not be considered a “Transfer” for purposes of this Agreement.

9.2 Approved Sale.

(a) General Approved Sale. Each Member and each Unitholder hereby agree that, if the Manager approves a Change of Control (an “Approved Sale”), then each Member and each direct and indirect Unitholder shall be deemed to have voted for and provided any applicable consent to (and, if requested, to confirm such consent, whether at a meeting of Unitholders or in writing to), and in any event agrees to raise no objections against, and not otherwise impede or delay, such Approved Sale.

(b) Approved Sale Procedures. In furtherance of the foregoing, if the Approved Sale is structured as a (i) merger or consolidation, then each Member and Unitholder shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation, or (ii) sale of Units, then each Member and Unitholder shall agree to sell, and shall sell, all of his, her or its Units and rights to acquire Units (to the extent that such Units or rights to

 

-39-


acquire Units are not automatically deemed cancelled in the event of an Approved Sale pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any applicable Equity Agreement) on the terms and conditions approved by the Manager. Each Member and Unitholder shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale as requested by the Manager which may include a mandatory Exchange under Section 9.9(b). The obligations of any Member or Unitholder with respect to an Approved Sale are, except as provided in Section 9.2(c) below, subject to the condition that each Unitholder shall receive (or have the option to receive) the same form and mix of consideration and the same per Unit amount of consideration (taking into account the priorities, thresholds and limitations of each class of Units set forth herein) upon the consummation of such Approved Sale.

(c) Application of Proceeds. The proceeds of any such Change of Control received by the Unitholders, in their capacity as such (other than in respect of bona fide payments for services to be rendered on an arms-length basis (e.g., not involving consulting arrangements or non-compete payments)), shall be allocated among the Unitholders based upon the Units included in such Change of Control as if the proceeds of such Change of Control were paid pursuant to Section 4.1(b) in connection with a Distribution and the Units of the Unitholders included in such Change of Control were the only outstanding Units of the Company at the time of such Distribution.

(d) Purchaser Representative. If any Group Company enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), then each of the other Unitholders that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act shall, at the request of the Company, appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act) designated by the Company. If any such Unitholder so appoints a purchaser representative, then the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative. However, if any such Unitholder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, then such Unitholder shall appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Unitholder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(e) No Grant of Dissenters Rights or Appraisal Rights. In no manner shall this Section 9.2 be construed to grant to any Member or Unitholder any dissenters rights or appraisal rights or give any Member or Unitholder any right to vote in any transaction structured as a merger or consolidation or otherwise (it being understood that the Unitholders hereby expressly waive rights under Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Contractual Appraisal Rights”) and grant to the Manager the sole right to approve or consent to a merger or consolidation of the Company without approval or consent of the Members or the Unitholders).

 

-40-


9.3 Effect of Assignment.

(a) Termination of Rights. Any Member who assigns any Units or other interest in the Company shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Units or other interest and shall no longer have any rights or privileges of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest, except as provided in Section 9.1; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may, in the discretion of the Manager, apportion any Tax Distribution made with respect to any assigned Unit or other interest in the Company between the assignor and assignee so as to reflect the manner in which the corresponding taxable income allocable with respect to such assigned Unit or other interest in the Company has been allocated as between the assignor Member and assignee Member.

(b) Deemed Agreement. Any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units or other interest in the Company, irrespective of whether such Person has accepted and adopted in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed by the acceptance of the benefits of the acquisition thereof to have agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement that any predecessor in such Units or other interest in the Company of such Person was subject to or by which such predecessor was bound.

9.4 Additional Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Execution of Counterpart. Except in connection with an Approved Sale or Exchanges made in accordance with Section 9.9, each Transferee of Units or other interests in the Company shall, as a condition prior to such Transfer, execute and deliver to the Company a counterpart or acceptable joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Transferee shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Notice. In connection with the Transfer of any Units, the holder of such Units will deliver written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Transfer or proposed Transfer.

(c) Legal Opinion. Except in connection with Transfers to Permitted Transferees or Exchanges made in accordance with Section 9.9, no Transfer of Units or any other interest in the Company may be made unless in the opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Manager (which opinion may be waived by the Manager), such Transfer would not violate any federal securities laws or any state or provincial securities or “blue sky” laws (including any investor suitability standards) applicable to the Company or the interest to be Transferred, or cause the Company to be required to register as an “Investment Company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Such opinion of counsel shall be delivered in writing to the Company prior to the date of the Transfer.

(d) No Avoidance of Provisions. No Unitholder shall directly or indirectly (i) permit the Transfer of all or any portion of the direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Unitholder or (ii) otherwise seek to avoid the provisions of this Agreement by issuing, or permitting the issuance of, any direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Unitholder, in any such case in a manner that would fail to comply with this Article IX if such Unitholder had Transferred Units directly, unless such Unitholder first complies with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Code Section 7704 Private Placement Safe Harbor. In order for the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” and not taxed as a corporation pursuant to Section 7704 by satisfying the private placement rule in Treasury Section 1.7704-1(h), notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Transfer of any Unit or economic interest shall be permitted or recognized by the Company or the Manager (within the meaning of Treasury

 

-41-


Regulation Section 1.7704-1(d)) if and to the extent that such Transfer would reasonably be expected to cause a non-de minimis risk that the Company would have more than one hundred (100) partners (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), including the look-through rule in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)). The Company and the Manager shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of a nationally recognized law or accounting firm with expertise in Tax matters in making any determination under this Section 9.4(e).

(f) Additional Transfer Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any Unitholder Transfer any Units to the extent such transfer (i) could reasonably be expected to create a non-de minimis risk that the Company could be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” or could be taxed as a corporation pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code or any successor provision thereto under the Code (as determined in the sole discretion of the Manager or (ii) if such Unitholder is a person that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, unless such Unitholder and transferee have delivered to the Company, in respect of the relevant Transfer, written evidence that all required withholding under Section 1446(f) of the Code will have been done and duly remitted to the applicable taxing authority or duly executed certifications (prepared in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations or other authorities) of an exemption from such withholding. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Unitholder (or such Unitholder’s estate) attempts to Transfer any Units in connection with the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of such Unitholder, such Transfer shall, to the extent it is in violation of this Agreement (unless otherwise waived by the Manager) be void ab initio such that the Unitholder (or such Unitholder’s estate) remains the owner of the applicable Units.

9.5 Legend. In the event that Certificated Units are issued, such Certificated Units will bear the following legend:

“THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“STATE ACTS”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR STATE ACTS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

THE TRANSFER OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF ______, 2021, AS AMENDED, RESTATED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, GOVERNING THE ISSUER (THE “COMPANY”), AND BY AND AMONG CERTAIN INVESTORS (THE “LLC AGREEMENT”). THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, CERTAIN

 

-42-


VESTING PROVISIONS, REPURCHASE OPTIONS, OFFSET RIGHTS AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE LLC AGREEMENT AND/OR A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER. A COPY OF SUCH CONDITIONS, REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

If a Member holding Certificated Units delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Manager (which opinion may be waived by the Manager), that no subsequent Transfer of such Units will require registration under the Securities Act, then the Company will promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new Certificated Units that do not bear the portion of the restrictive legend relating to the Securities Act set forth in this Section 9.5.

9.6 Transfer Fees and Expenses. Except as provided in Section 9.2, the Transferor and Transferee of any Units or other interest in the Company shall be jointly and severally obligated to reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether or not consummated.

9.7 Void Transfers. Any Transfer by any Member or Unitholder or Permitted Transferee of any Units or other interest in the Company in contravention of this Agreement (including the failure of the Transferee to execute a counterpart or acceptable joinder to this Agreement) or any applicable Equity Agreement, or which would cause the Company to not be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company or any other party. No purported Assignee shall have any right to any gross items of income, gain, deduction or loss or Distributions of the Company.

9.8 Vesting, Forfeiture and Repurchase of Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Units may be subject to vesting, forfeiture or repurchase as set forth in any applicable Equity Agreement. Upon any repurchase or redemption of any Unit, in lieu of the cancellation of any repurchased or redeemed Units, the Manager may, in its sole discretion, elect that such repurchased or redeemed Units, as the case may be, remain issued and be held in the name, and on behalf of, the Company.

9.9 Exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock.

(a) Elective Exchanges.

(i) Each Class A Unitholder shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender Combined Units (with the Class A Common Units surrendered to the Company, and the corresponding Noneconomic Stock surrendered to the Public Offering Entity) in exchange for the delivery by the Company to the exchanging Class A Unitholder of, at the option of the Public Offering Entity (as determined solely by a majority of its directors who are disinterested), (A) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock (or Class D Common Stock, for Class

 

-43-


A Unitholders for which the Noneconomic Stock comprising a portion of the Combined Units is Class C Common Stock and that are eligible to own Class C Common Stock pursuant to the certificate of incorporation (as then in effect) of the Public Offering Entity) that is equal to the product of the number of Combined Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (a “Share Settlement”), which such shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, may be contributed by the Public Offering Entity to the Company in exchange for Class A Common Units, or (B) an amount of cash equal to the Cash Redemption Price of such shares net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with the registration and sale of such shares in a registered offering, as reasonably determined by the Manager (a “Cash Settlement,” and any such exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, or cash, an “Exchange”); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Public Offering Entity may make a Cash Settlement only to the extent that the Public Offering Entity has cash available in an amount equal to at least the Cash Redemption Price which was received pursuant to a contemporaneous public offering or private sale. Any such Exchange shall be for a minimum of the lowest of (i) 5,000 Combined Units, (ii) such other number of Combined Units as may be determined by the Manager with respect to any particular Exchange, and (iii) all of the Combined Units held by such Class A Unitholder. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any Exchange shall be treated as a direct exchange of the Combined Units between the Public Offering Entity and the Class A Unitholder participating in the Exchange for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.

(ii) A Class A Unitholder shall exercise its right to Exchange Combined Units as set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i) by delivering to (I) the Public Offering Entity, (A) a written election of exchange in respect of the Combined Units to be Exchanged (an “Exchange Notice”), duly executed by such Class A Unitholder, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Company, in each case during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Public Offering Entity or such address as designated by the Public Offering Entity, (B) any certificate(s) representing the Noneconomic Stock included in such Combined Units, (C) if the Public Offering Entity requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 9.12(b), such certification, or written notice from such Class A Unitholder that it is unable to provide such certification, and (D) in the case of an exchange of Class C Common Stock, a designation of whether the holder elects to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock and (II) the Company, the Class A Common Units included in such Combined Units (including, in each case, any certificates representing the underlying Class A Common Units issued to such Class A Unitholder according to the books and records of the Company and the Public Offering Entity, respectively); provided, that if any such certificate has been lost, then the exchanging Class A Unitholder may deliver, in lieu of such certificate, an affidavit of lost certificate. Upon a Class A Unitholder exercising its right to Exchange, the Company and the Public Offering Entity shall take such actions as may be required to ensure that such Class A Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, or cash that such exchanging Class A Unitholder is entitled to receive in connection with such Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a). Each Class A Unitholder may exercise its right to Exchange Combined Units only one time per calendar

 

-44-


quarter. If an exchanging Class A Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, or cash that it is entitled to receive in connection with an Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a) from the Company pursuant to this Section 9.9(a)(ii), then the Class A Unitholder shall have no further right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, or cash in connection with that Exchange, and the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under the second sentence of this Section 9.9(a)(ii). An Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a) shall be deemed to have been effected on the Business Day immediately following the earliest Business Day as of which the Public Offering Entity and the Company have received the items specified in clauses (I) through (II) of the first sentence of this Section 9.9(a)(ii); provided that no Exchange shall be effected prior to the end of a month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately prior to the end of a month) (such Business Day, the “Exchange Date”). Subject to the rights of Class A Unitholders to revoke an Exchange Notice in accordance with Section 9.9(a)(iii), on the Exchange Date, all rights of the exchanging Class A Unitholder as a holder of the Combined Units that are subject to the Exchange shall cease, and, in the case of a Share Settlement, such Class A Unitholder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, to be received by the exchanging Class A Unitholder in respect of such Exchange.

(iii) If, following its receipt of an Exchange Notice, the Public Offering Entity is unable to deliver to the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange shares of Class A Common Stock that are covered under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or that are otherwise freely tradeable or sellable by such Class A Unitholder, then the Public Offering Entity shall notify the requesting Class A Unitholder in writing of that fact, and such Class A Unitholder may, by written notice to the Company and the Public Offering Entity, revoke its Exchange Notice requesting such Exchange, whereupon the Exchange shall be terminated, the Combined Units so requested to be included in such Exchange shall be reinstated in the name of such holder, and any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, issued to such holder as a result of such Exchange shall be cancelled.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.9, the Public Offering Entity (as determined solely by a majority of its directors who are disinterested) may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to effect on the Exchange Date the exchange of Combined Units for the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as the case may be, through a direct exchange of such Combined Units and the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as applicable, between the applicable Class A Unitholder and the Public Offering Entity (a “Direct Exchange”). Upon such Direct Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a)(iv), the Public Offering Entity shall acquire the Combined Units and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Combined Units.

 

-45-


(b) Mandatory Exchanges.

(i) The Public Offering Entity shall have the right to require each Class A Unitholder to Exchange all of such Class A Unitholder’s Combined Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.9(a), mutatis mutandis, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control

(ii) The Public Offering Entity shall exercise its right to require an Exchange of Combined Units as set forth in Section 9.9(c)(i) by delivering to the Class A Unitholder written notice of such mandatory Exchange (a “Mandatory Exchange Notice”) and the date the Exchange shall be deemed to occur (the “Mandatory Exchange Date”), which date may not be earlier than the date of such written notice; provided, that such date may be described as immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, and the Public Offering Entity shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such notice to all Class A Unitholders at least ten (10) calendar days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated Change of Control is to be effected. From and after the Mandatory Exchange Date, (x) the Combined Units shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Company or Public Offering Entity, as applicable, on the Mandatory Exchange Date, (y) in the case of a Share Settlement, the Class A Unitholder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, to be received by the exchanging Class A Unitholder in respect of such Exchange on the Mandatory Exchange Date, and (z) the Class A Unitholder shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Combined Units other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, or cash pursuant to Section 9.9(b)(i) upon compliance with its obligations under Section 9.9(b)(iii).

(iii) On or prior to the Mandatory Exchange Date (or if less than ten (10) calendar days’ notice of the Mandatory Exchange Date is given, within five (5) Business Days of such notice), the Class A Unitholder shall deliver during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Public Offering Entity or such address as designated by the Public Offering Entity: (A) an acknowledgement of the Mandatory Exchange Notice (a “Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement”), duly executed by such Class A Unitholder, (B) any certificate(s) representing all Combined Units held by the Class A Unitholder to be Exchanged on the Mandatory Exchange Date (including any certificates representing the underlying Class A Common Units and any stock certificates representing the underlying shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, in each case issued to such Class A Unitholder according to the books and records of the Company and the Public Offering Entity, as applicable); provided, that if any such certificate has been lost, then the exchanging Class A Unitholder may deliver, in lieu of such certificate, an affidavit of lost certificate, and (C) if the Public Offering Entity or the Company requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 9.12(b), such certification or written notice from such Class A Unitholder that it is unable to provide such certification.

(c) Issuance of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock. As promptly as practicable following satisfaction of such Class A Unitholder’s obligations under Section 9.9(a)(ii) or Section 9.9(b)(iii), as applicable, and in any event no later than five (5) Business Days after such obligations are satisfied, in the event of a Share Settlement, the Public Offering Entity or the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such Class A Unitholder, at such Unitholder’s address of record (or at such other address as such Unitholder may designate to the Public Offering Entity), the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or

 

-46-


Class D Common Stock, as applicable, deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging Class A Unitholder. To the extent that the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or a transfer agent or similar intermediary, the Public Offering Entity will upon the written instruction of an exchanging Class A Unitholder, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, deliverable to such exchanging Class A Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or such agent or intermediary, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company or such agent or intermediary designated by such exchanging Class A Unitholder in the Exchange Notice or the Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no fractional shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, shall be issued as a result of any Exchange. In lieu of any fractional share of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, to which a Class A Unitholder would otherwise be entitled in any Exchange, the Company or the Public Offering Entity shall pay to such Class A Unitholder cash equal to such fractional share multiplied by the closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, on the most recent trading day preceding the Exchange Date or Mandatory Exchange Date, as applicable, on which the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, otherwise deliverable in such Exchange are deemed to be delivered.

(d) Cancellation of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock; Class A Common Units. Any shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed cancelled without any action on the part of any Person, including the Public Offering Entity, upon the relevant Exchange Date or Mandatory Exchange Date, as applicable. Any such cancelled shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, shall no longer be outstanding, and all rights with respect to such shares shall automatically cease and terminate. Any Class A Common Units surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed held by the Public Offering Entity thereafter without any action on the part of any Person, including the Company.

(e) Expenses. The Company shall bear its own expenses and the expenses of the Public Offering Entity and each exchanging Class A Unitholder in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Public Offering Entity shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange.

(f) Other Prohibitions on Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Class A Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange Combined Units to the extent that the Public Offering Entity or the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation or (ii) would not be permitted under (w) this Agreement, (x) any lock-up agreement executed in connection with the IPO or any other contractual lock-up agreement relating to the shares of the Public Offering Entity (or any corresponding Units) that may be applicable to such Class A Unitholder, (y) any other agreement with the Public Offering Entity, its subsidiaries, the Company or the Subsidiaries to which such Class A Unitholder is then subject, or (z) any written policies of the Public Offering Entity, its subsidiaries, the Company or the Subsidiaries related to unlawful or inappropriate trading applicable to its directors, officers or other personnel to which such Class A

 

-47-


Unitholder is then subject. For the avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by any law or regulation pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available, and the parties hereto believe that there is currently no law or regulation, and acknowledge that there is no agreement of the type referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, that would, in either case, restrict the ability of a Class A Unitholder to Exchange Combined Units.

9.10 Adjustment of Exchange Rate.

(a) The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit or stock split, unit or stock distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit or stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of Class A Common Units, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of Class A Common Units or Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock. For example, if there is a 2-for-1 stock split of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock and no corresponding split with respect to the Class A Common Units or Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, then the Exchange Rate would be adjusted to be 2. To the extent not reflected in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging Class A Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging Class A Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 9.10 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such other security or other property.

(b) Each time that the Public Offering Entity (i) purchases Combined Units other than in connection with (A) a corresponding issuance by the Public Offering Entity of the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock (whether as a result of an Exchange or otherwise) or (B) a concurrent recapitalization of the Company that causes the number of Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity to equal the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock outstanding immediately following such

 

-48-


purchase of Combined Units, or (ii) repurchases shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock without a corresponding redemption by the Company of Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity, then the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted immediately following such transaction described in the immediately foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), as applicable, without any further action by the Public Offering Entity, the Company or any Class A Unitholder, as follows: the Exchange Rate shall first be set at a ratio, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock of the Public Offering Entity then issued and outstanding, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Class A Common Units then owned by the Public Offering Entity, in each case after giving effect to the transaction that gave rise to such Exchange Rate adjustment and prior to giving effect to any event that has occurred which would give rise to an adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 9.10(a), and then that ratio shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9.10(a) for each event (if any) giving rise to such Section 9.10(a) adjustment assuming that such event had occurred after the transaction that gave rise to the Exchange Rate adjustment being made pursuant to this Section 9.10(b). If at any time the Public Offering Entity issues a share of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock for no consideration or consideration other than cash, then the Company shall issue to the Public Offering Entity one Class A Common Unit.

(c) If the Public Offering Entity pays a dividend or otherwise makes a distribution in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, in each case of property other than cash, and such property was not acquired with cash received by the Public Offering Entity from the Company, was not distributed to the Public Offering Entity from the Company and is not in connection with an event that results in an Exchange Rate adjustment pursuant to Section 9.10(a), then, upon any Exchange that occurs subsequent to such dividend or distribution of property, the Public Offering Entity shall distribute to the Class A Unitholder conducting such Exchange the property that such Class A Unitholder would have received in such prior dividend or distribution in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock received by such Class A Unitholder in such Exchange if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the record date for such prior dividend or distribution.

9.11 Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock to be Delivered upon Exchange.

(a) The Public Offering Entity and the Company covenant and agree to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon an Exchange pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to such Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such Exchange. In the event that an Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any such registration statement has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable for such Exchange, the Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements; provided, that if no such registration is available, then the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange may revoke its Exchange Notice as described in Section 9.9(a)(iii). Nothing herein shall be construed as a requirement for the Public Offering Entity or the Company to settle the Exchange for cash. The Public Offering Entity shall not be required to comply with this Section 9.11(a) in an Exchange in connection with a Change of Control nor shall the Public Offering Entity be required to register or list the Class D Common Stock.

 

-49-


(b) The Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery; provided, that if the shares Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon an Exchange are not freely tradeable or otherwise sellable by the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange, then such Class A Unitholder may revoke its Exchange Notice as described in Section 9.9(a)(iii).

(c) The Public Offering Entity shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon Exchange of all then-outstanding Combined Units (assuming all the Combined Units are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock).

(d) Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Public Offering Entity has taken all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions from, or dispositions to, the Public Offering Entity of equity securities of the Public Offering Entity (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities which may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Public Offering Entity for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Public Offering Entity who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Public Offering Entity upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Public Offering Entity pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such Person pursuant to this Agreement).

(e) If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, then the Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.

(f) The Public Offering Entity covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, delivered upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Public Offering Entity or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any Person.

(g) For purposes of determining any ordinary income recognized under Code Section 751 with respect to any Exchange pursuant to Section 9.9 (or pursuant to Code Section 741 in the event of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Combined Units), to the extent allowed under laws applicable to the Company, the Manager and the Unitholders agree to use good faith efforts to allocate the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Company’s assets among the Company’s assets consistently with past practice.

 

-50-


9.12 Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.

(a) If the Public Offering Entity or the Company shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax rules or regulations in respect of any Exchange, then the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including at its option withholding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of any Taxes which the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts are (or property is) so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property) shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the applicable Class A Unitholder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the Public Offering Entity and the Company may, at its own discretion, require as a condition to the effectiveness of an Exchange that an exchanging Class A Unitholder deliver to the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, an IRS Form W-9 or other certification that the exchanging Class A Unitholder is not a “foreign person” within the meanings of Sections 1445 and 1446(f) of the Code. In the event that the Public Offering Entity or the Company has required delivery of such certification but an exchanging Class A Unitholder is unable to do so, the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, shall nevertheless deliver or cause to be delivered to the exchanging Class A Unitholder the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, in accordance with Section 9.9, but subject to withholding as provided in Section 9.12(a).

9.13 No Transfer of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, no Class A Unitholder may Transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any portion of its shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock or any rights therein (voting or otherwise) to any other Person.

9.14 Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to the Public Offering Entity(b) . In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, takeover bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to Class A Common Stock (each of the foregoing, an “Offer”) is proposed by the Public Offering Entity or is proposed to the Public Offering Entity or its stockholders and approved by the Corporate Board or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the Corporate Board, the Public Offering Entity shall provide written notice of an Offer to all Class A Unitholders within the earlier of (a) five (5) Business Days following the execution of an agreement (if applicable) with respect to, or the commencement of (if applicable), such Offer and (b) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which such Offer is to be effected, including in such notice such information as may reasonably describe such Offer, subject to applicable laws, including the date of execution of such agreement (if applicable) or of such commencement (if applicable), the material terms of such Offer, including the amount and types of consideration to be received by holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in such Offer, any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with such Offer, and the number of Units (and the corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable)

 

-51-


held by such Class A Unitholder that is applicable to such Offer. The Class A Unitholders shall be permitted to participate in such Offer by delivery of an Exchange Notice (which Exchange Notice shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Offer, and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be contingent upon such Offer and not be effective if such Offer is not consummated). In the case of an Offer proposed by the Public Offering Entity, the Public Offering Entity will use its commercially reasonable efforts expeditiously and in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Class A Unitholders to participate in such Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock without discrimination. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Class A Unitholders be entitled to receive in such Offer aggregate consideration for each Combined Unit that is greater than the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with an Offer (it being understood that payments under or in respect of the Tax Receivable Agreement shall not be considered part of any such consideration).

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF MEMBERS

10.1 Substituted Members. In connection with the Transfer of Units of a Unitholder permitted under the terms of this Agreement, the Equity Agreements (if applicable), and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, the Transferee shall become a Substituted Member on the later of (a) the effective date of such Transfer, and (b) the date on which the Manager approves such Transferee as a Substituted Member, and such admission shall be shown on the books and records of the Company; provided, however, that in connection with the Transfer of Units to a Permitted Transferee, the Transferee shall become a Substituted Member on the effective date of such Transfer.

10.2 Additional Members. A Person may be admitted to the Company as an additional Member (an “Additional Member”) only as contemplated under Section 3.1 and only upon furnishing to the Company (a) a letter of acceptance, in form satisfactory to the Manager, of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 14.1, and (b) such other documents or instruments as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Manager to effect such Person’s admission as a Member. Such admission shall become effective on the date on which the Manager determines that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

11.1 Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders. No Unitholder shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XII without the prior written consent of the Manager, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other agreements contemplated hereby. Upon a Transfer of all of a Unitholder’s Units in a Transfer permitted by each of this Agreement and applicable Equity Agreements, such Unitholder shall (subject to the provisions of Section 9.4) cease to be a Unitholder. Notwithstanding that payment on account of a withdrawal may be made after the effective time of such withdrawal, any completely withdrawing Unitholder will not be considered a Unitholder for any purpose after the effective time of such complete withdrawal, and, in the case of a partial withdrawal, such Unitholder’s Capital Account (and corresponding voting and other rights) shall be reduced for all other purposes hereunder upon the effective time of such partial withdrawal.

 

-52-


ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

12.1 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first of the following to occur:

(a) Manager approval of dissolution; or

(b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 35-5 of the Delaware Act or an administrative dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article XII, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

12.2 Liquidation and Termination. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more representatives, Members or other Persons as liquidator(s). The liquidators shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company as provided herein, in the Delaware Act (including in a manner that avoids the imposition of personal liability upon any Unitholder, Manager or officer pursuant to such requirements). The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. Until payment of the final liquidating Distribution to the Unitholders, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company’s properties with all of the power and authority of the Manager. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

(a) The liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from the Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine).

(b) As promptly as practicable after dissolution, the liquidators shall cause the remaining Company assets (the “Liquidation Assets”) to be distributed among the Unitholders in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

(c) Prior to distribution of Liquidation Assets, any non-cash Liquidation Assets will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Sections 4.2 and 4.3. After taking into account such allocations, it is anticipated that each Unitholder’s Capital Account, on a per Unit basis, would be uniform. If any Unitholder’s Capital Account is not so uniform, then gross items of income, gain, deduction and loss for the Fiscal Year in which the Company is dissolved shall be allocated among

 

-53-


the Unitholders in such a manner as to cause, to the extent possible, each Unitholder’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance to be equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.1. If the Distribution of any non-cash Liquidation Asset cannot be made to a recipient because the recipient lacks a particular license, then (i) such non-cash Liquidation Asset must be first liquidated or (ii) such non-cash Liquidation Asset shall be Transferred to (A) such recipient’s Affiliate that is so licensed or (B) another Unitholder that is so licensed (if such other Unitholder agrees to relinquish to such unlicensed recipient an equivalent amount of Liquidation Assets that do not require the recipient to be licensed).

(d) The Distribution of cash and/or property to a Unitholder in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.2 constitutes a complete return to the Unitholder of its Capital Contributions and a complete Distribution to the Unitholder of its interest in the Company and all Company property and constitutes a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Unitholder returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Unitholder for those funds.

12.3 Securityholders Agreement. To the extent that units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company are distributed to any Unitholders and unless otherwise agreed to by the Manager, such Unitholders hereby agree to enter into a securityholders agreement with such Subsidiary and each other Unitholder that contains restrictions on the Transfer of such equity securities and other provisions (including with respect to the governance and control of such Subsidiary) in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article V and Article IX).

12.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the Distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Company is terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Manager (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 12.4.

12.5 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 12.2 in order to minimize any Losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

12.6 Return of Capital. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Unitholders (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).

12.7 Hart-Scott-Rodino. In the event that the HSR Act is applicable to any Unitholder, the dissolution of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting period (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Unitholder.

 

-54-


ARTICLE XIII

VALUATION

13.1 Valuation of Subsidiary Securities. The Fair Market Value of any equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company means the average of the closing prices of the sales of the securities on all securities exchanges on which the securities may at the time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange on any day, then the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, then the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the New York Stock Exchange system as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the New York Stock Exchange system, then the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over a period of twenty-one (21) days consisting of the day as of which the Fair Market Value is being determined and the twenty (20) consecutive Business Days prior to such day. If the dissolution and liquidation (or deemed dissolution and liquidation) of the Company occurs in connection with the public offering of any Subsidiary of the Company, then the Fair Market Value of each equity security of such Subsidiary shall equal the price at which such securities are initially offered to the public in connection with such public offering. If at any time the equity securities of a Subsidiary are not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the Nasdaq System or the over-the-counter market, and the dissolution and liquidation (or deemed dissolution and liquidation) of the Company does not occur in connection with a public offering of such Subsidiary, then the Fair Market Value of each such security shall be equal to the fair value thereof as of the date of valuation as determined by the Manager on the basis of an orderly sale to a willing, unaffiliated buyer in an arm’s length transaction, taking into account all factors it deems relevant.

13.2 Valuation of Other Assets and Company Securities. The Fair Market Value of all other non-cash assets or of any Units or other securities issued by the Company means the fair value for such assets or securities as between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction occurring on the date of valuation as determined by the Manager, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (and giving effect to any transfer taxes payable or discounts in connection with such sale).

13.3 Valuation of Other Securities. In determining Fair Market Value of any other securities, the Manager shall make such determination on the basis of an orderly sale to a willing, unaffiliated buyer in an arm’s-length transaction, taking into account all relevant factors.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Power of Attorney. Each Unitholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and the liquidators, with full power of substitution, as such Unitholder’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his or its name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (a) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof in accordance with the terms hereof that the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions

 

-55-


in which the Company may conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any appropriately authorized amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the Manager and/or the liquidators deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Unitholder pursuant to Article X or Article XI. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, Disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any Unitholder and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such Unitholder’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.

14.2 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived upon the written consent of the Public Offering Entity; provided, however, that (i) any amendment, modification or waiver of Sections 9.9 through 9.14 and (ii) any amendment, modification, or waiver that would adversely affect in any material respect the rights or obligations of any holder of Class A Common Units other than the Public Offering Entity in any manner that is materially and adversely disproportionate relative to the effect on Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity, in each case, shall require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Class A Common Units not held by the Public Offering Entity, voting together as a single class; provided, further, that in each case of the foregoing clauses and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as the Tax Receivable Agreement remains outstanding and in effect, no amendment or modification may be made to this Agreement that is materially and disproportionately adverse to the TRA Recipients without the prior written consent of the TRA Recipients entitled to a majority of the Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement).

14.3 Title to Company Assets. Company assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Unitholder, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. Legal title to any or all Company assets may be held in the name of the Company or one or more nominees, as the Manager may determine. The Manager hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Company assets is held.

14.4 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

14.5 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-56-


14.6 Counterparts; Binding Agreement. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and effective as to each Person who (a) executes this Agreement in the appropriate space provided in the signature pages hereto notwithstanding the fact that other Persons who have not executed this Agreement may be listed on the signature pages hereto, and (b) may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of or joinder to this Agreement.

14.7 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation (thus the words “include”, “includes” and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”). Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Whenever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or”, “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

14.8 Applicable Law; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of the State of Delaware and each party hereto waives any defense or objection to such jurisdiction and venue, including any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (INCLUDING EACH MEMBER) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTY IN RESPECT OF ITS, HIS OR HER OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

 

-57-


14.9 Addresses and Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered, sent by telecopy or email (in each case, with hard copy to follow) or sent by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid), or (b) three (3) days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Such notices, demands, and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

14.10 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Profits, Losses, Distributions, capital or property or the rights of the Manager to require Capital Contributions other than as a secured creditor.

14.11 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

14.12 Further Action. The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement. No Unitholder may take any action or approve any action in contravention of any Manager action.

14.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

14.14 Opt-in to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. The Unitholders hereby agree that the Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction)

14.15 Delivery by Facsimile or PDF. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine, electronic transmission in portable document format (“pdf”) or the electronic matching of terms on the electronic platform DocuSign, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf or through the electronic matching of terms on the electronic platform DocuSign as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

-58-


14.16 Survival. Sections 4.4, 5.8, 6.1, 5.6, 6.4, 6.8, 8.3 and 9.12 shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their respective terms notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Company.

14.17 Tax and Other Advice. Each Member has had the opportunity to consult with such Member’s own Tax and other advisors with respect to the consequences to such Member of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the Tax consequences under federal, state, local, and other income Tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such Tax laws. Such Member acknowledges that none of the Company, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors, beneficiaries, heirs and assigns and its and their past and present directors, officers, employees, and agents (including their attorneys) makes or has made any representations or warranties to such Member regarding the consequences to such Member of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the Tax consequences under federal, state, local and other Tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such Tax laws.

14.18 Acknowledgments. Upon execution and delivery of a counterpart to this Agreement or a joinder to this Agreement, each Member (including each Substituted Member and each Additional Member) shall be deemed to acknowledge to the Company and the Public Offering Entity as follows: (a) the determination of such Member to acquire Units pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement has been made by such Member independent of any other Member and independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such purchase or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Group Company that may have been made or given by any other Member or by any agent or employee of any other Member, (b) no other Member has acted as an agent of such Member in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no other Member shall be acting as an agent of such Member in connection with monitoring its investment hereunder, (c) any Group Company (including the Public Offering Entity) have retained Kirkland & Ellis LLP in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) except for Kirkland & Ellis’s representation of the WCAS Unitholders, Kirkland & Ellis LLP is not representing and will not represent any other Member in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby or any dispute that may arise between any Group Company, on the one hand, and any other Member, on the other hand, (e) such Member will, if it wishes counsel on the transactions contemplated hereby, retain its own independent counsel, and (f) Kirkland & Ellis LLP may represent any Group Company in connection with any and all matters contemplated hereby (including any dispute between any Group Company, on the one hand, and any other Member, on the other hand) and such Member waives any conflict of interest in connection with such representation by Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

*        *        *         *        *        *

 

-59-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
CWAN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Sandeep Sahai
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PUBLIC OFFERING ENTITY:
CLEARWATER ANALYTICS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Sandeep Sahai
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

DRAGONEER INVESTOR:
CALCULATED DF HOLDINGS, LP
By:  

 

Name:   Pat Robertson
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SOCKEYE UNITHOLDERS:
SOCKEYE TRADING COMPANY INC.
By:  

         

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

WCAS UNITHOLDERS:
WCAS XII CARBON ANALYTICS ACQUISITION, L.P.
By: WCAS XII Associates LLC, its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:   Jonathan M. Rather
Title:   Managing Member
WCAS XIII CARBON ANALYTICS ACQUISITION, L.P.
By: WCAS XIII Associates LLC, its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:   Jonathan Rather
Title:   Managing Member
WCAS GP CW LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Jonathan Rather
Title:   Managing Member

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT UNITHOLDERS:
CARBON ANALYTICS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to

Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NON-EMPLOYEE ROLLOVER HOLDERS:

Signature Page to

Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

United States

+1 212 446 4800

www.kirkland.com

September 14, 2021

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

777 W. Main Street, Suite 900

Boise, ID 83702

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 30, 2021 (File No. 333-259155), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented and including the exhibits thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”), relating to the proposed registration by the Company of 34,500,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), including 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Firm Shares”), and up to 4,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any (the “Option Shares” and, together with the Firm Shares, the “Shares”). The offering of the Shares is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement and to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Charter”); (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Bylaws”); (iii) the Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company; and (v) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinion expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that, upon (i) the filing of the New Charter with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware and the effectiveness thereof under Delaware law, (ii) the adoption of the New Bylaws by the board of directors of the Company, (iii) due action by the board of directors of the Company or a duly appointed committee thereof to determine the price per share of the Shares, (iv) the due execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto and (v) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act, the Shares will have been duly authorized and, when issued upon receipt by the Company of the consideration therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Beijing     Boston     Chicago     Dallas     Hong Kong     Houston     London     Los Angeles     Munich     Palo Alto     Paris     San Francisco     Shanghai     Washington, D.C.


LOGO

Page 2

 

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the Offering.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 10.2

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

among

CLEARWATER ANALYTICS HOLDINGS, INC.

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [__________, 2021]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

     13  

Section 2.1

  Basis Schedule      13  

Section 2.2

  Tax Benefit Schedule      14  

Section 2.3

  Procedures, Amendments      15  

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     17  

Section 3.1

  Payments      17  

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      18  

Section 3.3

  Pro Rata Payments      18  

Section 3.4

  Payment Ordering      18  

Section 3.5

  Excess Payments      19  

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

     19  

Section 4.1

  Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement      19  

Section 4.2

  Early Termination Notice      21  

Section 4.3

  Payment upon Early Termination      21  

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

     22  

Section 5.1

  Subordination      22  

Section 5.2

  Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer      22  

ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     22  

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters      22  

Section 6.2

  Consistency      23  

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      23  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

Section 7.1

  Notices      23  

Section 7.2

  Counterparts      24  

Section 7.3

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      24  

Section 7.4

  Governing Law      24  

Section 7.5

  Severability      24  

Section 7.6

  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers      25  

Section 7.7

  Titles and Subtitles      26  

Section 7.8

  Resolution of Disputes      26  

Section 7.9

  Reconciliation      27  

Section 7.10

  Withholding      27  

Section 7.11

  Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      28  

Section 7.12

  Confidentiality      29  

Section 7.13

  Change in Law      30  

Section 7.14

  Electronic Signature      30  


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of [_________, 2021], and is between Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Corporate Taxpayer”), each of the undersigned parties, and each of the other persons from time to time that becomes a party hereto (each, excluding CWAN Holdings, LLC (“OpCo”), a “TRA Party” and together the “TRA Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties directly or indirectly hold units (the “Units”) in OpCo (as defined below), which is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, after the IPO (as defined below) Corporate Taxpayer will be the sole managing member of OpCo, and holds and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;

WHEREAS, the Units held by certain TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A common stock (the “Class A Shares”) or Class D common stock (the “Class D Shares”) of the Corporate Taxpayer (as defined below), in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, each of the Blockers will merge with and into a wholly owned disregarded subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer in a transaction intended to be governed by Section 368(a) of the Code (as defined below) as a result of which the Corporate Taxpayer will acquire Units previously indirectly owned by the Blocker TRA Parties through the Blockers (each a “Blocker Exchange”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Blocker Exchanges, the Corporate Taxpayer will (i) be entitled to utilize Pre-Merger NOLs (as defined below) and (ii) obtain the benefit of the Blocker Transferred Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below) that is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes currently have and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code for each Taxable Year (as defined below) that includes the IPO Date and for each Taxable Year in which a taxable acquisition (including a deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) or non-taxable acquisition of Units (directly or indirectly) by the Corporate Taxpayer or by OpCo from any of the TRA Parties (an “Exchanging Holder”) for Class A Shares or Class D Shares and/or other consideration (an “Exchange”) occurs;

WHEREAS, certain options to purchase Units of OpCo granted prior to, and unexercised as of, the IPO Date held by the executive officers of the Corporate Taxpayer listed on Exhibit C hereto (the “Eligible Executive Officers”; provided that an executive officer whose employment with the Corporate Taxpayer or its Affiliates is terminated for any reason prior to the bonus payment trigger date in such executive officer’s TRA Bonus Agreement shall no longer be an Eligible Executive Officer hereunder) will, in connection with the IPO, be converted into options to purchase shares of Class A Shares of the Corporate Taxpayer;

 


WHEREAS, each Eligible Executive Officer has entered into a TRA Bonus Agreement dated on or about the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the (i) Pre-Merger NOLs, (ii) Blocker Transferred Basis, (iii) Basis Adjustments, (v) compensation deductions (if any) arising in respect of payments made under any TRA Bonus Agreement (“TRA Bonus Deductions”) and (v) Imputed Interest (as defined below) (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”);

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for Taxes (as defined below) of the Corporate Taxpayer and to provide for the calculation of amounts payable under the TRA Bonus Agreements.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of (i) the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer as reported on its IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) for such Taxable Year, and, without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code and/or the Partnership Audit Rules (provided, that such amount will be calculated excluding deductions of (and other effects of) state and local income taxes) and (ii) the product of the amount of the United States federal taxable income or gain for such Taxable Year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of the lesser of (i) 6.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

 

2


Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means, the tax rate equal to the sum of the product of (x) OpCo’s income and franchise Tax apportionment rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which OpCo files income or franchise Tax Returns for the relevant Taxable Year with respect to Taxes payable on a pass-through basis and (y) the highest corporate income and franchise Tax rate(s) for each such state and local jurisdiction in which OpCo files such income or franchise Tax Returns for each relevant Taxable Year; provided, that the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing shall be reduced by the assumed federal income Tax benefit received by the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to state and local jurisdiction income and franchise Taxes (with such benefit calculated as the product of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year and (b) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate (without regard to this proviso)). At the Corporate Taxpayer’s election, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to determine the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for a given Taxable Year as of January 1 of the relevant Taxable Year based on good faith estimates of its expected apportionment rates for such Taxable Year and on the Tax rates in effect in relevant jurisdictions as of January 1 of the relevant Taxable Year.

Attributable” means the portion of any Tax Attribute of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “Attributable” to any present or former holder of Units, other than the Corporate Taxpayer, and shall be determined by reference to the Tax Attributes, under the following principles:

(i) any Pre-Merger NOLs shall be determined separately with respect to each Blocker and are Attributable to the Blocker TRA Parties thereof (proportionally among such Blocker TRA Parties based on the share ownership in such Blocker of such Blocker TRA Parties prior to the Blocker Exchange) proportionately among such Blockers based on the amount of Pre-Merger NOLs attributable to such Blocker at the time of the Blocker Exchange and that the Corporate Taxpayer would also have had the use of but for such Blocker Exchange;

(ii) any Blocker Transferred Basis shall be determined separately with respect to each Blocker and is Attributable to the Blocker TRA Parties thereof (proportionally among such Blocker TRA Parties based on the share ownership in such Blocker of such Blocker TRA Parties prior to the Blocker Exchange) proportionately based on the remaining net positive adjustments under Section 743(b) attributable to the Reference Property associated with the Units that were acquired as a result of the participation in the Blocker Exchange of such Blocker and the relevant Blocker Shareholders;

(iii) any Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Holder, using reasonable methods for tracking such Basis Adjustments, and are Attributable to each Exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the total Basis Adjustments relating to such Units Exchanged by such Exchanging Holder (determined without regard to any dilutive or antidilutive effect of any contribution to or distribution from OpCo after the date of an applicable Exchange, and taking into account any adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code);

 

3


(iv) any TRA Bonus Deduction shall be Attributable to each TRA Party on an annual basis in proportion to the reduction of such TRA Party’s payment under Section 3.1(c) in respect of the TRA Bonus Amount that gave rise to such TRA Bonus Deduction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the TRA Bonus Deduction will be treated as arising in the Taxable Year in which the TRA Bonus Amount is paid); and

(v) any deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Person that is required to include the Imputed Interest in income (without regard to whether such Person is actually subject to Tax thereon).

Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of Reference Property under Sections 732, 734(b), 1012 and/or 1014 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and/or 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement in respect of such Exchange; provided, that any adjustment to the Tax basis of Reference Property under Section 734(b) of the Code resulting from the distribution of property by a person treated as a partner of OpCo that is an Upper-Tier Partnership to any partner or member of such Upper-Tier Partnership shall not be considered a Basis Adjustment for purposes of this Agreement and any Basis Adjustment with respect to such Reference Property as a result of a subsequent transaction shall be determined as if such distribution had not occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred. The amount of any Basis Adjustment shall be determined using the Market Value at the time of the Exchange.

Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to any security, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall have a correlative meaning.

Blocker” means any of the Permira Blocker, the Warburg Blocker, the WCAS XII Blocker, the WCAS XIII Blocker, and the Durable Blocker.

Blocker Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this agreement.

Blocker Transferred Basis” means remaining adjustments to the Tax basis of OpCo’s Reference Property made under Section 743(b) with respect to the Blockers that existed as of immediately prior to the Blocker Exchange..

Blocker TRA Parties” means the persons listed on Exhibit B.

 

4


Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Boise, Idaho are authorized or required by law to close.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any Person or any “group” of Persons acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor provisions thereto (excluding (a) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer or (b) the WCAS Parties or any of their Affiliates or a group of Persons that includes the WCAS Parties or any of their Affiliates) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iii) the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale, lease or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

5


Class A Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Class D Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Corporate Taxpayer” means Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. and any successor corporation and shall include any company that is a member of any consolidated Tax Return of which Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc. is a member.

Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the United States federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year, including any consolidated Tax Return.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the Realized Tax Detriment for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD), including a settlement with the applicable Taxing Authority, that establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Durable Blocker” means DCP CA Blocker LLC.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.

Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

6


Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Eligible EO Percentage” means the sum of the Individual EO Percentages of each Eligible Executive Officer.

Eligible Executive Officer” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

Exchanging Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Future TRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code and/or the Partnership Audit Rules, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (a) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (b) excluding any Pre-Merger NOLs and (c) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest attributable to any payment made under this Agreement for the Taxable Year and any TRA Bonus Deduction for such Taxable Year; provided, that Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated (x) excluding deductions of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) assuming the liability for state and local Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, United States federal taxes) shall be equal to the product of (i) the amount of the U.S. federal taxable income or gain calculated for purposes of this definition of Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year multiplied by (ii) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute as applicable and (ii) the basis of the Reference Property in the aggregate for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability can never be less than zero.

Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274, 7872 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.

 

7


Independent Director” means any member of the Board who is not affiliated with any current or former TRA Party and who is neither a current nor former officer of the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries.

Individual EO Percentage” means the percentage specified in any Executive Officer’s TRA Bonus Agreement. The sum of the Individual EO Percentages shall never exceed the Maximum EO Percentage.

Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer (including any greenshoe related to such initial public offering).

IPO Date” means the initial closing date of the IPO.

IPO Restructuring” means the series of transactions occurring prior to or in connection with the IPO resulting in Corporate Taxpayer being a holding company and its principal asset consisting of interests in OpCo.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement.

LIBOR” means during any period, the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Corporate Taxpayer as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such period; provided, that at no time shall LIBOR be less than 0%. At the earliest of (i) the date that LIBOR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, (ii) June 30, 2023 and (iii) the date on which the TRA Party Representative and Corporate Taxpayer mutually agree that it is appropriate to establish a replacement interest rate (a “Replacement Rate”), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall (as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer to be consistent with market practice generally and subject to the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), establish a Replacement Rate, in which case, the Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace LIBOR for all purposes under this Agreement; provided that unless otherwise mutually agreed by the TRA Party Representative and the Corporate Taxpayer, the Replacement Rate shall be SOFR. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this Agreement shall be amended solely with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer, to effect the provisions of this section. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that, in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Corporate Taxpayer, such Replacement Rate shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

8


LLC Agreement” means, with respect to OpCo, (i) prior to the IPO Restructuring, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC, dated as of November 2, 2020, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) following the IPO Restructuring, the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of CWAN Holdings, LLC, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

LLC Unit Holder” means holders of Units other than the Corporate Taxpayer.

Market Value” shall mean, with respect to an Exchange, the value of the Class A Shares or Class D Shares, as the case may be, on the applicable Exchange Date used by the Corporate Taxpayer in its U.S. federal income tax reporting with respect to such Exchange.

Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Maximum EO Percentage” means 4.6%.

Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Property, the Tax basis that such property would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made and if the Blocker Transferred Basis was equal to zero.

Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

OpCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Partnership Audit Rules” means the centralized partnership audit regime enacted by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, as set forth in Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code and any Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance thereunder.

Permira Blocker” means Galibier Intermediate, Inc., including its wholly owned subsidiary, Galicorp, Inc.

Permira Parties” means the persons identified as Permira Parties in Exhibit B.

Permira Representative” means the person identified as the Permira Representative in Exhibit B.

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

9


Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death or dissolution of an LLC Unit Holder) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code applies.

Pre-Merger NOLs” means, without duplication, the net operating losses, capital losses, research and development credits, (excluding excess Section 163(j) limitation carryforwards) that the Corporate Taxpayer is entitled to utilize as a result of a Blocker’s participation in a Blocker Exchange that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to the Blocker Exchange; provided, however, that in order to determine whether any such Tax attribute is a Pre-Merger NOL, the Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer that includes the effective date of the Blocker Exchange shall be deemed to end as of the close of such effective date. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Pre-Merger NOL” shall not include any Tax attribute of a Blocker that is used to offset Taxable income of such Blocker, if such offset is attributable to taxable periods (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the date of the Blocker Exchange.

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries), but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code and/or the Partnership Audit Rules. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries), but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code and/or the Partnership Audit Rules. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Reference Property” means property (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only to the extent such indirect Subsidiaries are held through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange. Reference Property also includes any property that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to Reference Property. For the avoidance of doubt, Reference Property does not include property held directly or indirectly by a Subsidiary treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

10


Relevant Governmental Body” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule; (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

Section 734(b) Exchange” means any Exchange that results in a Basis Adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code.

Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

Sharing Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) of this Agreement.

SOFRwith respect to any Business Day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website (or any successor source) at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day and, in each case, that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Subsidiary Stock” means stock or other equity interest in a Subsidiary of OpCo that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

 

11


Taxes” means any and all United States federal, state, and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TRA Bonus Agreement” means those certain bonus agreements entered into on or about the date hereof with the Eligible Executive Officers pursuant to which such person are entitled to bonus payments calculated by reference to the payments made to the TRA Parties hereunder.

TRA Bonus Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) of this Agreement.

“TRA Bonus Deductions” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

TRA Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

TRA Party Representative” means the WCAS Representative.

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Upper-Tier Partnership” means any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income Tax purposes that directly, or indirectly through one or more entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income Tax purposes holds a partnership interest in OpCo.

Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the Tax items arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (2) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future payments made under this Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) Pre-Merger NOLs and loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from any Tax Attributes or Imputed Interest that are available as of the date of such Early Termination Date will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of such Early Termination Date through the earlier of (x) the scheduled expiration date under applicable Tax law of such loss

 

12


carryovers or (y) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date, (3) the United States federal income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate will be calculated by reference to the rates in effect under other law, and the apportionment factor applicable in the Taxable Year of the Early Termination Date as reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer, (4) any non-amortizable assets (other than any Subsidiary Stock) will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the applicable Exchange and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date, unless such date has passed in which case such assets will be deemed disposed of on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than such fifteenth (15th) anniversary), (5) any Subsidiary Stock will not be deemed to be disposed unless actually disposed, and (6) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares or Class D Shares that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

Warburg Blocker” means WP CA Blocker, Inc.

Warburg Parties” shall mean the persons identified as Warburg Parties in Exhibit B.

Warburg Representative” means the person identified as the Warburg Representative in Exhibit B.

WCAS XII Blocker” means WCAS XII Carbon Blocker LLC

WCAS XIII Blocker” means WCAS XIII Carbon Blocker LLC

WCAS Parties” shall mean the persons identified as WCAS Parties in Exhibit B.

WCAS Representative” means the person identified as the WCAS Representative in Exhibit B.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Basis Schedule. Within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall, on the same date, deliver to (a) the TRA Party Representative a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, (i) the Blocker

 

13


Transferred Basis of the Reference Property with respect to each Blocker and in respect of each TRA Party, if any, (ii) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Property in respect of each TRA Party as of each applicable Exchange Date, if any, (iii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Reference Property in respect of each TRA Party as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year or any prior Taxable Year by each TRA Party, if any, calculated in the aggregate, (iv) the period (or periods) over which the Blocker Transferred Basis with respect to each Blocker and each Basis Adjustment in respect of each TRA Party is amortizable and/or depreciable (or otherwise deductible or available as an offset against taxable income), and (iv) the TRA Bonus Deduction, calculated in the aggregate (b) the Permira Representative, the portion of such Basis Schedule relating to the Permira Parties in respect of the Permira Blocker and the WCAS XII Blocker, (c) the Warburg Representative, the portion of such Basis Schedule relating to the Warburg Parties in respect of the Warburg Blocker and the WCAS XII Blocker and (d) the WCAS Representative, the portion of such Basis Schedule relating to the WCAS Parties in respect of WCAS XII Blocker and WCAS XIII Blocker, respectively. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Basis Schedules and Tax Benefit Schedules under this Agreement shall be borne by OpCo.

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment Attributable to a TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall, on the same date, provide to (i) the TRA Party Representative a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of (x) the Realized Tax Benefit and Tax Benefit Payment, or the Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, in respect of such TRA Party for such Taxable Year, (y) the TRA Bonus Amount payable in respect of all amounts payable with respect to such Taxable Year and the TRA Bonus Deduction, and (z) the Sharing Percentage with respect to each TRA Party and the amount of all adjustments under Section 3.1(c) with respect to such TRA Party (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”), (ii) the Permira Representative, the portion of such Tax Benefit Schedule relating to the Permira Parties in respect to the Permira Blocker and the WCAS XII Blocker and (iii) the Warburg Representative, the portion of such Tax Benefit Schedule relating to the Warburg Parties in respect to the Warburg Blocker and the WCAS XII Blocker.

(b) Applicable Principles.

(i) General. Subject to Section 3.3, the Realized Tax Benefit (or the Realized Tax Detriment) for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the actual decrease (or increase) in the liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any of the Tax Attributes shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Tax Attribute and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The parties agree that (A) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than the portion of the Tax Benefit Payments treated as Imputed Interest) attributable to the Basis Adjustments will, except in the case of a Blocker

 

14


Exchange, be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Property for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law (as determined in good faith by the Corporate Taxpayer), (B) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate, and (C) the Actual Tax Liability will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest.

(ii) Applicable Principles of Section 734(b) Exchanges. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, the foregoing treatment set out in the last sentence of Section 2.2(b)(i) shall not be required to apply to payments hereunder to an Exchanging Holder in respect of a Section 734(b) Exchange by such Exchanging Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement relating to a Section 734(b) Exchange shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest. The parties intend that (A) an Exchanging Holder that has made a Section 734(b) Exchange shall, with respect to the Basis Adjustment resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments attributable to such Basis Adjustments only to the extent such Basis Adjustments are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer following such Section 734(b) Exchange (without taking into account any concurrent or subsequent Exchanges) and (B) if, as a result of a subsequent Exchange, an increased portion of the Basis Adjustments resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange becomes allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, then the LLC Unit Holder that makes such subsequent Exchange shall be entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment calculated in respect of such increased portion.

Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to the TRA Party Representative an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (i) deliver to the TRA Party Representative supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule, (ii) deliver to the Permira Representative the portion of the materials described in clause (i) above to the extent related to the Permira Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker), (iii) deliver to the Warburg Representative the portion of the materials described in clause (i) above to the extent related to the Warburg Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker) and (iv) allow the TRA Party Representative, the Permira Representative and the Warburg Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative, the Permira Representative or the Warburg Representative, in connection with a review of such Schedule (or, in the case of the Permira Representative or Warburg Representative, the portion of such Schedule relating to the Permira Parties or Warburg Parties, as applicable, including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker). Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to the TRA Party

 

15


Representative (and the portion of any such Schedule delivered to the Permira Representative or the Warburg Representative), along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability, the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the aggregate TRA Bonus Amount and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which the TRA Party Representative is treated as having received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with written notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer; provided, that the TRA Party Representative shall consult in good faith with the Permira Representative regarding any objections to such Schedule by the Permira Representative to the extent related to the Permira Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker), and with the Warburg Representative regarding any objections to such Schedule by the Warburg Representative to the extent related to the Warburg Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to and the WCAS XII Blocker), and shall include all reasonable material objections of the Permira Representative or the Warburg Representative in an Objection Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Party Representative, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit, or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an applicable TRA Party’s Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide (A) an Amended Schedule to the TRA Party Representative, (B) the portion of such Amended Schedule that relates to the Permira Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker) to the Permira Representative, and (C) the portion of such Amended Schedule that relates to the Warburg Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker) to the Warburg Representative, in each case, when the Corporate Taxpayer delivers the Basis Schedule for the following taxable year.

 

16


ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to the TRA Party Representative becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and Section 7.9, if applicable, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to each TRA Party as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.1(c). Each Tax Benefit Payment made to a TRA Party pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) no Tax Benefit Payment (or payment under a TRA Bonus Agreement) shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, United States federal estimated income Tax payments and (y) payments of the TRA Bonus Amounts shall be made pursuant to the terms of the TRA Bonus Agreements (and not pursuant to this Agreement).

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Party and the Interest Amount with respect thereto, as further adjusted pursuant to Section 3.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, for tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest, but instead, shall be treated as additional consideration in the applicable transaction, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) or that would have been made if no adjustments were made under Section 3.1(c) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the determination of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment to be paid to a TRA Party under this Agreement with respect to state and local taxes shall not require separate “with and without” calculations in respect of each applicable state and local tax jurisdiction but rather will be based on the United States federal taxable income or gain for such taxable year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and the Assumed Sales and Local Tax Rate. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control that occurs after the IPO Date, all Tax Benefit Payments shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (2), (4) and (5), substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

 

17


(c) Reduction for TRA Bonus Amount; Sharing Percentages; Equitable Adjustments. Each TRA Party’s Tax Benefit Payment for any Taxable Year shall be reduced by such TRA Party’s Sharing Percentage of the TRA Bonus Amount (if any) with respect to such Taxable Year. The “TRA Bonus Amount” for any Taxable Year means an aggregate amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (A) the product of (x) the total Net Tax Benefit with respect to such Taxable Year Attributable to all TRA Parties and (y) the then-applicable Eligible EO Percentage plus (B) an amount equal to the Interest Amount that would have accrued had such payment been made to a TRA Party. The “Sharing Percentage” of any TRA Party for a Taxable Year is equal to 100% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the portion of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such TRA Party with respect to such Taxable Year, and the denominator of which is the total Net Tax Benefit of all TRA Parties calculated with respect to such Taxable Year, in each case prior to adjustment under this Section 3.1(c). The TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer intend that as among the TRA Parties, the cumulative burden of the TRA Bonus Amount shall be shared in proportion to the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such TRA Parties that gives rise to payments hereunder. Therefore, if required to carry out such intention, the Tax Benefit Payment of any TRA Party may be further equitably adjusted by the Corporate Taxpayer in consultation with the TRA Party Representative such that the aggregate burden of the cumulative TRA Bonus Amount for all periods is borne by the TRA Parties in proportion to the Tax Attributes Attributable to each such TRA Parties that have given rise to cumulative Net Tax Benefit with respect to such TRA Party hereunder.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among all parties then eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in proportion to the amount of Net Tax Benefit that would have been Attributable to each such party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation. To the extent any part of the limitation on the Realized Tax Benefit is allocated in a manner that differs from the order prescribed in the applicable rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations regarding the utilization, or deemed utilization, of such Tax items, appropriate adjustments, consistent with the principles of this Section 3.3, shall be made in future Taxable Years to take into account such differing allocation.

Section 3.4 Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) Tax Benefit Payments for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to all parties then eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in proportion to the payments that would have been made to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient cash available to make such payments (taking into account the operation of Section 3.3) and the TRA Bonus Amount payable as a result thereof and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payments or payments under the TRA Bonus Agreements shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all TRA Parties and, to the extent required under the terms thereof, under all TRA Bonus Agreements of Eligible Executive Officers in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

18


Section 3.5 Excess Payments. To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Party in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement (taking into account Section 3.3 and Section 3.4) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Party in respect of such Taxable Year, then (a) such TRA Party shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such TRA Party has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and (b) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the amount of such TRA Party’s foregone payments to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under this Agreement in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under this Agreement, to the maximum extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a) (taking into account Section 3.3 and Section 3.4) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such TRA Party.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.

(a) With the written approval of a majority of the Board’s Independent Directors, the Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all TRA Parties, and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (i) Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (ii) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

(b) In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer (i) breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or (ii)(A) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (I) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate a bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (II) seeking an

 

19


appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (B) there shall be commenced against the Corporate Taxpayer any case, proceeding or other action of the nature referred to in clause (A) above that remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, all obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall be immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing (other than as set forth in subsection (2) above), in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, each TRA Party shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of a material obligation of this Agreement if (A) the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided, (x) the Corporate Taxpayer has used reasonable efforts to obtain such funds and (y) that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall not apply) or (B) fails to make any payment under or breaches any term of a TRA Bonus Agreement; provided further, for the avoidance of doubt, the last sentence of this Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to any payments due pursuant to an election by a TRA Party for the acceleration upon a Change of Control contemplated by Section 4.1(c).

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, all payment obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to the following: (i) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (ii) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice, and (iii) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment or if included as a payment under clause (ii) of this Section 4.1(c), payment of any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

 

20


Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due for each TRA Party and the TRA Bonus Amount in respect thereof. On the same date as the delivery of the Early Termination Notice and the Early Termination Schedule to the TRA Party Representative pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Permira Representative an Early Termination Notice and such portion of the Early Termination Schedule that relates to the Permira Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker), and the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Warburg Representative an Early Termination Notice and such portion of the Early Termination Schedule that relates to the Warburg Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker). Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the TRA Party Representative is treated as having received such Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (a) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (b) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (a) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer; provided, that the TRA Party Representative shall consult in good faith with the Permira Representative regarding any objections to such Schedule by the Permira Representative to the extent related to the Permira Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the WCAS XII Blocker), and with the Warburg Representative regarding any objections to such Schedule by the Warburg Representative to the extent related to the Warburg Parties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to and the WCAS XII Blocker), and shall include all reasonable material objections of the Permira Representative or the Warburg Representative in a Material Objection Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule becomes binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer.

(b) “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied and that each Tax Benefit

 

21


Payment for the relevant Taxable Year would be due and payable on the due date (without extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Effective Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be reduced under the principles of Section 3.1(c) (mutatis mutandis) by TRA Bonus Amount that would be payable to Eligible Executive Officers based on the same assumptions, and further assuming that each person that is an Eligible Executive Officer on the Early Termination Effective Date remains an Eligible Executive Officer each relevant future date.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payments required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates enters into future Tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this Agreement are considered senior in priority to any Tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA.

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. Subject to the proviso in the last sentence of Section 4.1(b), the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Agreed Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayers and OpCos Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer

 

22


shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Parties under this Agreement, and shall provide the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including United States federal, state and local tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that (x) contemplated by this Agreement, (y) contemplated by any other Agreement entered into in connection with the IPO or (z) specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials in its possession as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each such TRA Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3. Upon the request of any TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall cooperate in taking any action reasonably requested by such TRA Party in connection with its tax or financial reporting and/or the consummation of any assignment or transfer of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, providing any information or executing any documentation.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

23


If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc.

777 W. Main Street

Suite 900

Boise, Idaho 83702

Attention: Alphonse Valbrune, Chief Legal Officer

Email: [***]

If to the TRA Parties, to the respective addresses, fax numbers and email addresses set forth in the records of OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, as applicable.

Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

24


Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) Subject to the Corporate Taxpayer’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), each TRA Party may assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder (a “Joinder”). For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.6(a) shall apply regardless of whether such TRA Party continues to hold any interest in the Corporate Taxpayer. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if a TRA Party transfers Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement but does not assign to the transferee of such Units its rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such TRA Party shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Units and (ii) an assignment to any entity controlled by a TRA Party shall be treated as one transfer (or an assignment to an Affiliate, if applicable) for purposes of this Section 7.6(a), even if the interests in such entity are subsequently transferred or distributed to third parties. Any assignment, or attempted assignment in violation of this Agreement, including any failure of a purported assignee to enter into a Joinder or to provide any forms or other information to the extent required hereunder, shall be null and void, and shall not bind or be recognized by the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Parties. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any rights under this Agreement as the absolute owner thereof and shall incur no liability for payments made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such rights is permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 7.6(a) and has been recorded on the books of the Corporate Taxpayer.

(b) Each TRA Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Corporate Taxpayer (or its successors) a right of first refusal, but not an obligation, to purchase all or a portion of such TRA Party’s rights under this agreement that such TRA Party may propose to transfer pursuant to Section 7.6(a), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as those offered to the prospective transferee. The TRA Party shall provide the Corporate Taxpayer 10 Business Days to elect to accept such offer, and if the Corporate Taxpayer does not accept such offer by 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the tenth business day, such TRA Party may transfer its rights under this agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(a) upon such terms, which transfer must occur within the 60 days following such tenth business day without requiring the TRA Party to offer the Corporate Taxpayer another opportunity to purchase such rights prior to such transfer.

(c) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Party Representative; provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties receive under this Agreement unless such amendment is consented in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected who would be entitled to receive at least a majority of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties disproportionately affected hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

25


(d) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Delaware and the parties agree to jurisdiction and venue therein. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any United States District Court in Delaware or any Delaware State, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Each TRA Party irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such TRA Party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party in any such action or proceeding.

(b) AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

26


Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.3 and Section 4.2 (including any Objection Notice or Material Objection Notice made on behalf of the Permira Representative or the Warburg Representative) within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, then the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the TRA Party’s Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state and local law; provided that, prior to deducting or withholding any such amounts, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative and shall consult in good faith with the TRA Party Representative regarding the basis for such deduction or

 

27


withholding; provided, further, that (a) in the case of deduction or withholding in respect of a payment to a Permira Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the Permira Representative and shall consult in good faith with the Permira Representative regarding the basis for such deduction or withholding, (b) in the case of deduction or withholding in respect of a payment to a Warburg Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the Warburg Representative and shall consult in good faith with the Warburg Representative regarding the basis for such deduction or withholding, and (c) in the case of deduction and withholding in respect of a payment to a WCAS Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the WCAS Representative and consult in good faith with the WCAS representative regarding the basis for such deduction and withholding. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable Tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8 (together with any applicable attachments)) reasonably requested, in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of United States state and local law.

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers or is deemed to transfer any Unit or any Reference Property to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such transferee to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Property or interest therein acquired (directly or indirectly) in such transfer (taking into account any gain recognized in the transaction) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the transferee (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits from the Tax Attributes. If OpCo transfers (or is deemed to transfer for United States federal income tax purposes) any Reference Property to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the Reference Property in a wholly taxable transaction. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such

 

28


asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that owns any Unit deconsolidates from the group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such member (or the parent of the consolidated group in a case where the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Property it owns (directly or indirectly) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the member (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits. If a transferee or a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) assumes an obligation to make payments hereunder pursuant to either of the foregoing sentences, then the initial obligor is relieved of the obligation assumed.

(c) If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers (or is deemed to transfer for United States federal income tax purposes) any Unit in a transaction that is wholly or partially taxable, then for purposes of calculating payments under this Agreement, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the portion of any Reference Property that is indirectly transferred by the Corporate Taxpayer (i.e., taking into account the number of Units transferred) in a wholly or partially taxable transaction in which all income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest.

Section 7.12 Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to the last sentence of Section 6.3, each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo, its members and its Affiliates and successors, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of their assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

 

29


(b) If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13 Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by the TRA Party upon any Exchange by such TRA Party to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for United States federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse Tax consequences to such TRA Party, then at the election of such TRA Party and to the extent specified by such TRA Party, this Agreement (a) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Party, (b) shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Party occurring after a date specified by such TRA Party, or (c) shall, if approved by the TRA Party Representative, otherwise be amended in a manner determined by the TRA Party Representative, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

Section 7.14 Electronic Signature. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) or comparable electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall reexecute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or pdf electronic transmission or comparable electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

 

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                                  

Name:                                                                                            

Title:                                                                                              

OPCO:

CWAN Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:                                                                                                  

Name:                                                                                            

Title:                                                                                              


TRA PARTIES:

[ADD SIGNATURE BLOCKS]


Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), is by and among Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation the “Corporate Taxpayer”), ______________________ (“Transferor”) and ______________________ (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on ______________________, Permitted Transferee shall acquire ______________________ percent of the Transferor’s right to receive payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below) (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor (the “Acquisition”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [●], 2021, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the TRA Parties (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2 Acquisition. For good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Transferor and the Permitted Transferee, the Transferor hereby transfers and assigns absolutely to the Permitted Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.

Section 1.3 Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that the Permitted Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) to become a “TRA Party” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:                                                                                                  
Name:                                                                                            
Title:                                                                                              
TRANSFEROR:
[                                                                                                      ]
By:                                                                                                  
Name:                                                                                            
Title:                                                                                              
PERMITTED TRANSFEREE:
[                                                                                                      ]
By:                                                                                                  
Name:                                                                                            
Title:                                                                                              


Exhibit B

Blocker TRA Parties

[•]

[•]

[•]

Permira Parties

[•]

Permira Representative

[•]

Warburg Parties

[•]

Warburg Representative

[•]

WCAS Parties

[•]

WCAS Representative

[•]


Exhibit C

Eligible Executive Officers

Cindy Blendu

Jim Cox

Scott Erickson

James Price

Gayatri Raman

Sandeep Sahai

Subi Sethi

Alphonse Valbrune

Exhibit 10.17

TRA BONUS AGREEMENT

THIS TRA BONUS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [DATE], 2021, and is between Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (the “Executive”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2021, by and between the Company, each of the undersigned parties thereto, and each of the other persons from time to time that becomes a party thereto (the “TRA”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is an Eligible Executive Officer;

WHEREAS, the Company is entering into similar agreements with the other Eligible Executive Officers on or about the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide to the Executive a TRA Bonus (as defined below) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows.

1. Certain Defined Terms.

(a) “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

(b) “Disability” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

(c) “Employment Agreement” means that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of [•], by and between the Executive and Clearwater Analytics, LLC.

(d) “Good Reason” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

(e) “Ineligible Executive” means each Eligible Executive Officer whose employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminated for any reason prior to the applicable TRA Bonus Payment Trigger Event.

(f) “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (i) by the Company without Cause, (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason or (iii) due to the Executive’s death or Disability.


(g) “Sharing Percentage” means [•].

2. TRA Bonus.

(a) Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (the “TRA Bonus”) from the Company each time the Company makes a Tax Benefit Payment to a TRA Party in accordance with Section 3.1(a) of the TRA or an Early Termination Payment to the TRA Parties in accordance with Article IV of the TRA (including in the event of a Change of Control) (each such event, a “TRA Bonus Payment Trigger Event”). Any TRA Bonus payable to the Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be equal to the product of (i) the TRA Bonus Amount as calculated pursuant to the terms of the TRA multiplied by (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the Executive’s Sharing Percentage, and (y) the denominator of which is (1) 100.00% minus (2) the sum (if any) of the Sharing Percentages of all Ineligible Executives (the “TRA Bonus Formula”). Except as provided in Section 2(b) below, any TRA Bonus shall be paid on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the applicable TRA Bonus Payment Trigger Event, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the applicable TRA Bonus Payment Trigger Event occurs, in each case, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company or its Affiliates through the applicable TRA Bonus Payment Trigger Event. Other than payment of TRA Bonus due to the payment of a Early Termination Payment pursuant to the TRA, if any, this Agreement shall terminate, and no further payments shall be due hereunder, upon the termination of the TRA.

(b) If the Executive incurs a Qualifying Termination during the six month period prior to a Change of Control, (i) the Executive shall not be considered an Ineligible Executive for purposes of the TRA Bonus Formula and (ii) the Executive shall be eligible to receive the TRA Bonus.

3. Withholding. The Company or the relevant employer entity may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. All payments hereunder may, at the Company’s election, be paid through the applicable payroll system of the Company or the entity that employs or otherwise provides payroll to the Executive, or as otherwise determined by the Company.

4. No Guarantee of Continued Service. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement does not create or grant any right to continue providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries in any specific position or for any period of time.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law and Forum Selection. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its choice of law provisions. Each of the parties agrees that any dispute between the parties shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. THE EXECUTIVE WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY, OR THE EXECUTIVE’S OR THE COMPANY’S PERFORMANCE UNDER, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF, THIS AGREEMENT.

 

2


(b) Entire Agreement/Amendments. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, understandings or agreements between the parties, whether written or oral, with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. Article 5 (Subordination and Late Payments) of the TRA shall apply to this Agreement and the TRA Bonus, mutatis mutandis.

(c) Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(d) Counterparts and Signatures. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile or PDF file shall constitute original signatures.

(e) Unfunded Arrangement. This Agreement shall be an unfunded arrangement. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by cash or rights thereto, nor shall this Agreement be construed as providing for such segregation, nor shall the Company be deemed to be a trustee of any cash or rights thereto to be granted under this Agreement. Any liability or obligation of the Company to the Executive with respect to any TRA Bonus shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created by this Agreement, and no such liability or obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company. The Company shall not be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any obligation that may be created by this Agreement.

6. Code Section 409A. The parties intend that this Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder be interpreted and construed to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent, provided that the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. In addition, the parties shall cooperate fully with one another to ensure compliance with Section 409A, including adopting amendments to arrangements subject to Section 409A and operating such arrangements in compliance with Section 409A.

Signature pages follow

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates set forth next to their respective signatures.

 

    EXECUTIVE
Date:______________________         

 

    Name:   [NAME]
         CLEARWATER ANALYTICS HOLDINGS, INC.
Date:______________________      
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use of our report dated June 10, 2021 with respect to the financial statements of Clearwater Analytics Holdings, Inc., included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boise, Idaho

September 14, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use of our report dated June 10, 2021, except for the third and fourth paragraphs of Note 14, as to which the date is August 13, 2021, and the eighth paragraph of Note 14, as to which the date is September 14, 2021 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of CWAN Holdings, LLC, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boise, Idaho

September 14, 2021